Dell EMC Networking Command-Line Reference Guide for the C9010 Series Version 9.14.2.6 March 2020 Rev.
Notes, cautions, and warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your product. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. © 2020 Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved. Dell, EMC, and other trademarks are trademarks of Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries.
Contents Chapter 1: About this Guide.........................................................................................................44 Objectives........................................................................................................................................................................... 44 Audience..............................................................................................................................................................................
ip telnet server enable......................................................................................................................................................83 ip telnet source-interface................................................................................................................................................84 ip tftp source-interface...........................................................................................................................................
copy.................................................................................................................................................................................... 166 delete.................................................................................................................................................................................. 169 dir...................................................................................................................................
Chapter 6: Access Control Lists (ACL).......................................................................................216 Commands Common to all ACL Types....................................................................................................................... 216 remark...........................................................................................................................................................................216 show config....................................
Extended MAC ACL Commands................................................................................................................................. 269 deny.............................................................................................................................................................................. 270 mac access-list extended.........................................................................................................................................
bfd all-neighbors............................................................................................................................................................. 309 bfd disable.......................................................................................................................................................................... 311 bfd enable (Configuration).........................................................................................................................
clear ip bgp peer-group........................................................................................................................................... 349 debug ip bgp...............................................................................................................................................................350 debug ip bgp dampening..........................................................................................................................................
set extcommunity bandwidth.................................................................................................................................389 shutdown all............................................................................................................................................................... 389 shutdown address-family-ipv4–multicast...........................................................................................................
bgp always-compare-med.......................................................................................................................................439 bgp bestpath as-path ignore..................................................................................................................................440 bgp bestpath med confed.......................................................................................................................................
neighbor maximum-prefix....................................................................................................................................... 468 neighbor next-hop-self............................................................................................................................................ 469 neighbor peer-group (assigning peers)................................................................................................................
cam-acl (Configuration).......................................................................................................................................... 497 cam-acl-egress.......................................................................................................................................................... 499 cam-acl-egress-pe....................................................................................................................................................
clear ets counters..................................................................................................................................................... 539 show interfaces ets.................................................................................................................................................. 540 DCBX Commands...........................................................................................................................................................
debug ip dhcp client events.................................................................................................................................... 617 debug ip dhcp client packets.................................................................................................................................. 618 debug ip dhcp server................................................................................................................................................ 619 default-router..
hash-algorithm seed.......................................................................................................................................................650 ip ecmp-group.................................................................................................................................................................. 651 ip ecmp weighted..............................................................................................................................................
timer................................................................................................................................................................................... 684 Chapter 19: GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP)........................................................................... 686 clear gvrp statistics........................................................................................................................................................ 687 debug gvrp..............
no port-delay-restore (Interface Mode)..............................................................................................................733 port-delay-restore (Configuration Mode)........................................................................................................... 733 portmode hybrid........................................................................................................................................................ 734 rate-interval........................
Chapter 23: Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS).............................................805 adjacency-check............................................................................................................................................................. 806 advertise............................................................................................................................................................................807 area-password..........................
metric-style...................................................................................................................................................................... 842 multi-topology..................................................................................................................................................................843 net..................................................................................................................................................
crypto ipsec transform-set...........................................................................................................................................888 crypto ipsec policy..........................................................................................................................................................889 management crypto-policy...........................................................................................................................................
show show show show show show show show ip management-route......................................................................................................................................... 938 ipv6 management-route.....................................................................................................................................938 ip protocols............................................................................................................................................
show show show show show show show show show cam-ipv6 extended-prefix................................................................................................................................. 986 ipv6 cam linecard................................................................................................................................................. 986 ipv6 control-plane icmp......................................................................................................................
untagged....................................................................................................................................................................1028 Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD)............................................................................................................................ 1029 debug fefd.................................................................................................................................................................
advertise advertise advertise advertise advertise advertise advertise advertise med med med med med med med med location-identification................................................................................................................. 1064 power-via-mdi...............................................................................................................................1065 softphone-voice................................................................................................
clear ip msdp peer.........................................................................................................................................................1093 clear ip msdp sa-cache................................................................................................................................................ 1094 clear ip msdp statistic.............................................................................................................................................
retrans-time.....................................................................................................................................................................1128 router–lifetime................................................................................................................................................................ 1128 router–preference maximum............................................................................................................................
graceful-restart helper-reject............................................................................................................................... 1166 graceful-restart mode............................................................................................................................................. 1167 graceful-restart role................................................................................................................................................
auto-cost.................................................................................................................................................................... 1219 clear ipv6 ospf process........................................................................................................................................... 1219 clear ipv6 route.....................................................................................................................................................
stack-unit......................................................................................................................................................................... 1271 Chapter 42: Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+).................................................................1273 description.......................................................................................................................................................................1273 disable....................
show ip pim bsr-router...........................................................................................................................................1309 show ip pim snooping neighbor.............................................................................................................................1310 show ip pim interface...............................................................................................................................................
reset pe unschedule......................................................................................................................................................1346 show config.....................................................................................................................................................................1347 show ecid....................................................................................................................................................
show vlan private-vlan................................................................................................................................................. 1395 switchport mode private-vlan.................................................................................................................................... 1398 Chapter 49: Quality of Service (QoS).......................................................................................1400 Global Configuration Commands................
threshold....................................................................................................................................................................1438 trust............................................................................................................................................................................ 1439 wred...................................................................................................................................................
distribute-list in.............................................................................................................................................................. 1479 distribute-list out........................................................................................................................................................... 1479 ip poison-reverse.....................................................................................................................................
login authentication................................................................................................................................................. 1516 password.................................................................................................................................................................... 1517 password-attributes................................................................................................................................................
dot1x supplicant-timeout....................................................................................................................................... 1549 dot1x tx-period......................................................................................................................................................... 1549 show dot1x interface..............................................................................................................................................
Chapter 54: Service Provider Bridging..................................................................................... 1585 debug protocol-tunnel................................................................................................................................................. 1585 protocol-tunnel.............................................................................................................................................................. 1586 protocol-tunnel destination-mac..
clear logging..............................................................................................................................................................1625 clear logging auditlog..............................................................................................................................................1625 default logging buffered........................................................................................................................................
storm-control storm-control storm-control storm-control multicast (Interface)..........................................................................................................................1673 pfc-llfc................................................................................................................................................... 1673 unknown-unicast (Configuration)...................................................................................................
ntp disable....................................................................................................................................................................... 1702 ntp master .................................................................................................................................................. 1702 ntp offset-threshold........................................................................................................................................
show vlt counters..........................................................................................................................................................1736 show vlt detail................................................................................................................................................................ 1738 show vlt inconsistency.....................................................................................................................................
ip vrf forwarding............................................................................................................................................................ 1774 ip route-export............................................................................................................................................................... 1774 ip route-import..........................................................................................................................................
1 About this Guide This guide provides information about the Dell EMC Networking operating system (OS) command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features supported in Dell EMC Networking OS.
Information Icons This book uses the following information symbols: NOTE: The Note icon signals important operational information. CAUTION: The Caution icon signals information about situations that could result in equipment damage or loss of data. NOTE: The Warning icon signals information about hardware handling that could result in injury.
2 CLI Basics This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell Networking operating software commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols.
When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, Dell Networking OS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Obtaining Help As soon as you are in a command mode there are several ways to access help. To obtain a list of Type a ? at the prompt or after a keyword. There must always be a space before the ?. keywords at any command mode: To obtain a list Type help at the prompt.
lacp Configure LACP line Configure a terminal line linecard Configure linecard link-bundle-distribution Configure link-bundle load-balance Global traffic load-balance configuration logging Modify message logging facilities mac Global MAC configuration subcommands mac-address-table Mac Address Table Configuration Subcommands management Create a management crypto or route, etc monitor Monitor monitored ports no Reset a command ntp Configure NTP openflow Configure OpenFlow instance password-attributes Configur
Key Combination Action CNTL-B Moves the cursor back one character. CNTL-D Deletes the character at the cursor. CNTL-E Moves the cursor to the end of the line. CNTL-F Moves the cursor forward one character. CNTL-I Completes a keyword. CNTL-K Deletes all the characters from the cursor to the end of the command line. CNTL-L Re-enters the previous command. CNTL-N Returns to the more recent commands in the history buffer after recalling commands with Ctrl-P or the up Arrow key.
NOTE: Dell Networking OS accepts a space before or after the pipe, no space before or after the pipe, or any combination. For example: Dell#command | grep gigabit |except regular-expression | find regular-expression display displays additional configuration information except displays only the text that does not match the pattern (or regular expression) find searches for the first occurrence of a pattern grep displays text that matches a pattern.
To enter CLASS-MAP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the class-map command then enter the class map name. The prompt changes to include (config-class-map). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. CONFIGURATION Mode In EXEC Privilege mode, use the configure command to enter CONFIGURATION mode and configure routing protocols and access interfaces. To enter CONFIGURATION mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to EXEC Privilege mode. 2.
ECMP GROUP Mode To enable or configure traffic distribution monitoring on an ECMP link bundle, use ECMP GROUP mode. For more information, see ecmp_overview. To enter ECMP GROUP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ecmp-group command then enter the ECMP group ID. The prompt changes to include (conf-ecmp-group-ecmpgroup-id). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. EIS Mode To enable or configure Egress Interface Selection (EIS), use EIS mode.
You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. GRUB Mode To enable GRUB mode, press ESC when the following message appears during a system boot: Press ESC key to stop autoreboot.... Select Force10 Boot using the arrow keys and then press the “C” key to enter the GRUB Command Line Interface. The command prompt changes to grub>. INTERFACE Mode Use INTERFACE mode to configure interfaces or IP services on those interfaces.
LLDP Mode To enable and configure Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP), use LLDP mode. For more information, see Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP). To enter LLDP mode: 1. To enable LLDP globally, verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. To enable LLDP on an interface, verify that you are logged in to INTERFACE mode. 2. Enter the protocol lldp command. The prompt changes to include (conf-lldp) or (conf-if-interface-lldp).
2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree mstp command. The prompt changes to include (conf-mstp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. PE Configuration Mode To configure certain the port extender features such as, the PoE feature, use the PE CONFIGURATION mode. For more information, see the Port Extenders (PE) To enter PE CONFIGURATION mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter thepe pe-id command.
To enter PROTOCOL GVRP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol gvrp command. The prompt changes to include (config-gvrp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. QOS POLICY Mode To configure ETS bandwidth allocation and scheduling for priority traffic, use QOS POLICY mode. To enter QOS POLICY mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the qos-policy-output command, then the policy name, then ets.
ROUTER OSPFV3 Mode To configure OSPF for IPv6, use ROUTER OSPFV3 mode. For more information, see Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3). To enter ROUTER OSPFV3 mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ipv6 router ospf {process-id} command. The prompt changes to include (conf-ipv6-router_ospf). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. ROUTER RIP Mode To enable and configure Router Information Protocol (RIP), use ROUTER RIP mode.
2. Enter the uplink-state-group command then the group ID number. The prompt changes to include (conf-uplink-stategroup-groupID).
3 Control and Monitoring This chapter contains the commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP) as they are implemented in the Dell Networking OS on the switch.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • show cpu-traffic-stats show cpu-interface-stats show debugging show environment show inventory show linecard show login statistics show memory show processes cpu show processes ipc show processes ipc flow-control show processes memory show reset-reason show rpm show software ifm show system linecard show tech-support show util-threshold cpu show util-threshold memory show version telnet terminal length traceroute undebug all upload trace-log util-th
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. You must save the configuration and reload the system to implement ASF. When you enter the command, the system sends a message stating that the new mode is enabled when the system reloads. banner exec Configure a message that is displayed when your enter EXEC mode. C9000 Series Syntax banner exec c line c To delete a banner, use the no banner exec command.
Dell#exit 4d21h5m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated for user on line console This is the banner Dell Networking OS con0 now available Press RETURN to get started. 4d21h6m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user on line console This is the banner Dell> Related Commands line — enables and configures the console and virtual terminal lines to the system. banner login Set a banner to display when logging on to the system.
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character. Enter the banner text then the second delineator character. When the user is connected to the router, if a message of the day banner is configured, it displays first. If no message of the day banner is configured, the login banner and prompt appear.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Usage Information After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character.
Enter l2acl and the FP block number for L2 ACL. The FP block number range is from 1 to 8. ● 4: Creates 242 entries for use by the OpenFlow controller (256 total entries minus the 14 entries reserved for internal functionality) ● 8: Creates 498 entries for use by the OpenFlow controller (512 total entries minus the 14 entries reserved for internal functionality) ipv4acl number Enter ipv4acl and the FP block number for IPv4. The FP block number range is from 0 to 8.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Added support for the fcoe parameter on the S4810 and S4820T. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OpenFlow on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added the keywords fcoeacl and iscsioptacl on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Enables periodic audits of the software and hardware copies of the IPv4 forwarding table. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to enable the audits in the chassis connected in a dual-homing setup. clear alarms Clear alarms on the system.
Version Description 9.11(2.1P1) Introduced on all Dell EMC Networking OS platforms Usage Information This command resets the average power and average power start time to the current time. Average power and average power start time will be calculated from the reset time (i.e current time). Example This output is only applicable for the C1048P, N20xx and N30xx.
configure Enter CONFIGURATION mode from EXEC Privilege mode. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters configure [terminal] terminal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword terminal to specify that you are configuring from the terminal. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. This command enables (and disables) the collection of CPU traffic statistics from the time this command is executed (not from system boot).
disable Return to EXEC mode. C9000 Series Syntax disable [level] From a port extender (PE) console, use disable [level] to return to EXEC mode. Parameters Defaults level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of the Dell Networking OS. The range is from 0 to 15. The default is 1. 1 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
To disable optical power information updates, use the no enable optical-info-update interval command. Parameters Defaults interval seconds Enter the keyword interval then the polling interval in seconds. The range is from 120 to 6000 seconds. The default is 300 seconds (5 minutes). Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. E-Series Original command. exit — returns to the lower command mode.
Example Dell Networking OS con0 is now available Press RETURN to get started. Dell> exit Return to the lower command mode. C9000 Series Syntax exit From a PE console, use exit command to return to the lower command mode.
ftp-server enable Enable FTP server functions on the system. C9000 Series Syntax ftp-server enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
ftp-server topdir Specify the top-level directory to be accessed when an incoming FTP connection request is made. C9000 Series Syntax ftp-server topdir directory Parameters Defaults directory Enter the directory path. The internal flash is the default directory. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
● 0 (zero) for an unecrypted (clear text) password ● 7 (seven) for a hidden text password Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. The host name is used in the command-line prompt. To configure a desired PE console hostname, use the hostname command from a PE console. To unconfigure the hostname configured for the PE console, use no hostname. If no hostnames are configured, the system. uses the default hostname, “Dell”.
Usage Information The password is listed in the configuration file; you can view the password by entering the show running-config ftp command. Use the ip ftp password command when you use the ftp: parameter in the copy command. Related Commands ip ftp username — sets the user name for the FTP sessions. ip ftp source-interface Configure an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for FTP connections.
ip ftp username Assign a user name for outgoing FTP connection requests. C9000 Series Syntax ip ftp username username To return to anonymous FTP connections, use the no ip ftp username [username] command. Parameters Defaults username Enter a text string as the user name up to 40 characters long. No user name is configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. ● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. Defaults The IP address on the system that is closest to the Telnet address is used in the outgoing packets.
Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ssh server — enables the secure shell (SSH) server on the system. ip telnet source-interface Set an interface’s IP address as the source address in outgoing packets for Telnet sessions. C9000 Series Syntax ip telnet source-interface interface To return to the default setting, use the no ip telnet source-interface [interface] command.
ip tftp source-interface Assign an interface’s IP address in outgoing packets for TFTP traffic. C9000 Series Syntax ip tftp source-interface interface To return to the default setting, use the no ip tftp source-interface interface command. Parameters Defaults interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. ● For a Port Channel, enter the keyword port-channel then a number.
Parameters Defaults console 0 Enter the keyword console 0 to configure the console port. The console option for the S-Series is <0-0>. vty number Enter the keyword vty then a number from 0 to 9 to configure a virtual terminal line for Telnet sessions. The system supports 10 Telnet sessions. end-number (OPTIONAL) Enter a number from 1 to 9 as the last virtual terminal line to configure. You can configure multiple lines at one time.
Defaults Core dumps for kernal and application crashes are stored in the local flash of the Control Processor CPU. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820, S5000, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z9500.
3 vty 1 10.14.1.97 4 vty 2 10.14.1.97 5 vty 3 10.14.1.97 Clear existing session? [line number/Enter to cancel]: Related Commands ● login statistics — enable and configure user login statistics on console and virtual terminal lines. ● show login statistics — displays login statistics of users who have used the console or virtual terminal lines to log in to the system. login statistics Enable and configure user login statistics on console and virtual terminal lines.
Escape character is '^]'. Login: admin Password: Last successful login: 12:52:01 UTC Tue Mar 22 2016 Line vty0 ( 10.11.178.14 ). There were 1 unsuccessful login attempt(s) since the last successful login. There were 1 unsuccessful login attempt(s) for user admin in the last 30 day(s). There were 1 successful login attempt(s) for user admin in the last 30 day(s). The preceding message shows that the user had previously logged in to the system using the VTY line from 10.11.178.14.
● number: from 1 to 2147483647 ● continuous: transmit echo request continuously Defaults datagram size Enter the ICMP datagram size. The range is from 36 to 15360 bytes. The default is 100. timeout Enter the interval to wait for an echo reply before timing out. The range is from 0 to 3600 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. source Enter the IPv4 or IPv6 source ip address or the source interface. For IPv6 addresses, you may enter global addresses only. Enter the IP address in A.B.C.D format.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Added support for the outgoing-interface option for link-local IPv6 addressing on the S4820T. Usage Information 8.3.12.0 Added support for the outgoing-interface option for link-local IPv6 addressing on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the ExaScale. 8.4.1.
Example (IPv6) Dell#ping 100::1 Type Ctrl-C to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 100::1, timeout is 2 seconds: !!!!! Success rate is 100.0 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 0/0/0 (ms) Dell# power on C9000 Series Syntax power on Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. If there is a change in the configuration, the system prompts you to save the new configuration. Or you can save your running configuration with the copy running-config command. Use the conditional parameter if any configuration changes made to the nvram, such as stack-group and fanout configurations, must be saved.
service timestamps To debug and log messages, add time stamps. This command adds either the uptime or the current time and date with local time zone time difference included or excluded. Syntax service timestamps {debug | log} [datetime [localtime] [msec] [showtimezone] [utc] | uptime] To disable timestamping, use the no service timestamps [debug | log] command.
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. If you do not specify parameters and enter service timestamps, it appears as service timestamps debug datetime in the running-configuration. To view the current options set for the service timestamps command, use the show runningconfig command. From 9.14.1.
Alarm Type Duration --------------------------------------------------------------------------No minor alarms -- Major Alarms -Alarm Type Duration --------------------------------------------------------------------------PEM 0 in unit 0 down 25 sec PEM 2 in unit 0 down 6 sec DellEMC#show alarm threshold -- Temperature Limits (deg C) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------Minor Off Minor Major Off Major Shutdown linecard0 78 99 84 105 110 ----------------------------------
Major Alarms linecard linecard PE ID: 010 ========== Minor Alarms PEM 0 in Major Alarms No major PE ID: 020 ========== Minor Alarms No minor Major Alarms No major 0 failure 11 failure 15 min, 34 sec 15 min, 34 sec unit 3 removed 12 hr, 0 min alarms alarms alarms DellEMC# show alarms pe all Alarm Type Duration --------------------------------------------------------------------------PE ID: 010 ========== Minor Alarms PEM 0 in unit 3 removed 12 hr, 0 min Major Alarms No major alarms PE ID: 020 ======
Example Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
LinecardId Type Status ReqTyp CurTyp Version Ports ------------------------------------------------------------------0 Linecard online C9000LC0640 C9000LC0640 9.9(0.0) 24 1 Linecard not present 2 Linecard not present C9000LC2410T 3 Linecard not present 4 Linecard not present 5 Linecard online C9000LC0640 C9000LC0640 9.9(0.0) 24 6 Linecard online C9000LC2410G C9000LC2410G 9.9(0.0) 24 7 Linecard not present 8 Linecard not present 9 Linecard not present C9000LC0640 10 Linecard online C9000-RPM-2.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. One trace log message is generated for each command. No password information is saved to this file. A command-history trace log is saved to a file after failover. Dell EMC Networking TAC analyzes this file to help identify the root cause of it.
show console lp View the buffered boot-up log of a line card, Route Processor or Control Processor CPU, including background resets, calls, and initialization, on the console. C9000 Series Syntax show console {lp slot-id | rp | cp} Parameters Defaults lp slot-id Enter a line-card slot number to view the boot-up log of a line-card (LP) processor. The range of the slot IDs is from 0 to 2. rp Enter the rp keyword to view the boot-up log for the Route Processor CPU.
Example Command History Dell#show cpu-traffic-stats This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.
Defaults linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to display the interface statistics only from a specified line card. The range of line-card slot IDs is from 0 to 11. all Enter the keyword all to display the interface statistics from all switch CPUs, including the Control Processor, Route Processor, and line cards. Display interface statistics from all switch CPUs. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
transmitted txRequested noTxDesc txError txReqTooLarge :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 txDatapathErr :0 txPkt(COS0) :0 txPkt(COS1) :0 txPkt(COS2) :0 txPkt(COS3) :0 txPkt(COS4) :0 txPkt(COS5) :0 txPkt(COS6) :0 txPkt(COS7) :0 txPkt(UNIT0) :0 txPkt(UNIT1) :0 txPkt(UNIT2) :0 txPkt(UNIT3) :0 -- OOB ethernet statistics -Link state : N/A Recv Interrupts/Polls: 0 Recv Packets : 2269516 Transmit Packets : 549631 Recv Desc Error : 0 Transmit Desc Error : 0 Recv Out of Mem : 0 Transmit Out of Mem : 0 Recv Upper Layer Full: 0 Transmi
0 rcpu0 0 cop0 0 ifdbg 0 ifarp 0 ificm 0 ifdbg 0 ifacl 0 if6db 0 if6db Related Commands 0 9000 0 1500 0 2000 0 2000 0 2000 0 2000 0 2000 0 2000 0 2000 74:86:7a:ff:6e:a0 0 0 0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 debug cpu-traffic-stats — enables CPU traffic statistics for debugging. show debugging View a list of all enabled debugging processes.
DHCP Server: DHCP server packet debugging on Dell# show environment View system component status (for example, temperature or voltage). Syntax Parameters show environment [all | fan | pem | stack-unit unit-id ] all Enter the keyword all to view all components. fan Enter the keyword fan to view information on the fans. The output of this command is chassis-dependent. pem Enter the keyword pem to view only information on power entry modules.
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 up up up up up up up up up up 10780 10780 10780 10780 10780 Speed in RPM -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed Power AvgPower AvgPowerStartTime ---------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0 up AC up 3104 174 175 05/26/2017-03:33 0 1 absent 0 2 up AC up 3104 174 175 05/26/2017-03:33 0 3 absent Total power: 348.
pe pe-id Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword pe to display port extender (PE) inventory for a specified PE ID. Range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only available when the extended bridge feature is enabled. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Example (PE) Dell#show inventory pe 4 System Type : C1048P System Mode : 1.
Usage Information Example (C9010) Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. show linecard output Field Description Line card Displays the line card slot number (only listed in the show linecard all command output). Status Displays the line card’s status. Next Boot Displays whether the line card is to be brought online at the next system reload.
POE Capable Max Required Power Boot Flash Boot Selector Memory Size Serial Number Part Number Vendor Id Date Code Country Code Piece Part ID PPID Revision Service Tag Expr Svc Code Auto Reboot Last Restart Burned In MAC No Of MACs Example (ESeries) Example (CSeries) 112 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Not supported 153 3.3.1.16 3.3.0.
Example (brief) Related Commands Dell#show linecard 11 brief -- Line card 11 -Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : E48PF - 48-port GE line card with SFP optics (EF) Current Type : E48PF - 48-port GE line card with SFP optics (EF) Hardware Rev : Base - 1.0 PP0 - n/a PP1 - n/a Num Ports : 48 Up Time : 11 hr, 24 min FTOS Version : 6.1.1.0 Jumbo Capable : yes Dell# ● show interfaces linecard — displays information on all interfaces on a specific line card.
Usage Information To view the successful and failed login details of the current user in the last 30 days or the custom defined period, use the show login statistics command. To view the successful and failed login details of all users in the last 30 days or the custom defined period, use the show login statistics all command. You can use this command only if you have system or security administrator rights.
The following is sample output of the show login statistics user user-id command. DellEMC# show login statistics user admin -----------------------------------------------------------------User: admin Last login time: 12:52:01 UTC Tue Mar 22 2016 Last login location: Line vty0 ( 10.16.127.
NOTE: The pe option is only available when the extended bridge feature is enabled. stack-unit unit- number Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack unit number. Range is from 0 to 7. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Defaults Display memory usage on all switch CPUs (Control Processor, Route Processor, and line cards). Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
“Largest” displays the current largest available. This relates to the block size and is not related to the amount of memory on the system. Example (PE) Dell# show memory pe 4 stack-unit 0 Total(b) Used(b) Free(b) 1073741824 829850 1072911974 Lowest(b) 1072829154 Largest(b) 1072911974 show processes cpu View information on CPU usage for processes running in the system.
Example show processes cpu cp Dell#show processes cpu cp CPUID 5sec 1min 5min -------- ---------- ----------- ----------CORE 0 0.59 1.18 0.00 CORE 2 0.20 0.44 0.00 Overall 0.40 0.81 0.00 CPU utilization of sysdlp for five seconds: 0%/0%; one minute: 0%; five minutes: 0% PID Runtime(ms) Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min TTY Process 0x000001ef 181290 18129 10000 0.20% 0.20% 0.20% 0 sysdlp 0x0000020c 182530 18253 10000 0.10% 0.17% 0.23% 0 sysd 0x00000000 171610 17161 10000 0.05% 0.16% 0.
Example show processes cpu pe Dell#show processes cpu pe 1 stack-unit 3 CPU utilization for five seconds: 0%/0%; one minute: 0%; five minutes: 0% PID Runtime(ms)Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min TTY Process 0x4ba48020 20 2 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 POEAgt 0x4bb1f020 590 59 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 diagagt 0x4bb09020 0 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 debugagt 0x4baf5020 10 1 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 F10StkMgr 0x4badf020 1090 109 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 envmgr 0x4bac9020 1210 121 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.
0x4be93020 0x4bd6e020 0x4bd55020 0x4bd39020 0x4bb4f020 0x4baa8020 0x4ba74020 0x4ba72020 0x4c679020 Example: show processes cpu summary 3700 5150 80 0 10440 450 1740 680 8620 370 515 8 0 1044 45 174 68 862 10000 10000 10000 0 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.17% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.20% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.
Usage Information Example: show processes ipc send-stats Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Important Points: ● Use show processes ipc commands only when you are working directly with Dell Technical Support to troubleshoot a problem.
almost-full condition SkFull-Dr - Any IPC packet dropped because of socket full condition Source-> Destination NonG-Rcvd Pri-Dr SkFull-Dr TME: 0 -> TME: 5 1 0 0 TME: 5 -> LCMGR: 2 1 0 0 IPC: 0 -> IPC: 5 1084 0 0 IPC: 5 -> TME: 5 0 0 0 CLI: 0 -> SYSADMTSK: 5 11 0 0 CHMGR: 0 -> LCMGR: 2 4 0 0 LCMGR: 2 -> TME: 5 1 0 0 LCMGR: 2 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 5 1 0 0 EVENTLOGAGENT: 5 -> TME: 5 1 0 0 DIAGMGR: 0 -> DIAGAGT: 5 1 0 0 DIAGAGT: 5 -> TME: 5 0 0 0 DIAGAGT: 5 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 5 1 0 0 EVHDLR: 0 -> LCMGR: 2 1 0 0 EVHD
0 0 0 IFAGT: 2 -> TME: 0 0 0 IFAGT: 2 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 1 0 0 RTM: 0 -> FIBAGT: 5 0 0 RTM: 0 -> FIB6: 3 0 0 FIBAGT: 2 -> TME: 0 0 0 FIBAGT: 2 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 1 0 0 FIBAGT: 2 -> TNLAGT: 0 0 0 DIFFSERV: 0 -> ACL_AGENT: 0 0 0 DIFFSERV: 0 -> DSAGT: 10 0 0 ARPMGR: 0 -> FIBAGT: 1 0 0 MACMGR: 0 -> MACAGENT: 7 0 0 DSAGT: 2 -> TME: 0 0 0 DSAGT: 2 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 1 0 0 ---------- More ---------- 5 17874 0 129024 5 0 0 129024 2 0 1 131072 2 0 0 131072 5 15595 0 129024 5 0 0 129024 2 3950
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series.
1 60 60 IFMGR0 SFL_CP0 26 60 60 IFMGR0 PORTMIRR0 9 60 60 IFMGR0 EVENTTERMLOG0 1 60 60 IFMGR0 IPSECMGR0 11 60 60 IFMGR0 DHCP0 11 60 60 IFMGR0 IPMGR0 36 60 60 IFMGR0 IFAGT3 2 60 60 IFAGT3 IFMGR0 1 60 60 IFMGR0 OFMGR0 21 60 60 IFMGR0 ACL0 14 60 60 IFMGR0 VRRP0 17 60 60 IFMGR0 PIM0 1 5 5 IFMGR0 MACMGR0 0 60 60 IFMGR0 L2PM0 40 60 60 IFMGR0 DIFFSERV0 67 60 60 IFMGR0 RTM0 11 60 60 IFMGR0 LLDP0 12 60 60 IFMGR0 MRTM0 10 60 60 IFMGR0 IPMGR1 33 60 60 IFMGR0 LACP0 23 60 60 PORTMIRR0 ACL_AGENT2 0 50 50 IFMGR0 IGMP0 0 50
show processes memory View information about memory usage for processes running in the system. C9000 Series Syntax show processes memory [cp | lp {slot-id | all |summary} | pe {pe-id stackunit unit-number | all | summary} | rp] Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to view memory usage for the Control Processor. rp Enter the keyword rp to view memory usage for the Route Processor. lp slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to view CPU memory usage.
show processes memory output Field Description SharedUsed: Total used shared memory SharedFree: Total free shared memory PID Process ID Process Process Name ResSize Actual resident size of the process in memory Size Process test, stack, and data size Allocs Total dynamic memory allocated Frees Total dynamic memory freed Max Maximum dynamic memory allocated Current Current dynamic memory in use The output for show process memory displays the memory usage statistics running on the CP par
0 25 mount_mfs 0 22 mount_mfs 0 19 mount_mfs 0 12 mount_mfs 0 2 sh 0 1 init 0 0 [system] 0 506 sh 0 ipc 34060 irc 943436 RpmAvailMgr 9376 ev 133188 evterm 26752 evhdlr 2528 dlm 7556256 dla 416 tsm 15136 fmg 766560 fileProc 416 sysAdmTsk 42028 Example: show processes memory cp 2310144 0 0 0 5226496 2310144 0 0 0 58314752 2310144 0 0 0 520192 2310144 0 0 0 626688 2301952 0 0 0 233472 2297856 0 0 0 97353728 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 192 0 32 0 0 8064 7366960 0 0 0 0 0 34060 943
0 12 mount_mfs 0 2 sh 0 1 init 0 0 [system] 0 506 sh 0 ipc 34060 irc 943436 RpmAvailMgr 9376 ev 133188 evterm 26752 evhdlr 2528 dlm 7556256 dla 416 tsm 15136 fmg 766560 fileProc 416 sysAdmTsk 42028 Example: show processes memory lp all Example: show processes memory lp all 520192 2310144 0 0 0 626688 2301952 0 0 0 233472 2297856 0 0 0 97353728 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 192 0 32 0 0 8064 7366960 0 0 0 0 0 34060 943436 9344 133188 26752 2528 1239104 416 15136 766560 416 42028 33868 943436
Example: show processes memory rp Dell#show processes memory rp Total : CurrentUsed: SharedUsed : PID 3203928064, MaxUsed : 376844288, CurrentFree: 7993952, SharedFree : Process Current 496 ofmgr 896104 896104 392 ndpm 301468 301468 160 vrrp 330360 330360 126 frrp 301362 301362 154 xstp 466654 466654 118 pim 3109852 3109852 434 igmp 925008 925008 429 ipm1 396432 396432 170 mrtm 1127350 1127350 294 l2mgr 1226308 1193360 98 l2pm 433430 400482 389 arpm 301456 301456 367 lacp 598792 598792 349 tnlmgr 466666
f10appioserv sysd flashmntr inetd sh sh mount_mfs mount_mfs mount_mfs mount_mfs sh init [system] tme ipc timerMgr sysAdmTsk count sflPEAgt aclAgent ifagt_1 dsagt L2Agent nvAgent brAgent frrpagt Example show processes memory pe 4 all 184320 31105024 24576 49152 2641920 2641920 2654208 2654208 2654208 2654208 2641920 2641920 0 220048 16652 33304 33212 88 965642 24232 38284252 24254 286530 4566 106006 38052 Dell#show processes memory pe 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 877892 0 38279404 0 0 0 49692 0
memory pe 4 summary ------------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------PE-UNIT0 1073741824 343896064 343846912 729894912 show reset-reason Display the reason for the last system reboot. Syntax show reset-reason Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13(0.
N/A stack-unit 2 N/A stack-unit 3 11/02/2017-08:15 stack-unit 4 N/A stack-unit 5 N/A stack-unit 6 N/A stack-unit 7 N/A PE ID: 20 ========== stack-unit 0 N/A stack-unit 1 11/02/2017-04:10 stack-unit 2 N/A stack-unit 3 N/A stack-unit 4 N/A stack-unit 5 N/A stack-unit 6 N/A stack-unit 7 N/A Reboot by Software N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Reboot by Software N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A show rpm View the current status of the RPM.
Usage Information Field Description Status Displays the RPM’s status. Next Boot Displays whether the RPM is to be brought online at the next system reload. Card Type Displays the RPM catalog number. Hardware Rev Displays the hardware revision level. Num Ports Displays the number of active ports. Up Time Displays the number of hours and minutes since the RPM’s last reboot. Last Restart States the reason for the last RPM reboot.
Vendor Id Date Code Country Code Piece Part ID PPID Revision Service Tag Expr Svc Code Auto reboot : : : : : : : : NA NA NA CN-0CKKCP-77931-466-0009 X00 13NRG02 239 809 248 2 Disabled Dell#show rpm 0 brief -- RPM card 0 -Status : active Next Boot : online Card Type : RPM - Route Processor Module (C9000-RPM-2.56T) Hardware Rev : 4.0 Num Ports : 1 Up Time : 32 min, 25 sec Last Restart : normal power-cycle Dell Networking OS Version : 9.9(0.
trace-flags Defaults Enter the keyword trace-flags to display IFM information for internal trace flags. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9 (0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
show system linecard Display the status of a specified linecard. Syntax Parameters show system linecard slot-id fanout {configured | count} slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id. The slot-id range is from 0 to 11. count Enter the keyword count to view the fanout ports configured or present on a linecard. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
NOTE: The pe option is only visible when the extended bridge feature is enabled. stack-unit unit- number Enter the keyword stack-unit and the unit number. The stack-unit range is from 0 to 7. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
core(s) 2. 16G bytes of boot flash memory. 2 Route Processor Module. 3 24-port TE/GE 3 24-port TE/GE 4 6-port TE/FG 2 4-port TE/GE 200 Ten GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) 12 Forty GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) ----------------------------------- show linecard 0 verbose ------------- Linecard 0 -Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : C9000LC2410T - 24-port TE/GE Current Type : C9000LC2410T - 24-port TE/GE Hardware Rev : 4.
Example (PE Console) Dell#show tech-support ------------------------------- show version ---------------------------Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Application Software Version: 9.9(0.0) Copyright (c) 1999-2015 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved.
DHCP Client-ID :f8b15662610a MTU 16364 bytes, IP MTU 16346 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:00:00 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0
3978357 packets, 4298183062 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 110 over 64-byte pkts, 187904 over 127-byte pkts 94 over 255-byte pkts, 17498 over 511-byte pkts, 3772751 over 1023-byte pkts 187593 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 3790764 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
Interface index is 1258422784 Minimum number of links to bring Port-channel up is 1 Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :f8b15662610a MTU 16364 bytes, IP MTU 16346 bytes LineSpeed 10000 Mbit Members in this channel: Te 1/1(U) ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 4062996 packets, 799504603 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 193370 over 64-byte pkts, 3869429 over 127-byte pkts 2 over 255-byte pkts, 20 over 511-byte pkts, 175 over 1023-
aclAgent ifagt_1 dsagt L2Agent nvAgent brAgent 24232 3272338996 24254 1247242 4566 155698 0 3272334148 0 612868 0 82820 24232 104232 24254 650938 4566 72878 24232 4848 24254 634374 4566 72878 Memory Statistics Of stack-unit 3 (bytes) =========================================================== Total: 1073741824, MaxUsed: 340434944, CurrentUsed: 340385792, CurrentFree: 733356032 TaskName TotalAllocated TotalFreed MaxHeld CurrentHolding login 163840 0 0 5050368 f10appioserv 184320 0 0 151552 PEMgr 442368
0x40697020 0x4c593020 0x4c17a020 0x4be61020 0x4be4a020 0x4bd28020 0x4bd0f020 0x4bcf4020 0x4bb7b020 0x4bb86020 0x4bbbe020 0x4bbbb020 0x4bba7020 0x4c77a020 590 0 370 494050 569630 887440 230 0 30 7240 267310 129340 0 1612410 59 0 37 49405 56963 88744 23 0 3 724 26731 12934 0 161241 10000 0 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 0 10000 10000 10000 10000 0 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.
Num Ports : 52 Up Time : 6 day, 21 hr, 13 min Dell Networking OS Version : 9.9(0.
Unit Sensor0 Sensor1 Sensor2 --------------------------------1 38 28 41 3 42 29 47 ----------------------------------- show inventory ------------------System Type : C1048P System Mode : 1.0 Software Version : 9.9(0.
Sep 8 13:07:31: %PE-UNKN-C1048P:1 %CHMGR-2-FAN_SPEED_CHANGE: Fan speed changed to 75 % of the full speed Sep 8 13:07:31: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %RAM-5-STACKUNIT_STATE: Stack-unit 1 is in Active State.
pre-recorded traps(send count:9, pending traps:0) to CB Sep 8 13:08:03: %PE255-C1048P:3 %CHMGR-2-FAN_SPEED_CHANGE: Fan speed changed to 85 % of the full speed Sep 8 13:08:04: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-4-TEMP_STATUS_CHANGE: Unit 3 temperature state changed to 2 (Current temperature 50C).
LP LP LP LP PE Related Commands 8 9 10 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 85 85 85 85 85 75 75 75 75 75 80 80 80 80 80 70 70 70 70 70 ● util-threshold cpu – Configure CPU utilization thresholds. ● util-threshold mem – Configure memory utilization thresholds. show util-threshold memory Display the memory utilization thresholds of switch CPUs. C9000 Series Syntax show util—threshold memory Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9 (0.
show version Display the current Dell Networking OS version information on the system. C9000 Series Syntax show version [all |[pe pe-id] From a PE console, use show version to view the software version information. Parameters all Enter the keyword all to view all components. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender (PE) ID to view show version output for a specific PE. The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only available when the extended bridge feature is enabled. .
Example Example: show version all Lines Beginning With Lines Beginning With Chassis Type: Chassis type (for example, E1200, E600, E600i, E300, C300, C150, S25, S50, S55, S60, S4810) Control Processor:... Control processor information and amount of memory on processor Route Processor 1:... Route processor 1 information and the amount of memory on that processor Route Processor 2:... Route processor 2 information and the amount of memory on that processor 128K bytes...
176 Ten GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) 12 Forty GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) PE-ID: 0 ---------Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Application Software Version: 1-0(0-4079) Copyright (c) 1999-2015 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved.
telnet Connect through Telnet to a server. The Telnet client and server in the Dell Networking OS support IPv4 and IPv6 connections. You can establish a Telnet session directly to the router or a connection can be initiated from the router. C9000 Series Syntax telnet {host | ip-address | ipv6-address prefix-length | vrf vrf instance name} [/source-interface] Parameters host Enter the name of a server. ip-address Enter the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format of the server.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series only. terminal length Configure the number of lines displayed on the terminal screen. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults terminal length screen-length screen-length Enter a number of lines. Entering zero causes the terminal to display without pausing. The range is from 0 to 512. 24 lines Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address, in the x:x:x:x::x format, to which you are testing connectivity. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults ● ● ● ● ● Timeout = 5 seconds Probe count = 3 30 hops max 40 byte packet size UDP port = 33434 Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
ms Dell# Example (IPv6) Dell#traceroute 100::1 Type Ctrl-C to abort. ----------------------------------------------Tracing the route to 100::1, 64 hops max, 60 byte packets ----------------------------------------------Hops Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 100::1 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms Dell#traceroute 3ffe:501:ffff:100:201:e8ff:fe00:4c8b Type Ctrl-C to abort.
upload trace-log Upload a trace log file from a switch CPU. C9000 Series Syntax upload trace-log {cp [cmd-history]| linecard | slot-id | pe pe-id [stackunit unit number ] |rp } [sw-trace | hw-trace] Parameters rp Enter the keyword rp to upload a trace log from the Route Processor. cp Enter the keyword cp to upload a trace log from the Control Processor. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the line-card CPU whose trace log you want to upload.
util-threshold cpu Configure the high or low CPU utilization thresholds for SNMP traps. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters util—threshold cpu {5sec | 1min | 5min} {all | cp |lp slot–id | pe | rp} {high {0-100} | low {0-100}} cpu-utilizationtime Enter one of the following values to configure the threshold level for the time in which a switch CPU can be used: ● 5 sec ● 1 min ● 5 min cp Enter the keyword cp to configure the CPU utilization time for the Control Processor CPU.
Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to configure the CPU utilization thresholds in a dual-homing setup. NOTE: The 5 sec util-threshold cpu command is disabled by default on all switches. To enable the command, enter util-threshold cpu 5sec all high {value greater than zero}. To disable the Syslog and traps for the 5 sec CPU utilization thresholds, enter util-threshold cpu 5sec all high 0 or no util-threshold cpu 5sec {all | cp | lp slot-id | pe | rp }.
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. When the total memory utilization for a CPU exceeds the configured high/low threshold for a given time, a threshold notification is sent as an SNMP trap. If a low threshold value is not specified, the low threshold value is set to the same value as the high threshold value.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information You can configure both IPv4 and IPv6 virtual addresses simultaneously, but only one of each. Each time this command is issued, it replaces the previously configured address of the same family, IPv4 or IPv6.
Usage Information The write memory command saves the running-configuration to the file labeled startup-configuration. When using a LOCAL CONFIG FILE other than the startup-config not named “startup-configuration,” the running-config is not saved to that file.
4 File Management This chapter contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files as well as other file management commands. The commands in this chapter are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the C9000 switch.
Defaults secondary Enter the keyword secondary to use the secondary Dell Networking OS image. ftp: Enter the keyword FTP: to retrieve the image from an FTP server: ftp:// userid:password @host-ip/filepath. system A: | B: Enter A: or B: to boot one of the flash system partitions. tftp: Enter the keyword TFTP: to retrieve the image from a TFTP server: tftp://hostip/filepath. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added the nfsmount: parameters to support remote NFS file system.
working directory on the NFS file system. You cannot enter the root directory of the remote NFS file system.
information, as needed for the named destination — remote destination, destination filename, user ID, password, etc. When you use the copy running-config startup-config command to copy the running configuration to the startup configuration file, Dell Networking OS creates a backup file on the internal flash of the startup configuration.
! 6655 bytes successfully copied Dell#copy tftp: flash: Address or name of remote host []: 1.1.1.1 Source file name []: Test Destination file name [Test]: Example (PE Console) Related Commands Dell# copy flash://Diag_Test_Report_SU_1.txt flash://PE255_Report.txt ! 19705 bytes successfully copied cd– changes the working directory. delete Delete a file from the flash. After deletion, files cannot be restored.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added thenfsmount: parameters to support remote NFS file system. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
on the NFS file system. You cannot display details corresponding to the root directory of the remote NFS file system. ● For a file or directory on the external Flash, enter usbflash:// then the filename or directory name. flash: | usbflash: For PE Console. Enter one of the following: ● For a directory or file on the internal Flash, enter flash:// then the directory name or filename and the path.
1 drwx 4096 Jan 2 drwx 1536 Jun 3 drwx 4096 Jun 4 drwx 4096 Jun 5 drwx 8192 Jun 6 d--4096 Jun 7 drwx 4096 Jun 8 -rwx 19705 Jun Diag_Test_Report_SU_1.txt 01 23 01 01 01 01 01 08 1980 2015 2015 2015 2015 2015 2015 2015 00:00:00 06:07:25 19:37:48 19:37:52 19:37:52 19:37:56 19:38:00 23:41:44 +00:00 +00:00 +00:00 +00:00 +00:00 +00:00 +00:00 +00:00 . ..
mkdir Create a directory on the NFS mounted file system. C9000 Series Syntax mkdir nfsmount://mount-point/usrname Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.
pwd Display the current working directory. C9000 Syntax pwd From a PE console, use pwd to view the current working directory. Defaults Crash kernel files are uploaded to flash by default. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added the nfsmount: parameters to support remote NFS file system. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series 7.5.1.
When restoring factory default settings, a switch remains in standalone mode after the restoration. After the restore is complete, the units power cycle immediately. CAUTION: There is no undo for this command. Example Dell#restore factory-defaults chassis clear-all *********************************************************************** * Warning - Restoring factory defaults will delete the existing * * startup-config and resets all persistent settings (stacking, * * fanout, etc.
show boot bmp Display the current state of bare metal provisioning (BMP) or the jump-start process. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show boot bmp bmp Display the current information on the state of BMP or the jump-start process. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to display current reload mode (normal or Jumpstart). 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Dell#show bootvar PRIMARY IMAGE FILE = ftp://ftp:ftp@10.11.227.233/tftpboot/FTOSVG-1-0-0-4079.bin SECONDARY IMAGE FILE = ftp://ftp:ftp@10.11.227.
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series E-Series Original command Dell#show file flash://startup-config ! Version 1-0(0-4079) ! Last configuration change at Wed Jun 24 02:02:40 2015 by default ! Startup-config last updated at Wed Jun 24 02:02:44 2015 by default ! boot system rpm0 primary tftp://10.11.227.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Command Fields Example Example (PE Console) Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
show os-version Display the release and software image version information of the image file specified. C9000 Series Syntax show os-version [file-url] From a PE console, use show os-version to view the release and software image information. Parameters file-url (OPTIONAL) Enter the following location keywords and information: ● For a file on the internal flash, enter flash:// then the filename. ● For a file on an FTP server, enter ftp://user:password@hostip/ filepath.
Type runtime runtime runtime runtime Version 9.9(0.0) 9.9(0.0) 9.9(0.0) 9.9(0.0) Target CP LP RP cp checksum passed passed passed passed BOOT IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum boot flash 3.3.1.16 CP/RP/LP passed BOOTSEL IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum boot selector 3.3.0.
runtime runtime 9.9(0.0) 9.9(0.0) RP cp passed passed BOOT IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum boot flash 3.3.1.16 CP/RP/LP passed BOOTSEL IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum boot selector 3.3.0.
PoE Controller Example: PE Console 2.65 Dell#show os-version RELEASE IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Platform Version Size ReleaseTime C-Series:C1048P 9.9(0.0) 27132884 Sep 8 2015 06:06:18 TARGET IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum runtime 9.9(0.
File Management dcb-bufferthreshold for the current Buffer Threshold configuration dcb-map for the current dcb-map configuration ecmp-group for the current ECMP group configuration ethernet for the current Ethernet CFM configuration extcommunitylist for the current extended community-list configuration fcoe-map for the current fcoe-map configuration fefd for the current FEFD configuration frrp for the current FRRP configuration ftp for the current FTP configuration gvrp for the curr
po-failovergroup for the current port-channel failover-group configuration prefix-list for the current prefix-list configuration privilege for the current privilege configuration qos for the current qos configuration qos-policyinput for the current input QoS policy configuration qos-policyoutput for the current output QoS policy configuration radius for the current RADIUS configuration redirect-list for the current redirect-list configuration redundancy for the current RPM redundancy config
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Dell#show startup-config ! Version 1-0(0-4074) ! Last configuration change at Mon Jun 22 07:48:07 2015 by admin ! Startup-config last updated at Mon Jun 22 12:40:26 2015 by default ! boot system rpm0 primary system: A: boot system rpm0 secondary ftp://ftp:ftp@10.11.227.233/tftpboot/FTOSVG-1-0-0-4046.bin boot system rpm0 default system: A: boot system rpm1 primary system: A: boot system rpm1 secondary ftp://ftp:ftp@10.11.227.
pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and specify the port extender ID number. The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. Enter pe all to upgrade all port extenders attached to the C9010. stack-unit unit- Enter the keyword stack-unit and specify the stack unit number. The stack unit number range is from 0 to 7. number Defaults booted Enter the keyword booted to upgrade C9000 CPUs using the currently loaded bootflash and bootselector image. This option is not applicable for the system image.
Card BootFlash Current Version New Version --------------------------------------------------------------------rpm 0 (CP) Boot Flash 3.3.1.15 3.3.1.15 rpm 0 (RP) Boot Flash 3.3.1.15 3.3.1.15 Linecard10 Boot Flash 3.3.1.15 3.3.1.15 *********************************************************************** * Warning - Upgrading boot flash is inherently risky and should only * * be attempted when necessary. A failure at this upgrade may cause * * a board RMA.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 If you previously installed Dell Networking OS 9.x.x.
Entering the Hash Value for Verification using SHA256 Dell# verify sha256 flash://FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.bin e6328c06faf814e6899ceead219afbf9360e986d692988023b749e6b2093e933 SHA256 hash VERIFIED for FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.
5 802.1X An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking OS supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
• • • • • dot1x mac show show show tx-period dot1x cos-mapping interface dot1x interface dot1x profile debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] all Enable all 802.1X debug messages. auth-pae-fsm Enable authentication PAE FSM debug messages. backend-fsm Enable backend FSM debug messages. eapol-pdu Enable the EAPOL frame trace and related debug messages.
Parameters Defaults vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts followed number of attempts desired before authentication fails. The range is from 1 to 5. The default is 3. 3 attempts Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x auth-type mab-only To authenticate a device with MAC authentication bypass (MAB), only use the host MAC address.
dot1x authentication (Configuration) Enable dot1x globally. Enable dot1x both globally and at the interface level. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x globally, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Use this command to enable dot1x on an interface.
Guest VLAN id: Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Critical VLAN: Critical VLAN id: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Auth PAE State: Backend State: 400 Enable 400 3 Enable 400 Disable Disable 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Authenticated Idle dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that
If the host fails authentication for the designated number of times, the authenticator places the port in authentication failed VLAN (dot1x auth-fail-vlan). NOTE: You can create the Layer 3 portion of a guest VLAN and authentication fail VLANs regardless if the VLAN is assigned to an interface or not. After an interface is assigned a guest VLAN (which has an IP address), routing through the guest VLAN is the same as any other traffic. However, the interface may join/leave a VLAN dynamically.
● Multi-supplicant mode authenticates every device attempting to connect to the network on the authenticator port. ● Use this command in Interface Batch Mode to enable single-host or multi-host authentication in a dual-homing setup. Related Commands show dot1x interface dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, the system attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address.
Parameters Defaults number Enter the number of times an EAP request is transmitted before a session time-out. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. 2 Command Modes INTERFACE ITNERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
Related Commands Version Description 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. dot1x host-mode dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | force-unauthorized} Parameters Defaults force-authorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Error Strings NONE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic reauthentication of the client. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic reauthentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command. Parameters Defaults interval seconds (Optional) Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which reauthentication is initiated.
Parameters Defaults number Enter the permitted number of reauthentications. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. 2 Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you configure the dot1x server-timeout value, take into account the communication medium used to communicate with an authentication server and the number of RADIUS servers configured.
Example Dell(conf)#do show dot1x interface ten gigabit ethernet 0/41 802.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs the Authenticator PAE transmits. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S4048–ON, S4048–ON, S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010, Z9100–ON, and Z9500. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Enter a supplicant’s MAC address using the mac-address option to display CoS mapping information only for the specified supplicant. You can display the CoS mapping information applied to traffic from authenticated supplicants on 802.
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Max-Supplicants: 1 30 seconds 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 MULTI_AUTH 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:01:00:07:00 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# Example (Interface) AUTHORIZED(MAC-AUTH-BYPASS) 4094 Authenticated Idle Dell#show dot1x interface tengig 0/21 802.
show dot1x profile Display all the dot1x profiles or the details of a specific profile configured in the system. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show dot1x profile profile-name profile-name Specify a static dot1x profile-name. The maximum character limit for a profile name is 32 characters. None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
6 Access Control Lists (ACL) Access control lists (ACLs) are supported on the Dell Networking operating system on the switch.
Parameters Defaults remark-number (Optional) Enter the remark number. The range is from 0 to 65535 for MAC ACL and 0 to 4294967290 for IP ACL. NOTE: You can use the same sequence number for the remark and an ACL rule. description Enter a description of up to 80 characters. Not configured.
assumed that the remark is for the rule with the same sequence number, or the group of rules that follow the remark. DellEMC(config-std-nacl)# remark 10 Deny rest of the traffic DellEMC(config-std-nacl)# remark 5 Permit traffic from XYZ Inc. DellEMC(config-std-nacl)# show config ! ip access-list standard test remark 5 Permit traffic from XYZ Inc. seq 5 permit 1.1.1.
Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(config-ext-nacl)#show conf ! ip access-list extended patches Dell(config-ext-nacl)# Common IP ACL Commands The following commands are available within both IP ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options. When an ACL is created without a rule and then is applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit.
ip access-group Assign an IP access list (IP ACL) to an interface. Syntax ip access-group access-list-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan vlanid] [vrf vrf-name] To delete an IP access-group configuration, use the no ip access-group access-list-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan vlan-id][layer3] command. Parameters Defaults access-list-name Enter the name of a configured access list, up to 140 characters. in Enter the keyword in to apply the ACL to incoming traffic.
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can assign one ingress ACL and one egress ACL to an interface. NOTE: This command supports Loopback interfaces EE3 and EF series route processor modules (RPMs). This command does not support Loopback interfaces ED series RPMs and S-Series Loopback interfaces.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. show ip accounting access-list Display the IP access-lists created on the switch and the sequence of filters. C9000 Series Syntax show ip accounting {access-list access-list-name | cam_count} interface interface Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of the ACL to be displayed. cam_count List the count of the CAM rules for this ACL.
Example show ip accounting accesslists Field Description “seq 5...” Displays the filter. If the keywords count or byte were configured in the filter, the number of packets or bytes the filter processes is displayed at the end of the line. “order 4” Displays the QoS order of priority for the ACL entry. Dell#show ip accounting access FILTER1 interface tengig 1/6 Extended IP access list FILTER1 seq 5 deny ip any 191.1.0.0 /16 count (0x00 packets) seq 10 deny ip any 191.2.0.
Defaults fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.
feature acloptimized Enable the acloptimized feature, and optimize ACL to increase the number of the IPv4 ACL rules. Syntax feature acloptimized To remove this feature and bring the system to default, use the no feature acloptimized command, save the configuration, and reload the system. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to version 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry.
lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). Defaults fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log.
resequence access-list Re-assign sequence numbers to entries in an existing ACL. C9000 Series Syntax resequence access-list {ipv4 | ipv6 | mac} {access-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-to-Increment} Parameters ipv4 | ipv6 | mac Enter the keyword ipv4, ipv6 or mac to identify the access-list type to resequence. access-list-name Enter the name of a configured ACL. Defaults StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence.
resequence prefix-list ipv4 Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults resequence prefix-list ipv4 {prefix-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-toincrement} prefix-list-name Enter the name of the configured prefix list, up to 140 characters long. StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is from 0 to 65535. Step-toIncrement Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is from 1 to 65535.
Parameters Defaults sequencenumber Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition. permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this criteria. source Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network from which the packet was received. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch.
the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48. ● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. Defaults in Enter the keyword in to display information for an ip ingress or inbound access-list attached to an interface.
deny Configure a filter that drops IP packets meeting the filter criteria. C9000 Series Syntax deny {ip | ip-protocol-number} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [count [bytes]] [dscp value] [order] [monitor] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
Defaults any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL matches in the log. dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
ICMP ICMP Message Type Name Message Type Keywords administrativelyprohibited Administratively prohibited alternateaddress Alternate host address conversion-error Datagram conversion error dod-hostprohibited Host prohibited dod-netprohibited Net prohibited echo Echo echo-reply Echo reply generalparameterproblem Parameter problem host-isolated Host isolated hostprecedenceunreachable Host unreachable for precedence host-redirect Host redirect host-tos-redirect Host redirect for TOS host-t
ICMP ICMP Message Type Name Message Type Keywords port-unreachable Port unreachable precedenceunreachable Precedence cutoff protocolunreachable Protocol unreachable reassemblytimeout Reassembly timeout redirect All redirects routeradvertisement Router discovery advertisements routersolicitation Router discovery solicitations source-quench Source quenches source-routefailed Source route failed time-exceeded All time exceeded timestamp-reply Timestamp replies timestamprequest Timestamp re
dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Related Commands deny — assigns a filter to deny IP traffic. deny udp — assigns a filter to deny UDP traffic. deny udp To drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
fragments Defaults Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands deny — assigns a filter to deny IP traffic. deny tcp — assigns a filter to deny TCP traffic. ip access-list extended Configure an extended IP access list (IP ACL) based on IP addresses or protocols.
If you configure an extended IP ACL to be used only to filter protocol traffic for CoPP, you must enter the keyword cpu-qos. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to configure the extended IP access list (IP ACL) in a dual-homing setup. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)#ip access-list extended TESTListEXTEND Dell(config-ext-nacl)# ip access-list standard — configures a standard IP access list. show config — displays the current configuration.
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
permit icmp Configure a filter to allow all or specific ICMP messages. C9000 Series Syntax permit icmp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [count [bytes]] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Added support for noncontiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry.
● rst: reset the connection ● syn: synchronize sequence numbers ● urg: urgent field dscp Enter the keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. operator (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operand: ● eq = equal to ● neq = not equal to ● gt = greater than ● lt = less than ● range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter) port port Enter the application layer port number.
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch.
permit udp To pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax permit udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [operator port [port]] {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [operator port [port]] [count [bytes]] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-inmsgs [count]][monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
Total Ports: 4001 Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended ACL. permit — assigns a permit filter for IP packets. permit tcp — assigns a permit filter for TCP packets. resequence prefix-list ipv4 Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing prefix list.
seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an extended IP access list while creating the filter. C9000 Series Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {ip-protocol-number | icmp | ip | tcp | udp} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [operator port [port]] [count [byte] | [dscp value] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290.
Defaults byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DSCP values. The range is from 0 to 63. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
● The order option takes precedence over seq sequence-number. ● If sequence-number is not configured, the rules with the same order value are ordered according to their configuration order. ● If sequence-number is configured, the sequence-number is used as a tie breaker for rules with the same order. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match.
Term heading Description heading To avoid the problem of excessive consumption of CAM area, you can configure ACL VLAN groups that combines all the VLANs that are applied with the same ACL in a single group. A unique identifier for each of ACL attached to the VLAN is used as a handle or locator in the CAM area instead of the VLAN id. This method of processing significantly reduces the number of entries in the CAM area and saves memory space in CAM.
description (ACL VLAN Group) Add a text description of an ACL VLAN group. C9000 Series Syntax description text Parameters Default description Enter a text to identify the ACL VLAN group (80 characters maximum). No default behavior or values Command Modes ACL-VLAN-GROUP CONFIGURATION (conf-acl-vl-grp) Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000.
show acl-vlan-group Display the configured ACL VLAN groups on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Default show acl-vlan-group {group-name | detail} group-name Display the configuration of an ACL VLAN group. detail Display information about all configured ACL VLAN groups in a line-by-line format. No default behavior or values Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.
Vlan Members : 1,1000 show cam-acl-vlan Display the number of FP blocks of CAM that are allocated for different ACL VLAN services, including ACL VLAN optimization, VLAN iSCSI counters, and Open Flow. C9000 Series Syntax show cam-acl-vlan Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL.
-- Stack unit 0 -Current Settings(in block sizes) VlanOpenFlow : 0 VlanIscsi : 2 VlanHp : 1 VlanFcoe : 1 VlanAclOpt : 0 show running config acl-vlan-group Display the running configuration of ACL VLAN groups. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Default show running config acl-vlan-group group-name group-name Display the specified ACL VLAN group (140 characters maximum). None Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Examples Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
The C9000 supports both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs. You can apply a MAC ACL on physical, port-channel and VLAN interfaces. The permit/deny statements in the ACL determine how traffic on an interface, VLAN members, or port-channel members is handled. clear counters mac access-group Clear counters for all or a specific MAC ACL. C9000 Series Syntax clear counters mac access-group [mac-list-name] Parameters mac-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured MAC access list.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to enable user egress ACL for L2 control traffic in a dual-homing setup. mac access-group Apply a MAC ACL to traffic entering or exiting an interface. You can apply a MAC ACL on a physical, port-channel, or VLAN interface.
● The VLAN cannot belong to an ACL VLAN group. If you apply a MAC ACL on a physical or port-channel interface, a VLAN to which the port is associated cannot have another ACL applied. If you apply a MAC ACL on an ACL VLAN group, none of the VLANs in the group can have another ACL applied. Related Commands mac access-list standard — configures a standard MAC ACL. mac access-list extended — configures an extended MAC ACL.
Usage information Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. This command displays ingress or egress L2 access-list information based on a given option. If no ingress or egress access-list is attached to an interface, no information displays and you return to the DELL# prompt.
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Displays occur only if the access-list is attached to an interface.
Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated.
mac access-list standard To configure a standard MAC ACL, name a new or existing MAC access control list (MAC ACL) and enter MAC ACCESS LIST mode. Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types section and the Common MAC Access List Commands section. C9000 Series Syntax mac access-list standard mac-list-name To delete a MAC access list, use the no mac access-list standard mac-list-name command.
permit To forward packets from a specific source MAC address, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax permit {any | mac-source-address [mac-source-address-mask]} [count [byte]] | [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. ● Use the no permit {any | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} command.
Usage Information Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packet details. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled.
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History This guide is platform-specific.
deny To drop packets that match the filter criteria, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax deny {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-addressmask} {any | host mac-address | mac-destination-address mac-destinationaddress-mask} [ethertype-operator] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
permit To pass packets matching the criteria specified, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax permit {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-addressmask} {any | host mac-address | mac-destination-address mac-destinationaddress-mask} [ethertype operator] [count [byte]] | [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
host macaddress Enter the keyword host and then enter a MAC address to filter packets with that host address. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. Specify which bits in the MAC address must be matched.
Usage Information Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packet details. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled.
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip prefix-list — configures a prefix list. deny To drop packets meeting the criteria specified, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax deny ip-prefix [ge min-prefix-length] [le max-prefix-length] To delete a drop filter, use the no deny ip-prefix command. Parameters ip-prefix Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.
ip prefix-list Enter the PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax ip prefix-list prefix-name To delete a prefix list, use the no ip prefix-list prefix-name command. Parameters prefix-name Enter a string up to 16 characters long as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters long. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
le max-prefix- length (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword le and then enter the maximum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
bitmask number Defaults Enter the keyword bitmask then enter a bit mask number in dotted decimal format. Not configured. Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-nprefixl)#show config ! ip prefix-list snickers Dell(conf-nprefixl)# show ip prefix-list detail Display details of the configured prefix lists. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip prefix-list detail [prefix-name] prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters.
seq 10 permit 0.0.0.0/0 le 32 (hit count: 132) Dell# show ip prefix-list summary Display a summary of the configured prefix lists. C9000 Series Syntax show ip prefix-list summary [prefix-name] Parameters prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Route Map Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then apply the list to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. To configure route maps and their redistribution criteria, use the following commands. continue To a route-map entry with a higher sequence number, configure a route-map. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults continue [sequence-number] sequencenumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the route map sequence number. The range is from 1 to 65535. Not configured.
Set Clause with Continue Clause If the route-map entry contains sets with the continue clause, set actions are performed first then the continue clause jumps to the specified route map entry. ● If a set action occurs in the first route map entry and then the same set action occurs with a different value in a subsequent route map entry, the last set of actions overrides the previous set of actions with the same set command.
Parameters Defaults as-path-name Enter the name of an established AS-PATH ACL, up to 140 characters. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip community-list — configures an Community Access list. set community — specifies a COMMUNITY attribute. neighbor send-community — sends COMMUNITY attribute to peer or peer group.
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source — redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric — redistributes routes that match a specific metric. match route-type — redistributes routes that match a route type.
match tag — redistributes routes that match a specific tag. match ip next-hop To match based on the next-hop IP addresses specified in an IP access list or IP prefix list, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax match ip next-hop {prefix-list prefix-list-name} To delete a match, use the no match ip next-hop {prefix-list prefix-list-name} command. Parameters Defaults prefix-list prefix- Enter the keywords prefix-list and then enter the name of configured prefix list-name list, up to 140 characters.
match ip route-source To match based on the routes advertised by routes specified in IP access lists or IP prefix lists, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax match ip route-source {prefix-list prefix-list-name} To delete a match, use the no match ip route-source {prefix-list prefix-list-name} command. Parameters Defaults prefix-list prefix- Enter the keywords prefix-list and then enter the name of configured prefix list-name list, up to 140 characters. Not configured.
Parameters Defaults metric-value Enter a value to match. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match route-type To match routes based on the how the route is defined, configure a filter.
Related Commands match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source — redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric — redistributes routes that match a specific metric. match tag — redistributes routes that match a specific tag.
route-map Enable a route map statement and configure its action and sequence number. This command also places you in ROUTE-MAP mode. C9000 Series Syntax route-map map-name [permit | deny] [sequence-number] To delete a route map, use the no route-map map-name [permit | deny] [sequencenumber] command. Parameters Defaults map-name Enter a text string of up to 140 characters to name the route map for easy identification. permit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permit to set the route map default as permit.
set as-path To modify the AS path for border gateway protocol (BGP) routes, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set as-path prepend as-number [... as-number] To remove an AS-Path setting, use the no set as-path {prepend as-number | tag} command. Parameters prepend as- number Defaults Enter the keyword prepend and then enter up to eight AS numbers to be inserted into the BGP path information. The range is from 1 to 65535. Not configured.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The community list used in the set comm-list delete command must be configured so that each filter contains only one community.
additive Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword additive to add the communities to already existing communities. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The set local-preference command changes the LOCAL_PREF attribute for routes meeting the route map criteria. To change the LOCAL_PREF for all routes, use the bgp default localpreference command. Related Commands bgp default local-preference — changes the default LOCAL_PREF attribute for all routes. set metric To assign a new metric to redistributed routes, configure a filter.
set metric-type To assign a new route type for routes redistributed to OSPF, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set metric-type {internal | external | type-1 | type-2} To delete a setting, use the no set metric-type command. Parameters Defaults internal Enter the keyword internal to assign the Interior Gateway Protocol metric of the next hop as the route’s BGP MULTI_EXIT_DES (MED) value. external Enter the keyword external to assign the IS-IS external metric.
Parameters Defaults ip-address Specify an IP address in dotted decimal format. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set tag To specify a tag for redistributed routes, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set tag tag-value To delete a setting, use the no set tag command.
set weight To add a non-RFC compliant attribute to the BGP route to assist with route selection, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set weight weight To delete a weight specification, use the no set weight weight command. Parameters weight Enter a number as the weight used by the route meeting the route map specification. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is router-originated = 32768 and all other routes = 0.
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Example Related Commands Dell#show route-map route-map firpo, permit, sequence 10 Match clauses: Set clauses: tag 34 Dell# route-map — configures a route map. AS-Path Commands The following commands configure AS-Path ACLs. ip as-path access-list Enter AS-PATH ACL mode and configure an access control list based on the BGP AS_PATH attribute. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults ip as-path access-list as-path-name as-path-name Enter the access-list name, up to 140 characters. Not configured.
show ip as-path-access-lists Display the all AS-PATH access lists configured on the E-Series. C9000 Series Syntax show ip as-path-access-lists Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
deny deny deny deny deny deny deny deny deny deny deny deny Dell# 308 701:112 702:112 703:112 704:112 705:112 14551:112 701:666 702:666 703:666 704:666 705:666 14551:666 Access Control Lists (ACL)
7 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection. The Dell Networking OS implementation is based on the standards specified in the IETF Draft draft-ietf-bfd-base-03.
The default is active. Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS INTERFACE (BFD for VRRP only) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.11(2.
bfd disable Disable BFD on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax bfd disable Re-enable BFD using the no bfd disable command. Defaults BFD is disabled by default. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
Version Description 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. bfd enable (Interface) Enable BFD on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax bfd enable Defaults BFD is enabled on all interfaces when you enable BFD from CONFIGURATION mode. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
multiplier value Enter the keywords multiplier to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a session down. The range is from 3 to 50. The default is 3. role [active | passive] Enter the role that the local system assumes: ● Active — The active system initiates the BFD session. Both systems can be active for the same session. ● Passive — The passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system.
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Protocol Liveness is a feature that notifies the BFD Manager when a client protocol (for example, OSPF and ISIS) is disabled. When a client is disabled, all BFD sessions for that protocol are torn down. Neighbors on the remote system receive an Admin Down control packet and are placed in the Down state.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.3.(0.0) Introduced on S6000. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ipv6 route bfd Enable BFD for all IPv6 neighbors configured through static routes.
Example DellEMC(conf)#ipv6 route bfd DellEMC(conf)#ipv6 route bfd vrf vrf1 prefix-list p6_le ip ospf bfd all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all OSPF neighbors on a single interface or use non-default BFD session parameters. Syntax ip ospf bfd all-neighbors [disable | [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}]] To disable all BFD sessions on an OSPF interface implicitly, use the no ip ospf bfd allneighbors disable command in interface mode..
ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all OSPFv3 neighbors on a single interface or use non-default BFD session parameters. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors [disable | [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}]] To disable all BFD sessions on an OSPFv3 interface implicitly, use the no ipv6 ospf bfd allneighbors disable command in interface mode.. Parameters disable (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword disable to disable BFD on this interface.
neighbor bfd Explicitly enable a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} bfd Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.11(2.1P1) Introduced the vrf keyword. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
Number of messages communicated b/w Manager and Agent: 6 Dell# Related Commands bfd all-neighbors — establishes BFD sessions with all neighbors discovered by the IS-IS protocol or OSPF protocol out of all interfaces. vrrp bfd Establish a BFD session with VRRP neighbors.
Usage Information 322 Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When BFD is enabled with VRRP neighbors, the VRRP protocol registers with the BFD manager on the route processor. BFD sessions are established with all neighboring interfaces participating in VRRP. If a neighboring interface fails, the BFD agent on the line card notifies the BFD manager, which in turn notifies the VRRP protocol that a link state change occurred.
8 Border Gateway Protocol BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.5.1.0 Introduced aggregate-address To minimize the number of entries in the routing table, summarize a range of prefixes.
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. At least one of the routes included in the aggregate address must be in the BGP routing table for the configured aggregate to become active. If routes within the aggregate are constantly changing, do not add the as-set parameter to the aggregate as the aggregate flaps to keep track of the changes in the AS_PATH.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. neighbor add-path — specifies that this neighbor/peer group can send/receive multiple path advertisements. bgp always-compare-med Allows you to enable comparison of the MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attributes in the paths from different external ASs. C9000 Series Syntax bgp always-compare-med To disable comparison of MED, enter no bgp always-compare-med.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
Defaults Disabled (that is, the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
bgp bestpath med confed Enable MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute comparison on paths learned from BGP confederations. C9000 Series Syntax bgp bestpath med confed To disable MED comparison on BGP confederation paths, enter the no bgp bestpath med confed command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced The MED is a 4-byte unsigned integer value and the default behavior is to assume a missing MED as 4294967295. This command causes a missing MED to be treated as 0. During path selection, paths with a lower MED are preferred over paths with a higher MED.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
cluster-id command. Without a cluster ID, the route reflector cannot recognize route updates from the other route reflectors within the cluster. The default format for displaying the cluster-id is dotted decimal, but if you enter the cluster-id as an integer, it is displayed as an integer. Related Commands bgp client-to-client reflection — enables route reflection between the route reflector and clients. neighbor route-reflector-client — configures a route reflector and clients.
bgp confederation peers Specify the autonomous systems (ASs) that belong to the BGP confederation. C9000 Series Syntax bgp confederation peers as-number [...as-number] To return to the default, use the no bgp confederation peers command. Parameters Defaults as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). ...as-number (OPTIONAL) Enter up to 16 confederation numbers.
To disable route dampening, use the no bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress maxsuppress-time] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters half-life (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is decreased. After the router assigns a Penalty of 1024 to a route, the Penalty is decreased by half after the half-life period expires. The range is from 1 to 45. The default is 15 minutes.
bgp default local-preference Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers. C9000 Series Syntax bgp default local-preference value To return to the default value, use the no bgp default local-preference command. Parameters Defaults value Enter a number to assign to routes as the degree of preference for those routes. When routes are compared, the higher the degree of preference or local preference value, the more the route is preferred.
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 Series. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. Configuring or un-configuring the command will bring down and bring up the BGP Route Manager, this will result in tear down and re-establishment of all active sessions.
Related Commands show ip bgp neighbors — views the information the BGP neighbors exchange. show ip protocols — views information on routing protocols. bgp fast-external-fallover Enable the fast external fallover feature, which immediately resets the BGP session if a link to a directly connected external peer fails. C9000 Series Syntax bgp fast-external-fallover To disable fast external fallover, use the no bgp fast-external-fallover command.
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Routers supporting 4-byte ASNs advertise that function in the OPEN message. The behavior of a 4-byte router is slightly different depending on whether it is speaking to a 2-byte router or a 4-byte router.
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. This feature is advertised to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement. In Receiver Only mode, BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart. BGP graceful restart is active only when the neighbor becomes established. Otherwise it is disabled. Graceful-restart applies to all neighbors with established adjacency.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop Enable next-hop resolution through other routes learned by BGP. C9000 Series Syntax bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop To disable next-hop resolution, use the no bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information. In particular, the use of regular expressions to filter routes based on AS-PATHs and communities is common.
Defaults The router ID is the highest IP address of the Loopback interface or, if no Loopback interfaces are configured, the highest IP address of a physical interface on the router. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
command, the replay and update process is triggered only if route-refresh request is not negotiated with the peer. If the request is indeed negotiated (after executing the clear ip bgp soft in command), BGP sends a route-refresh request to the neighbor and receives all of the peer’s updates. Related Commands clear ip bgp — activates inbound policies without resetting the BGP TCP session. capture bgp-pdu neighbor Enable capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet.
Parameters Defaults 100-102400000 Enter a size for the capture buffer. 40960000 bytes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to activate only inbound policies. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to activate only outbound policies. NOTE: You must execute the clear ip bgp soft out command when ever there is a change in the local policy. If you do not run this command after a local policy change, then these policy changes are not reflected in the responses to the peer’s route refresh messages. dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear the flap dampening information.
ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to clear the ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to clear the ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to clear the ipv6 unicast routes.
ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to clear information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to clear information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. ipv4-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format and the prefix mask in slash format (/x) to reset only that prefix.
clear ip bgp peer-group Reset a peer-group’s BGP sessions. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] peer-group peer-group-name [ipv4 [multicast | unicast] | ipv6 unicast] [soft {in | out}] vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to reset the peer group corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: You can use this attribute on a specific VRF to remove history routes corresponding to that VRF.
debug ip bgp Display all information on BGP, including BGP events, keepalives, notifications, and updates. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [ vrf vrf-name | A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-groupname] [in | out] To disable all BGP debugging, use the no debug ip bgp command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to debug BGP information corresponding to that VRF.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To view information on both incoming and outgoing routes, do not include the in and out parameters in the debugging command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series. debug ip bgp events Display information on local BGP state changes and other BGP events. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.
Usage Information To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp keepalives Display information about BGP keepalive messages. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-groupname] keepalives [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] command.
debug ip bgp notifications View information about BGP notifications received from neighbors. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-groupname] notifications [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] notifications [in | out] command.
To disable, use the debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peergroup-name] soft-reconfiguration command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable soft-reconfiguration debugging on that VRF. A.B.C.D (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. X:X:X:X::X (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv6 address. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group.
peer-group peer- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group followed by the name of the peer group-name group. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only BGP updates sent to neighbors. prefix-list prefix- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword prefix-list then the name of an established list-name prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes).
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The default-metric command in BGP sets the value of the BGP MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute for redistributed routes only.
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series. CAUTION: Dell Networking recommends that you do not change the administrative distance of internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low. Routes assigned an administrative distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table.
neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI (Address Family Identifier/ Subsequent Address Family Identifier). C9000 Series Syntax neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate To disable, use the no neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group.
Defaults both Enter the keyword both to indicate that the system sends and accepts multiple paths from peers. path-count Enter the number paths supported. The range is from 2 to 64. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-BGP-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor advertisement-start To send BGP routing updates, set the minimum interval before starting. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start command. Parameters Defaults ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. number Defaults Enter a number of times to allow this neighbor ID to use the AS path. The range is from 1 to 10. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. If you apply a route map to a BGP peer or neighbor with the neighbor default-originate command configured, the software does not apply the set filters in the route map to that BGP peer or neighbor.
neighbor distribute-list Distribute BGP information via an established prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} To delete a neighbor distribution list, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
To disable BGP Link Bandwidth, enter the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group} dmzlink-bw command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer. peer-group Enter the name of the peer group. dmzlink-bw Enter the keyword dmzlink-bw to enable BGP Link Bandwidth in BGP multipath. N/A Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To prevent loops, the neighbor ebgp-multihop command does not install the default routes of the multihop peer. Networks not directly connected are not considered valid for best-path selection. neighbor fall-over Enable or disable fast fall-over for BGP neighbors.
neighbor filter-list Configure a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} filter-list as-path-name {in | out} To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} filterlist as-path-name {in | out} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to apply the filter to all routers in the peer group.
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. Defaults as-number Enter the AS number to reset all neighbors belonging to that AS. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte) or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). no prepend Specifies that local AS values do not prepend to announcements from the neighbor.
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced If you configure the set ipv6 next-hop command in ROUTE-MAP mode, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command. If you do not use the all keyword, the next hop of only eBGP-learned routes is updated by the route reflector. If you use the all keyword, the next hop of both eBGP- and iBGP-learned routes are updated by the route reflector.
If you specify a BGP peer group by using the peer-group-name parameter, all the members of the peer group inherit the characteristic configured with this command.
● neighbor route-reflector-client ● neighbor send-community A neighbor may keep its configuration after it was added to a peer group if the neighbor’s configuration is more specific than the peer group’s, and the neighbor’s configuration does not affect outgoing updates. A peer group must exist before you add a peer to it. If the peer group is disabled (shutdown) the peers within the group are also disabled (shutdown). Related Commands clear ip bgp — resets BGP sessions.
neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but responds to one. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive [sessions] To delete a passive peer-group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive command. Parameters Defaults peer-group-name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Not configured.
number Defaults Enter a number of the AS. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte) or from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte). Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added 4-byte support. Applies to EBGP neighbors only. Configure your system to accept 4-byte formats before entering a 4 byte AS Number. If the AS-PATH contains both public and private AS number or contains AS numbers of an EBGP neighbor, the private AS numbers are not removed.
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command. If you identify a peer by IP address, the Route map overwrites either the inbound or outbound policies on that peer.
Related Commands bgp client-to-client reflection — enables route reflection between the route reflector and the clients. neighbor send-community Send a COMMUNITY attribute to a BGP neighbor or peer group. A COMMUNITY attribute indicates that all routes with that attribute belong to the same community grouping. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} send-community To disable sending a COMMUNITY attribute, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} send-community command.
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group. Defaults Enabled (that is, BGP neighbors and peer groups are disabled.) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the BGP neighbor specified. BGP stores all the updates the neighbor receives but does not reset the peer-session. CAUTION: Inbound update storage is a memory-intensive operation.
neighbor timers Set keepalive and hold time timers for a BGP neighbor or a peer group. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} timers keepalive holdtime To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} timers command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the timers for all routers within the peer group.
To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | ipv6-address | peergroup-name} timers extended idle holdtime command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the peer router in X:X:X:X::X format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the timers for all routers within the peer group.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Loopback interfaces are up constantly and the BGP session may need one interface constantly up to stabilize the session. The neighbor update-source command is not necessary for directly connected internal BGP sessions.
network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. C9000 Series Syntax network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, / 24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
When a combination of locally originated and peer originated routes occurs, both these routes will exist in the RTM. However, only the best route is kept active in the RTM and the remaining route is rendered in-active. It is possible to keep only one locally originated route in the BGP database. Network command has preference over the re-distributed routes. When the locally originated route is no longer present in the database the other route is automatically installed.
Parameters Defaults bandwidth Enter the keyword bandwidth to specify extended-community attribute as the matching criteria for permitting traffic. The range is from 0 to 102400. N/A Command Modes EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series.
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the ability to substitute IGP cost for MED when a peer/peer-group outbound route-map is set as internal. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You can use the redistribute command to advertise the IGP cost as the MED on redistributed routes.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. At least one interface must be in Layer 3 mode for the router bgp command to be accepted. If all interfaces are configured under VRF, at least one interface should be in the default VRF for the router bgp command to be accepted.
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced on the S-Series, Z-Series, MXL, and IOM. You can use this command to disable all the configured BGP neighbors. This command is global for all VRFs. shutdown address-family-ipv4–multicast Disables all the BGP neighbors corresponding to the multicast IPv4 address families.
Command Modes ROUTER BGP CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced on the S-Series, Z-Series, MXL, and IOM. You can use this command to disable all the configured BGP neighbors corresponding to the unicast IPv6 address families. This command is global for all VRFs. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv4 address on the system.
Available buffer size 40958758, 27 packet(s) captured using 562 bytes PDU[1] : len 41, captured 00:34:52 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00290104 000100b4 14141401 0c020a01 04000100 01020080 00000000 PDU[2] : len 19, captured 00:34:51 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 PDU[3] : len 19, captured 00:34:50 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 [. . .] Dell# Related Commands capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size — specifies a size for the capture buffer.
show ip bgp View the current BGP IPv4 routing table for the system.
regexp regular- expression (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword regexp then the regular expressions to display BGP information based on a regular expression. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display the summary of BGP neighbor status. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
*> *> Network 55.0.0.0/24 66.0.0.0/24 Next Hop 172.16.0.2 172.16.0.2 Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0 200 i 0 200 i All the show and debugs commands display the link band width extended-community prefixed with DMZLink-bw along with other extended communities. Dell EMC#show ip bgp 3.3.3.0/24 BGP routing table entry for 3.3.3.0/24 Paths: (1 available, table Default-IP-Routing-Table.) Not advertised to any peer Received from : 1.1.1.2 (3.3.3.1) Best AS_PATH : Next-Hop : 1.1.1.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp cluster-list command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router.
show ip bgp community View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] community [community-number] [local-as] [no-export] [no-advertise] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view information either on all routes with community attributes or specific BGP community routes corresponding to that VRF.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found.
show ip bgp community-list View routes that a specific community list affects. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] community-list community-list-name [exact-match] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes.
Example Field Description LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#conf t Dell(conf)#ip community-list cl1 Dell(config-community-list)#permit 1000:1 Dell(config-community-list)#end Dell#show ip bgp community-list cl1 BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.
show ip bgp detail Display BGP internal information for the IPv4 Unicast address family. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] detail Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.
0x41a1b760 TxUpdCodeP 0x41a1b780 : TrEvt 0 : LocPref 100 : tmpPathP 0x41a1b7b8 : LogNbrChgs 1 RecursiveNH 1 : PgCfgId 0 : KeepAlive 0 : HldTime 0 : DioHdl 0 : AggrValTmrP 0x41ee7024 UpdNetTmrP 0 : RedistTmrP 0x41ee7094 : PeerChgTmrP 0 : CleanRibTmrP 0x41ee7104 PeerUpdTmrP 0x41ee70cc : DfrdNHTmrP 0x41ee7174 : DfrdRtselTmrP 0x41ee713c : FastExtFallover 1 : FastIntFallover 0 : Enforce1stAS 1 PeerIdBitsP 0x41967120 : softOutSz 16 : RibUpdCtxCBP 0 UpdPeerCtxCBP 0 : UpdPeerCtxAFI 0 : TcpioCtxCB 0 : RedistBlk 1 Ne
ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. list name Enter the extended community list name you wish to view. The range is 140 characters. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show ip bgp filter-list View the routes that match the filter lists. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] filter-list as-path-name vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view route information that matches the filter lists corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes.
Example Field Description Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#show run as-path a1 ! ip as-path access-list a1 permit 500 Dell# Dell#show ip bgp filter-list a1 BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
● ● ● ● . * + ? = = = = (period) any single character (including a white space). (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences). (plus) the sequences in a pattern (one or more sequences). (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either zero or one sequences). NOTE: Enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element.
n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network From Reuse Path h 77.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 00:00:00 d 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 00:30:44 200 i *> 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 00:00:00 200 i Dell#*>n 66.66.77.77/32 0.0.0.
Path source: I - internal, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next * 3.0.0.0/8 * * *> *> 3.18.135.0/24 * * * *> 4.0.0.0/8 * * * * 6.0.0.0/20 * *> * * 9.2.0.0/16 * --More-- Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path 63.114.8.33 0 18508 209 63.114.8.34 0 18508 209 63.114.8.60 0 18508 209 63.114.8.33 0 18508 701 63.114.8.60 0 18508 209 63.114.8.34 0 18508 209 63.114.8.33 0 18508 701 63.114.8.33 0 18508 209 63.114.8.60 0 18508 209 63.114.8.
routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword routes to view only the neighbor’s feasible routes. received-routes [ network [ network-mask ] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords received-routes then either the network address (in dotted decimal format) or the network mask (in slash prefix format) to view all information received from neighbors. NOTE: Configure the neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound command prior to viewing all the information received from the neighbors.
The Lines Beginning with: Description BGP version Displays the BGP version (always version 4) and the remote router ID. BGP state Displays the neighbor’s BGP state and the amount of time in hours:minutes:seconds it has been in that state.
16 keepalives, 0 route refresh requests Route refresh request: received 0, sent messages 1 Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds Minimum time before advertisements start is 0 seconds Capabilities received from neighbor for IPv4 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) Capabilities advertised to neighbor for IPv4 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) ADD_PATH(69) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp next-hop command shown in the following example. Field Description Next-hop Displays the next-hop IP address.
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example 414 Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
show ip bgp paths as-path View all unique AS-PATHs in the BGP database. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp paths as-path Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
show ip bgp paths community View all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] paths community Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf to view all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: You can use this attribute to view information on unique COMMUNITY numbers in a BGP database that correspond to either a default or a non-default VRF.
show ip bgp peer-group View information on the BGP peers in a peer group. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] peer-group [peer-group-name [detail | summary]] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf to view information on BGP peers in a peer group corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: You can use this attribute to view information on BGP peers in a peer group that correspond to either a default or a non-default VRF.
Line beginning Description with: Example Peer-group Displays the peer group’s name. Administratively shut Displays the peer group’s status if the peer group is not enabled. If you enable the peer group, this line is not displayed. BGP version Displays the BGP version supported. Minimum time Displays the time interval between BGP advertisements. For address family Displays IPv4 Unicast as the address family. BGP neighbor Displays the name of the BGP neighbor.
NOTE: Enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular ● ● ● ● ● expression. [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element. { } = (braces) minimum and the maximum match count. ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string.
*> *> 55.0.0.0/24 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 172.16.0.2 0 200 i 0 200 i show ip bgp summary View the status of all BGP connections. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] summary Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view the status of all BGP connections corresponding to that VRF.
The following describes the show ip bgp summary command shown in the following example. Field Description BGP router identifier Displays the local router ID and the AS number. BGP table version Displays the BGP table version and the main routing table version. network entries Displays the number of network entries, route paths, and the amount of memory used to process those entries. paths Displays the number of paths and the amount of memory used.
Example Dell#show ip bgp summary BGP router identifier 192.168.11.5, local AS number 100 BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 2 network entrie(s) using 152 bytes of memory 2 paths using 208 bytes of memory BGP-RIB over all using 210 bytes of memory 2 BGP path attribute entrie(s) using 144 bytes of memory 1 BGP AS-PATH entrie(s) using 10 bytes of memory 2 neighbor(s) using 16384 bytes of memory Neighbor AS Up/Down State/Pfx 172.16.0.2 200 00:05:34 2 192.168.10.
Parameters Defaults keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds. holdtime Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between the last keepalive message and declaring the router dead. The range is from 3 to 65535. The default is 180 seconds. none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP (MBGP) is an enhanced BGP that enables multicast routing policy throughout the internet and connecting multicast topologies between BGP and autonomous systems (ASs). MBGP on the Dell Networking OS is implemented as per IETF RFC 1858. BGPv4 is supported in the following: Version Platform Support 9.9(0.0) C9010 9.2(1.0) Z9500 7.8.1.0 TeraScale and C-Series (MBGP for IPv6) 7.8.1.0 S-Series (MBGP for IPv4 Multicast Only) 8.2.1.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series. distance bgp Configure three administrative distances for routes. C9000 Series Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command. Parameters external-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 20.
show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampened-paths Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes that are affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes.
Example Field Description Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#show ip bgp dampened-paths BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.5 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network d From 55.0.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. permit — configures to add (permit) rules. show ip extcommunity-list — displays the extended community list.
description To designate a meaningful description to the extended community, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax description {line} To remove the description, use the no description {line} command. Parameters Defaults line Enter a description (maximum 80 characters). Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information Example This mode changes the prompt. Dell(conf)#ip extcommunity-list test Dell(conf-ext-community-list)# match extcommunity To match an extended community in the Route Map mode, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax match extcommunity {extended community list name} To change the match, use the no match extcommunity {extended community list name} command. Parameters Defaults extended community list name Enter the name of the extended community list.
Parameters Defaults rt Enter the keyword rt to designate a Route Origin community. soo Enter the keyword soo to designate a Site-of-Origin community (also known as Route Origin). as4 ASN4:NN Enter the keyword as4 then the 4-octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN4:NN (4-byte AS number:2-byte community value). ASN:NNNN Enter the 2-octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN:NNNN (2-byte AS number:4-byte community value).
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Duplicate commands are silently accepted. Dell(conf-ext-community-list)#permit regexp 123 Dell(conf-ext-community-list)# deny regex — denies a community using a regular expression. set extcommunity rt To set Route Origin community attributes in Route Map, use this feature.
Usage Information If the set community rt and soo are in the same route-map entry, the behavior defines as: ● If the rt option comes before soo, with or without the additive option, soo overrides the communities rt sets. ● If the rt option comes after soo, without the additive option, rt overrides the communities soo sets. ● If the rt with the additive option comes after soo, rt adds the communities soo sets.
Related Commands set extcommunity rt — sets the extended community route origins using the route-map. show ip bgp ipv4 extcommunity-list To display the IPv4 routes matching the extended community list name, use this feature. C9000 Syntax show ip bgp [ipv4 [multicast | unicast] | ipv6 unicast] extcommunity-list name Parameters Defaults multicast Enter the keyword multicast to display the multicast route information. unicast Enter the keyword unicast to display the unicast route information.
RT:1111:4278080 SoO:35:4 SoO:36:50529043 SoO:37:50529044 SoO:38:50529045 SoO:0.0.0.2:33 SoO:506.62106:34 0x0303:254:11223* Dell# show ip bgp paths extcommunity To display all BGP paths having extended community attributes, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
show ip extcommunity-list Display the IP extended community list. C9000 Series Syntax show ip extcommunity-list [word] Parameters word Enter the name of the extended community list you want to view. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show running-config extcommunity-list test ip extcommunity-list test permit rt 65033:200 deny soo 101.11.11.
address family ipv6 unicast This command changes the context to subsequent address family identifier (SAFI). C9000 Series Syntax address family ipv6 unicast To remove SAFI context, use the no address family ipv6 unicast command. Parameters Defaults ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to specify the address family as IPv6. unicast Enter the keyword unicast to specify multicast as SAFI. IPv6 Unicast Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced At least one of the routes included in the aggregate address must be in the BGP routing table for the configured aggregate to become active.
bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations. C9000 Series Syntax bgp bestpath as-path ignore To return to the default, use the no bgp bestpath as-path ignore command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
bgp bestpath med missing-as-best During path selection, indicate preference to paths with missing MED (MULTI_EXIT_DISC) over those paths with an advertised MED attribute. C9000 Series Syntax bgp bestpath med missing-as-best To return to the default selection, use the no bgp bestpath med missing-as-best command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector. C9000 Series Syntax bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} To delete a cluster ID, use the no bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter an IP address as the route reflector cluster ID. number Enter a route reflector cluster ID as a number from 1 to 4294967295. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems. The next hop, MED, and local preference information is preserved throughout the confederation. The system accepts confederation EBGP peers without a LOCAL_PREF attribute.
Related Commands show ip bgp dampened-paths – views the BGP paths. bgp default local-preference Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers. C9000 Series Syntax bgp default local-preference value To return to the default value, use the no bgp default local-preference command. Parameters Defaults value Enter a number to assign to routes as the degree of preference for those routes.
incremented. Use the show ip bgp neighbors command to view the “failed enforce-first-as check” counter. If you disable enforce-first-as, you can view it using the show ip protocols command. Related Commands ● show ip bgp neighbors – views the information exchanged by BGP neighbors. ● show ip protocols – views information on routing protocols. bgp fast-external-fallover Enable the fast external failover feature, which immediately resets the BGP session if a link to a directly connected external peer fails.
When creating Confederations, all the routers in the Confederation must be 4– or 2–byte identified routers. You cannot mix them. Where the 2-Byte format is 1-65535, the 4-Byte format is 1-4294967295. Both formats are accepted, and the advertisements will reflect the entered format. For more information about using the 2– or 4-Byte format, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The bgp log-neighbor-changes command appears in the show config command output. Related Commands show config – views the current configuration. bgp non-deterministic-med Compare MEDs of paths from different autonomous systems.
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced This command is a knob to disable BGP next-hop resolution via BGP learned routes. During the next-hop resolution, only the first route that the next-hop resolves through is verified for the route’s protocol source and is checked if the route is learned from BGP or not.
bgp router-id Assign a user-given ID to a BGP router. C9000 Series Syntax bgp router-id ip-address To delete a user-assigned IP address, use the no bgp router-id command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset only that BGP neighbor. The router ID is the highest IP address of the Loopback interface or, if you do not configure Loopback interfaces, the highest IP address of a physical interface on the router.
Version Description 7.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information When you enable soft-reconfiguration for a neighbor and you execute the clear ip bgp soft in command, the update database stored in the router is replayed and updates are re-evaluated. With this command, the replay and update process is triggered only if route-refresh request is not negotiated with the peer.
● EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced ● clear ip bgp – enables route reflection between route reflector and clients. ● show capture bgp-pdu neighbor – configures a route reflector and clients. ● capture bgp-pdu neighbor – enables capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet.
clear ip bgp * (asterisk) Reset all BGP sessions in the specified category. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip bgp * [ipv4 multicast soft [in | out] | ipv6 unicast soft [in | out] | soft [in | out]] Parameters * Enter an asterisk ( * ) to reset all BGP sessions. ipv4 multicast soft [in | out] (OPTIONAL) This keyword sequence sets options within the a specified IPv4 address family.
multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword multicast to select the multicast option within the selected address family. Multicast is supported on IPv4 only. soft (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword soft to configure and activate policies without resetting the BGP TCP session, that is, BGP Soft Reconfiguration. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to activate only inbound policies. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to activate only outbound policies.
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. filter-list as- path-name regexp regular- expression (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords filter-list followed by the name of a configured AS-PATH list. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword regexp followed by regular expressions. Use one or a combination of the following: . (period) matches on any single character, including white space. * (asterisk) matches on sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences).
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening Clear information on route dampening. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp dampening ipv6 unicast [network network-mask] network (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 network address in x:x:x:x::x format. network-mask If you enter the network address, then enter the network mask, from 0 to 128.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced debug ip bgp keepalives Allows you to view information about BGP keepalive messages. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-groupname] keepalives [in | out] command.
Parameters in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound dampened routes. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound dampened routes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP.
debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening View information on routes being dampened. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening command. Parameters dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.
debug ip bgp notifications Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] notifications [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-groupname] notifications [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128.
out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view BGP notifications updates sent to neighbors. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. default-metric Allows you to change the metrics of redistributed routes to locally originated routes.
Parameters Defaults description Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum). none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced router bgp – Enter ROUTER mode on the switch. distance bgp Configure three administrative distances for routes.
ipv6 prefix-list Configure an IPv6 prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 prefix-list prefix-list name Parameters prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp command to recompute the best path. neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} activate To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} activate command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
seconds Defaults Enter a number as the time interval, in seconds, between BGP advertisements. The range is 0 to 600 seconds. The default is 5 seconds for internal BGP peers and 30 seconds for external BGP peers. ● seconds = 5 seconds (internal peers) ● seconds = 30 seconds (external peers) Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map mapname] To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced neighbor distribute-list Distribute BGP information via an established prefix list.
To disallow and disconnect connections, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} ebgp-multihop [ttl] command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. ttl Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of hops as the time to live (ttl) value. The range is 1 to 255. The default is 255. Disabled.
neighbor filter-list Configure a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} filter-list as-path-name {in | out} To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} filterlist as-path-name {in | out} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Defaults threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value. When the number of prefixes reaches this percentage of the maximum value, the software sends a message. The range is 1 to 100 percent. The default is 75. warning-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords warning-only to set the router to send a log message when the maximum value is reached. If you do not set this parameter, the router stops peering when the maximum number of prefixes is reached.
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced If you configure the set ipv6 next-hop command in ROUTE-MAP mode, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command. If you do not use the all keyword, the next hop of only eBGP-learned routes is updated by the route reflector. If you use the all keyword, the next hop of both eBGP- and iBGP-learned routes are updated by the route reflector.
● show ip bgp neighborsshow ip bgp neighbors View BGP neighbors configurations. neighbor peer-group (creating group) Allows you to create a peer group and assign it a name. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group To delete a peer group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group command. Parameters Defaults peer-group-name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.
Usage Information After you configure a peer group as passive, you must assign it a subnet using the neighbor subnet command. Related Commands neighbor subnet – assigns a subnet to a dynamically-configured BGP neighbor. neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number To delete a remote AS entry, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number command.
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers. Defaults Disabled (that is, private AS number are not removed). Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Applies to EBGP neighbors only.
If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command. If you identify a peer by IP address, the Route map overwrites either the inbound or outbound policies on that peer. neighbor route-reflector-client Configure a neighbor as a member of a route reflector cluster.
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to send a COMMUNITY attribute to all routers within the peer group. Defaults Not configured and COMMUNITY attributes are not sent to neighbors. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
neighbor subnet Enable passive peering so that the members of the peer group are dynamic. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor peer-group-name subnet subnet-number mask To remove passive peering, use the no neighbor peer-group-name subnet subnet-number mask command. Parameters Defaults subnet-number Enter a subnet number in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) as the allowable range of addresses included in the peer group. To allow all addresses, enter 0::0/0.
The neighbor shutdown command terminates all BGP sessions on the BGP neighbor or BGP peer group. Use this command with caution as it terminates the specified BGP sessions. When a neighbor or peer group is shutdown, use the show ip bgp summary command to confirm its status. Related Commands ● show ip bgp summary – displays the current BGP configuration. ● show ip bgp neighbors – displays the current BGP neighbors. neighbor timers Set keepalive and hold time timers for a BGP neighbor or a peer group.
neighbor update-source Enable the software to use Loopback interfaces for TCP connections for BGP sessions. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} update-source loopback interface To use the closest interface, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} update-source loopback interface command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced In the software’s best path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. NOTE: Reset the neighbor connection (the clear ip bgp * command) to apply the weight to the connection and recompute the best path.
route-map map- name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: ● match ipv6 address ● match ipv6 next-hop ● match ipv6 route-source ● set ipv6 next-hop If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute {connected | static} [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribution [connected | static] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. These routes are treated as incomplete routes.
match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to redistribute OSPFv3 internal routes only. route-map map- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: ● match ipv6 address ● match ipv6 next-hop ● match ipv6 route-source ● set ipv6 next-hop name If you do not configure the route map, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured.
show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv6 address. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv6-address ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of a BGP neighbor. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.
neighbor 4000::60 no shutdown neighbor 9000::1:2 remote-as 640 no neighbor 9000::1:2 activate neighbor 9000::1:2 no shutdown ! Dell# show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (via learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status. This command only displays one path, even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp next-hop [local-routes] Parameters local-routes (OPTIONAL) Show next-hop information for local routes.
● ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If the caret is used at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. ● $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp paths as-path View all unique AS-PATHs in the BGP database.
show ip bgp paths extcommunity View all unique Extended community information in the BGP database. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp regexp Allows you to view the subset of BGP routing table matching the regular expressions specified.
show ipv6 prefix-list Displays the specified IPv6 prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ipv6 prefix-list detail {prefix-list name} | summary detail Display a detailed description of the selected IPv6 prefix list. prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names. summary Display a summary of RPF routes. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced When you enable the bgp non-deterministic-med command, the show ip bgp command output for a BGP route does not list the INACTIVE reason. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list [cluster-id] Parameters cluster-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the cluster id in dotted decimal format.
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list View routes that are affected by a specific community list.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Display BGP internal information for IPv6 Unicast address family. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes.
Parameters as-path-name Enter the name of an AS-PATH. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent-as View routes with inconsistent originating autonomous system (AS) numbers; that is, prefixes that are announced from the same neighbor AS but with a different AS-Path. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent-as Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
Related Commands Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp – view the current BGP routing table. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group [peer-group-name [summary]] peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Dell# show ip bgp summary BGP router identifier 55.55.55.
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced neighbor timers – adjusts BGP timers for a specific peer or peer group. IPv6 MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP (MBGP) is an enhanced BGP that enables the multicast routing policy throughout the internet and connecting multicast topologies between BGP and autonomous systems (AS).
9 Content Addressable Memory (CAM) You can use Content Addressable Memory (CAM) commands to configure the amount of memory allocated to CAM memory partitions. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. NOTE: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance.
cam-acl (Configuration) Select the default CAM allocation settings or reconfigure a new CAM allocation for Layer 2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACLs, Layer 2 and Layer 3 (IPv4) QoS, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT), IP and MAC source address validation for DHCP, Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) ACLs, OpenFlow, and Policy-based Routing (PBR).
vman-dual-qos number Ipv4pbr number Enter the keyword vman-dual-qos and then the number of FP blocks for VMAN dual QoS. The range is from 0 to 4. Enter the keyword ipv4pbr and then the number of FP blocks for ipv4pbr ACL. The range is from 0 to 8. Openflow number Enter the keyword openflow and then the number of FP blocks for open flow (multiples of 4). The range is from 0 to 8. fcoeacl number Enter the keyword fcoeacl and then the number of FP blocks for FCOE ACL. The range is from 0 to 6.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.1.0 Added the keywords ecfmacl, vman-qos, and vman-dual-qos. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Save the new CAM settings to the startup-config (write-mem or copy run start) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. The total amount of space allowed is 16 FP Blocks. System flow requires three blocks; these blocks cannot be reallocated. Only 12 number of blocks can be configured by the user .
cam-acl-egress-pe Allocate CAM for egress ACLs on the port extender. C9000 Series Syntax cam-acl-egress-pe {12acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number} Parameters Defaults l2acl Allocates space for the L2 ACL. The default value is 5 ipv4acl Allocates space for the L3 ACL. The default value is 2. ipv6acl Allocates space for the IPv6 L3 ACL. The default value is 2 None Command Modes CONFIG Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Guidelines Select the CAM allocation for Layer 2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACLs, Layer 2 and Layer 3 (IPv4) QoS, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT), IP and MAC source address validation for DHCP, and Policy-based Routing (PBR). Save the new CAM settings to the startup-config (write-memor copy run start) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. The total amount of space allowed is 12 FP Blocks.
cam-threshold Configure CAM threshold value for sending the syslog message on CAM usage. Configure silence period for stop receiving syslog message on CAM usage. Syntax cam-threshold threshold {default | threshold-percent} silence-period {default | silence-period-value} Defaults Enabled Parameters threshold default Enter the keyword default for CAM usage threshold for notification of the CAM usage through syslog message. The default threshold value is 90 percent.
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The display reflects the settings implemented with the cam-acl command.
Table 2.
11 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | | | IN-L3 ACL | | OUT-L2 ACL | | OUT-L3 ACL | | IN-L3 ECMP GRP 1008 | 0 | 1008 | 12288 | 2 | 12286 | 1024 | 2 | 1022 | 1024 | 0 | 1024 | 1024 | 0 | 1024 Example 3: Output of the show cam-usage router Command Example 4: Output of the show cam-usage switch Command show cam-acl-pe Display details of global ingress CAM ACL profiles for the port extender.
show cam-acl-egress-pe Display details of the global egress CAM ACL profiles for the port extender. C9000 Series Syntax show cam-acl-egress-pe Defaults None Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced. This command applies to both IPv4 and IPv6 CAM Profiles, but is best used when verifying QoS optimization for IPv6 ACLs. QoS Optimization for IPv6 ACLs does not impact the CAM usage for applying a policy on a single (or the first of several) interfaces.
● The UFT mode configuration is applied to the entire system when you use the CONFIGURATION mode commands. Save the running-configuration to affect the change. ● You MUST save your changes and reboot the system for UFT mode profiling to take effect. show hardware forwarding-table mode Display the hardware forwarding table mode in the current boot and in the next boot. Syntax show hardware forwarding-table mode Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information Related Commands This command takes effect only after reboot. On the C9010, OpenFlow supports only the scaled-l3-hosts hardware forwarding-table mode (UFT mode 3), providing a unified forwarding table (UFT) of: ● L2 MAC entries: 160K ● L3 host entries: 144K ● L3 route entries: 16K OpenFlow does not support the scaled-l3-routes forwarding-table mode (UFT mode 4) on the C9010.
10 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) Control plane policing (CoPP) uses access control list (ACL) rules and quality of service (QoS) policies to create filters for a system’s control plane. The CoPP filters prevent traffic that is not identified as legitimate from reaching the control plane, and rate-limit traffic to an acceptable level.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Example Dell#clear control-traffic queue 2 counters Dell# control-plane-cpuqos To manage control-plane traffic, enter control-plane mode and configure the switch. C9000 Series Syntax control-plane-cpuqos Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Create a policy-map by associating a queue number with the qos-policy. Create QoS policies prior to enabling this command. qos-policy-input cpu-qos — creates a QoS input-policy map for CoPP. policy-map-input cpu-qos — creates an input-policy map for CoPP.
show control-traffic protocol Display per-protocol counters of rate-limited control-plane traffic. C9000 Series Syntax show contol—traffic protocol [cp—switch | linecard slot-id portset portpipe | pe pe-id stack-unit unit-number portset port-pipe ] counters Parameters cp-switch Enter the keyword cp-switch to display counters for rate-limited traffic on the central switch (aggregated CoPP).
GVRP 14988129080 ARP RESP/ARP REQ 29604578172 802.
Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.
Usage Information Example: C9000 Series Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. This command displays the currently configured control-plane queue rate at the aggregated switch.
Usage Information The show output displays information on CPU traffic flows for IPv4 protocols, including the ingress queue at which the traffic is queued and the CPU to which protocol traffic is sent with the applied rate limits (configured or default) in kilobits per second (kbps). The egress port queues on CPUs are abbreviated as: RP (Route Processor), CP (Control Processor), and LC (line card). Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information The show output displays information CPU traffic flows for supported IPv6 protocols, including the ingress queue at which the traffic is queued and the CPU to which protocol traffic is sent with the applied rate limits (configured or default) in kilobits per second (kbps). The egress port queues on CPUs are abbreviated as: RP (Route Processor), CP (Control Processor), and LC (line card). Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Example Dell#show mac Protocol Rate (kbps) -----------------ARP 100 FRRP 300 LACP 500 LLDP 500 GVRP 200 STP 150 ISIS 500 500 protocol-queue-mapping Destination Mac EtherType Queue EgPort --------------- --------- ----- ------ any 0x0806 Q1/Q8/Q2/Q9 CP/RP 01:01:e8:00:00:10/11 any Q19 LP 01:80:c2:00:00:02 0x8809 Q13 RP any 0x88cc Q6 CP 01:80:c2:00:00:21 any Q12 RP 01:80:c2:00:00:00 any Q13 RP 01:80:c2:00:00:14/15 any Q13 RP 09:00:2b:00:00:04/05 any Q13 RP show protocol
STP Q13 1000 LLDP Q6 1000 1000 PVST Q12 1000 1000 LACP Q13 1000 1000 ARP Q1/Q8/Q2/Q9 800 800 GVRP Q12 1000 1000 FRRP Q19 1000 1000 ECFM Q13 1000 1000 ISIS Q13 3000 3000 L2PT Q13 1000 1000 v6 BGP Q13 2000 2000 v6 OSPF Q13 2000 2000 v6 VRRP Q13 2000 2000 MLD Q12 500 500 v6 MULTICAST CATCH ALL Q7 500 500 IPv6 DHCP Q6 2000 2000 v6 RAGUARD Q16 1000 1000 v6 ICMP NA Q2/Q9 1000 1000 v6 ICMP RA Q2/Q9 1000 1000 v6 ICMP NS Q1/Q8 1000 1000 v6 ICMP RS Q1/Q8 1000 1000 v6 ICMP Q4 2000 2000 BGP Q13 2000 2000 OSPF Q13 2000
FTP Q3 3000 TELNET Q3 2000 2000 SSH Q3 2000 2000 VLT GARP Q3/Q10 3000 3000 VLT CTRL - CP CPU Q3 3000 3000 VLT CTRL - RP CPU Q10 3000 3000 VLT CTRL - CP & RP CPU Q3/Q10 3000 3000 VLT CTRL - HA Q10 3000 3000 VLT CTRL Q10 3000 3000 VLT IPM PDU Q3/Q10 3000 3000 VLT TTL1 Q0 500 500 HYPERPULL Q18 1000 1000 OPENFLOW Q5 1000 1000 FEFD Q6 1000 1000 TRACEFLOW Q16 500 500 FCoE Q12 2000 2000 L3 LOCAL TERMINATED Q3 5000 5000 L3 UNKNOWN/UNRESOLVED ARP Q7 3000 3000 L2 DST HIT/BROADCAST Q1/Q8 500 500 MULTICAST CATCH ALL Q
TELNET Q3 2000 SSH Q3 2000 2000 VLT GARP Q3/Q10 3000 3000 VLT CTRL - CP CPU Q3 3000 3000 VLT CTRL - CP & RP CPU Q3/Q10 3000 3000 VLT IPM PDU Q3/Q10 3000 3000 L3 LOCAL TERMINATED Q3 5000 5000 2000 CP 400 400 CP 400 400 CP/RP 500 500 CP 2000 2000 CP/RP 2000 2000 CP/RP 500 500 CP 400 400 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) 523
11 Data Center Bridging (DCB) Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including local area network (LAN), server, and storage traffic. The Dell Networking operating software commands for data center bridging features include 802.1Qbb priority-based flow control (PFC), 802.1Qaz enhanced transmission selection (ETS), and the data center bridging exchange (DCBX) protocol.
Parameters Defaults pfc-queues Enter the pfc-queue range. To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. The range is from 1 or 2. None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.
Related Commands pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop — configures to drop the unknown unicast packets flooding on lossless priorities. show hardware pfc-nodrop-priority — displays the packets drop count corresponding to the priority. clear pfc counters Clear the PFC TLV counters and PFC statistics on an interface or stack unit.
Parameters Defaults policy-name Maximum: 32 alphanumeric characters. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Removed from the S-series. Replaced by the dcb-map commands. 9.0.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. If you apply an input policy with PFC disabled (no pfc mode on): ● You can enable link-level flow control on the interface. To delete the input policy, first disable link-level flow control. PFC is then automatically enabled on the interface because an interface is by default PFC-enabled. ● PFC still allows you to configure lossless queues on a port to ensure no-drop handling of lossless traffic.
Version Description 9.6(0.0) Removed from the S-series. Replaced by the dcb-map commands. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. pfc no-drop queues Configure the port queues that still function as no-drop queues for lossless traffic. C9000 Series Syntax pfc no-drop queues queue-range To remove the no-drop port queues, use the no pfc no-drop queues command.
dot1p Value in Description heading the Incoming Frame 1 0 2 0 3 1 4 2 5 3 6 3 7 3 pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop Configure to drop the unknown unicast packets flooding on lossless priorities. Syntax pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop To disable the feature, use the no pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop command. Parameters l2-dlf Enter the keywords l2-dlf to drop flooding traffic on lossless priorities. drop Enter the keyword drop to enable the drop action.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. NOTE: Please note that Dell Networking do not recommend to use this command as it has been deprecated in the current 9.4.(0.0) release.
DCB Status : Enabled PFC Port Count : 56 (current), 56 (configured) PFC Queue Count : 2 (current), 2 (configured) show hardware pfc-nodrop-priority View the packets drop count corresponding to the priority. Syntax show hardware pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drops stack-unit stack-unit-number port-set port-pipe Parameters stack-unit stack- Enter the keywords stack-unit and the stack unit number. The range is from 0 unit-number to 5. port-set portpipe Enter the keywords port-set and port-pipe number.
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON.. 9.2.(0.0) Down status messages added. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. To clear the PFC TLV counters, use the clear pfc counters interface port-type slot/ port command.
Field Description SCSI TLV Tx Status Example (Summary) Application Priority TLV: Local FCOE Priority Map Priority bitmap the local DCBX port uses in FCoE advertisements in application priority TLVs. Application Priority TLV: Local ISCSI Priority Map Priority bitmap the local DCBX port uses in ISCSI advertisements in application priority TLVs. Application Priority TLV: Remote FCOE Priority Map Status of FCoE advertisements in application priority TLVs from the remote peer port: enabled or disabled.
Admin is enabled Remote is enabled Remote Willing Status is enabled Local is enabled Oper status is recommended PFC DCBX Oper status is Up State Machine Type is Feature TLV Tx Status is enabled PFC Link Delay 45556 pause quanta Application Priority TLV Parameters : -------------------------------------FCOE TLV Tx Status is disabled ISCSI TLV Tx Status is disabled Local FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Local ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x10 Remote FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Remote ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x8 0 Input TLV pkts, 1 O
show interface pfc statistics Display counters for the PFC frames received and transmitted (by dot1p priority class) on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax show interface port-type slot/port pfc statistics Parameters port-type Enter the port type. slot/port Enter the slot/port number. Enter the subport number if a 40G port is fanned-out into 10G ports. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Te Te Te Te Te Te 10/0 10/0 10/0 10/0 10/0 10/0 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Interface TenGigabitEthernet 10/1 Interface Priority Rx XOFF Frames Rx Total Frames Tx Total Frames -----------------------------------------------------------------------Te 10/1 P0 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P1 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P2 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P3 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P4 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P5 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P6 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P7 0 0 0 ETS Commands The following ETS commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS.
Usage Information By default, iSCSI is enabled on the unit and the flow control is enabled on all of the interfaces. It is also acts as defaults when the link-level flow control is enabled on one or more interfaces. To enable DCB, do one of the following: ● Apply the dcb-input policy command with the no pfc-mode command on to all the interfaces. ● Disable flow-control on all of the interfaces. Enables priority flow control or enhance transmission selection on interface.
dcb-policy output Apply the output policy with the ETS configuration to an egress interface. C9000 Series Syntax dcb-policy output policy-name To delete the output policy, use the no dcb-policy output command. Parameters Defaults policy-name Enter the output policy name. none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. show interfaces ets Displays the ETS configuration applied to egress traffic on an interface, including priority groups with priorities and bandwidth allocation.
Field Description Max Supported TC Group Maximum number of priority groups supported. Number of Traffic Classes Number of 802.1p priorities currently configured. Admin mode ETS mode: on or off. When on, the scheduling and bandwidth allocation configured in an ETS output policy or received in a DCBX TLV from a peer can take effect on an interface. Admin Parameters ETS configuration on local port, including priority groups, assigned dot1p priorities, and bandwidth allocation.
4 5 6 7 - - Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 1 0,1,2 100% ETS 2 3 0 % SP 3 4,5,6,7 0 % SP 4 5 6 7 Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco
7 - - Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco TLV Pkts, 0 Error Reco TLV Pkts Dell(conf)# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/0 ets detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is
Example (Detail) Dell(conf)# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/0 ets detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100% ETS 1 0% ETS 2 0% ETS 3 0% ETS 4 0% ETS 5 0% ETS 6 0% ETS 7 0% ETS Priority# 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters: ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priori
-----------------Admin is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK TSA % Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) -----------------------------------------------------------------------0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100 ETS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% % BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mbps) TSA Burst(KB) --------------------------------------------------------------------
Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK TSA % Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) ------------------------------------------------------------------------0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100 - - - - - ETS - Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down Reason: Port Shutdown State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled DCBX Commands The following DCBX commands are supported on the Dell N
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. You can configure the transmission of more than one TLV type at a time; for example: advertise dcbx-tlv ets-conf ets-reco. You can enable ETS recommend TLVs (ets-reco) only if you enable ETS configuration TLVs (etsconf). To disable TLV transmission, use the no form of the command; for example, no advertise dcbx-tlv pfc ets-reco.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. DCBX requires that you enable LLDP to advertise DCBX TLVs to peers. Configure DCBX operation at the INTERFACE level on a switch or globally on the switch. To verify the DCBX configuration on a port, use the show interface dcbx detail command. NOTE: The dcbx port-role command is not supported on cascade interfaces or extended ports.
debug dcbx Enable DCBX debugging. Syntax debug dcbx {all | auto-detect-timer | config-exchng | fail | mgmt | resource | sem | tlv} To disable DCBX debugging, use the no debug dcbx command. Parameters Defaults {all | autodetect-timer | config-exchng | fail | mgmt | resource | sem | tlv} Enter the type of debugging, where: ● all: enables all DCBX debugging operations. ● auto-detect-timer: enables traces for DCBX auto-detect timers. ● config-exchng: enables traces for DCBX configuration exchanges.
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. This command is available at the global level only. iscsi priority-bits Configure the iSCSI priority advertised for the iSCSI protocol in application priority TLVs.
show interface dcbx detail Display the DCBX configuration on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show interface port-type slot/port dcbx detail port-type Enter the port type. slot/port Enter the slot/port number. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Field Description Local DCBX DCBX version configured on the port: CEE, CIN, IEEE v2.5, or Auto (port autoConfigured mode configures to use the DCBX version received from a peer). Peer Operating version DCBX version that the peer uses to exchange DCB parameters. Local DCBX TLVs Transmission status (enabled or disabled) of advertised DCB TLVs (see TLV code at Transmitted the top of the show command output). Local DCBX Status: DCBX Operational Version DCBX version advertised in Control TLVs.
E-ETS Configuration TLV enabled e-ETS Configuration TLV disabled R-ETS Recommendation TLV enabled r-ETS Recommendation TLV disabled P-PFC Configuration TLV enabled p-PFC Configuration TLV disabled F-Application priority for FCOE enabled f-Application Priority for FCOE disabled I-Application priority for iSCSI enabled i-Application Priority for iSCSI disabled ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------Interface TenGigabitEthernet 10/3 Port Role is Auto-Upstream DCBX Oper
dcb-map Create a DCB map to configure priority flow control (PFC) and enhanced transmission selection (ETS) on Ethernet ports that support converged Ethernet traffic. Apply the DCB map to an Ethernet interface. C9000 Series Syntax dcb-map map-name Parameters Defaults map-name Enter a DCB map name. The maximum number of alphanumeric characters is 32. None. There are no pre-configured PFC and ETS settings on S5000 Ethernet interfaces.
Command Modes DCB MAP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S6000 platforms. PFC and ETS settings are not pre-configured on Ethernet ports. You must use the dcb-map command to configure different groups of 802.1p priorities with PFC and ETS settings. Using the priority-pgid command, you assign each 802.
Usage Information Version Description 9.6(0.0) Added support to configure peak and committed rate on the S6000 platform. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S6000 platforms. Use the dcb-map command to configure priority groups with PFC and/or ETS settings and apply them to Ethernet interfaces. Use the priority-pgid command to map 802.1p priorities to a priority group. You can assign each 802.1p priority to only one priority group. A priority group consists of 802.
dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size Configure the maximum amount of shared buffer size for PFC packets in kilobytes. You must configure the shared buffer size to be less than the total PFC buffer size. If the buffer size and DCB buffer threshold settings are applied on one or more ports, a validaiton is performed to determine whether following condition is satisfied: Shared-pfc-buffer-size <= (Total-pfc-buffer-size - Σpfc priority <> buffer-size on each port, priority).
Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms. When you enter the profile name, you enter the DCB buffer threshold configuration mode.
Usage Information For each priority, you can specify the shared buffer threshold limit, the ingress buffer size, buffer limit for pausing the acceptance of packets, and the buffer offset limit for resuming the acceptance of received packets. When PFC detects congestion on a queue for a specified priority, it sends a pause frame for the 802.1p priority traffic to the transmitting device. You can use the priority command to set up both the administrative and peer-related PFC priorities.
size Default Weightage of the priorities on the shared buffer size in the system. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 9. The default shared threshold weight is 10. The default size of the ingress buffer is 45 KB. The default buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer and recommences the sending of packets to the peer is 10 KB. The default threshold weight of the shared buffer space is 10. Command Modes DCB-BUFFER-THRESHOLD mode Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
Version The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms. You can configure up to a maximum of four lossless (PFC) queues.
show hardware stack-unit buffer-stats-snapshot View the buffer statistics tracking resource information with polling details and historical snapshots. Syntax show hardware stack-unit stack-unit-number buffer-stats-snapshot unit number resource X history Y Parameters stack-unit unit- number buffer-statssnapshot unit Unique ID of the stack unit to select a particular stack member and then enter one of the following command options to display a collection of data based on the option entered.
following informational message is displayed on the console:%Info: Data for instance id id is not available. For example, if you configured 5 as the maximum instances with linear periodicity and a polling interval of 10 seconds, 1 as the multiplier, then 5 instances will be polled at 10, 20, 30, 40, and 50 seconds incrementally. If you attempt to enter the show command to display the fifth instance after 30 seconds of enabling polling, the aforementioned information message is shown.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 0 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 <… snip …> Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 104 (interface Te 0/124) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS -------
Example: Number If only two instances are available when the show command is issued, only of instances two instances are displayed in the summary output.
MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST Dell# 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 To determine the port that is congested and monitor all the unicast Queues on that port: Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource port 1 queue ucast all Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCA
2 3 4 5 6 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 1 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 5 (interface Fo 0/4) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS ----------------------------------
PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 1 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 dcb pfc-total-buffer-size Configure the total buffer size for PFC in kilo
The lossless queue limit per port is validated based on the dcb pfc-queues command. PFC queue configuration identifies the maximum number of queues a port can support. Although the queue limit per port is a baseline when dynamic buffering is enabled, the limit per port for queues depends on the availability of the buffer.
Field Description pause-threshold- Buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer in KB. value Example resumethreshold-value Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB. shared threshold weight Weightage of the priorities on the shared buffer size in the system.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------0 No 1 No 2 Yes 20 9 3 Yes 52 25 15 0 4 Yes 45 25 5 5 No 6 No 7 No Denotes dynamic buffering is enabled in respective queues On interface in which PFC is not enabled: Dell#show interface tengigabitethernet 1/20 pfc buffer-threshold On interface in which PFC is not enabled: Dell#show interface gigabitethernet 1/20 pfc buffer-threshold On interface in which PFC is not enabled: Dell#show interface tengigabitethernet 1/20/1 pfc buffer-thre
dcb {ets | pfc} enable Enable priority flow control or enhanced transmission selection on interface. C9000 Series Syntax dcb {ets | pfc} enable ● To disable ETS on interface, use “no dcb ets enable” command. ● To disable PFC on interface, use “no dcb pfc enable” command. Defaults Enable Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3 (0.
12 Debugging and Diagnostics Use the debugging and diagnostics commands described in this chapter to troubleshoot switch operation. This chapter contains the following sections: ● Offline Diagnostic Commands ● Hardware Commands Topics: • • Offline Diagnostic Commands Hardware Commands Offline Diagnostic Commands Use the offline diagnostics test suite to isolate faults and debug switch hardware. While tests are running, the system results are saved as a text file in the flash directory: TestReport-N.
stack-unit unit- number Defaults Enter the stack-unit value to run offline diagnostic test on a specified stackunit. The stack-unit range is 0 to 7. alllevels Enter the keyword all levels to run the complete set of offline diagnostic tests. level0 Enter the keyword level0 to run Level 0 diagnostics. Level 0 diagnostics check for the presence of various components and perform essential path verifications. In addition, they verify the identification registers of the components on the board.
At the end of offline diagnostic tests, a test report is generated. The filename of the report is TestReport{CP/LP/RP}-N.txt, where {CP/LP/RP}-N identifies the CPU and CPU ID on which the diagnostics were run: Route Processor 0, Control Processor 0, and a line-card CPU {0–2}. The report is stored at flash:// and ramdisk:/diagnostic. Offline diag test reports for port extender (PE) are stored in the following directory: flash:/default_diag_report_dir.
offline system Place the switch in the offline state in order to run diagnostic tests. C9000 Series Syntax offline system Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
pe pe-id Enter the pe pe-id parameters to display the results only of the offline diagnostic tests run on the Port Extender (PE). The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only available when the feature extended bridge is enabled. stack-unit unit- Enter the stack—unit unit-number parameters to display the offline diagnostic test results of a specified stack-unit. number Defaults information Enter the keyword information to view the current diag information in the system.
linecard is currently offline. linecard level0 diag issued at Wed Jan 08, 2014 04:39:57 AM. Current diag status : Card diags are in progress. Last notification received at Wed Jan 08, 2014 04:40:04 AM Last notification message : Testing ... rtcTest Example: After offline diagnostics are run on a line card Dell#show file TestReport-LP-0.
ERROR: optic:13 is not present ERROR: optic:21 is not present opticPresenceTest ........................................... FAIL Starting test: pcieScanTest ...... 17 PCI devices installed out of 17 pcieScanTest ................................................ PASS rtcTest ..................................................... PASS sataSsdTest ................................................. PASS Starting test: showTemperature ...... +Board First Thermal Monitor Sensor[0] is 42.
fanControllerSpeedGet: fanStatusLED: fanStatusMonitor: fePortLED: flashAccess: flashRW: gpioAccess: hotswapControllerAccess: i2cScan: i2cTool: InterruptStatus: ixiaSnake: macAccess: oneGAccess: oneGPhyExtLink: oneGPhyExtSpeed: oneGPhyRW: poeControllerPresence: poeControllerRW: poedetails: poeManagerPresence: poeManagerTemp: poeManagerVolt: poepLED: poepLoad: poeUARTStress: powerRailStatus: psuEepromAccess: psuEepromRW: psuEpsLEDStatus: psuEpsPresence: psuEpsStatusMonitor: psuFanAirFlowType: psuFanStatus: ps
show diag information Display the status of offline diagnostic tests on a switch. C9000 Series Syntax show diag information From a PE console, use the show diag information command to view the current diag information in the system. Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Linecard slot 5: No card diags executed yet (Card not Offline). Linecard slot 6: No card diags executed yet (Card not Offline). Linecard slot 7: Not present. Linecard slot 8: Not present. Linecard slot 9: Not present. Linecard slot 10: Not present. Linecard slot 11: No card diags executed yet (Card not Offline).
partitioning. They perform status/self test for all the components on the board and test their registers for appropriate values. In addition, they perform extensive tests on memory devices (for example, SDRAM, flash, NVRAM, EEPROM, and CPLD) wherever possible. There are no tests on 10G links. At this level, ports are shut down automatically. level2 Defaults Enter the keyword level2 to display only the Level 2 diagnostic tests.
pcieScanTest: rtcTest: sataSsdTest: showOpticsTemperature: showTemperature: slotInfoTest: spiFlashAccessTest: ssdFlashFileSystemStressTest: udfLinkStatus: xeLinkSpeedTest: xeLinkStatusTest: Example (pe) 584 ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN YES YES YES NO YES YES YES NO YES YES YES NO YES YES NO NO NO NO YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO -----------------------------
sfpPlusPresence: snakeOneGMac: snakeOneGPhy: snakeSfpPlusMac: snakeSfpPlusPhy: snakeStackMac: snakeStackPhy: stackLED: stackPhyExtLink: stackPhyExtSpeed: stackPhyRW: systemInfo: systemReset: systemStatusLED: systemTempMonitorLEDTest: tsensorAccess: usbAccess: usbPowerEnable: usbRW: usbStatus: watchdogTimer: Example (PE Console) ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN YES NO NO N
rtcFunctional: rtcPresence: rtcRollover: rtcRW: sevendigitStackLED: sfpPlusEepromAccess: sfpPlusEepromRW: sfpPlusPhyExtLink: sfpPlusPhyExtSpeed: sfpPlusPhyRW: sfpPlusPortLED: sfpPlusPresence: snakeOneGMac: snakeOneGPhy: snakeSfpPlusMac: snakeSfpPlusPhy: snakeStackMac: snakeStackPhy: stackLED: stackPhyExtLink: stackPhyExtSpeed: stackPhyRW: systemInfo: systemReset: systemStatusLED: systemTempMonitorLEDTest: tsensorAccess: usbAccess: usbPowerEnable: usbRW: usbStatus: watchdogTimer: ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the ES-Series. clear hardware Clear statistics from a specified hardware component.
● port all: Clear statistics on all party-bus internal ports. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe with a port extender (PE) ID to clear hardware statistics for a specified port extender. The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only visible when the extended bridge feature is enabled. stack-unit unit- Enter the keyword stack-unit with a stack unit number to clear hardware statistics for a specified stack-unit number. The stack-unit number range is from 0 to 7.
NOTE: The pe option is only visible when the extended bridge feature is enabled. stack-unit unit- number port-set portpipe counters Defaults Enter the stack—unit unit—number parameters to specify the stack-unit for which you want to clear system-flow statistics. Enter the keywords port-set along with a port-pipe number, then the keyword counters to clear the system-flow counters on the selected port-pipe. The range of port-pipe numbers is: 0 to 2 on line card 0 and 0 to 3 on line cards 1 and 2.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Modified the drops keyword range, unit keyword range and added the buffer and cpu management statistics options. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.5 Added i2c statistics and sata-interfaces statistics. 8.3.11.4 Added user port information. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
● cpu data-plane: Displays data-plane statistics, including the HiGig port statistics with input/output counters to which the stacking module is connected. ● cpu i2c: Displays active i2c-interface statistics. ● cpu management: Displays management port counters. ● cpu sata-interface: Displays sata-interface error counter-statistics. cp-switch Enter the keyword cp-switch with a command option to display hardware statistics for control-plane and protocol control traffic.
● bp-link-state: Displays the status of the backplane links on a specified line card. ● hg-stats unit unit-num port port-num: Displays input and output statistics for a HiGig port (NPU port number) on a specified line card. ● fpga registers Display the statistics from the FPGA registers. pe pe-id stack unit unit-number Enter pe pe-id stack-unit unit number parameters with a command option to display hardware statistics from the specified port extender (PE) and stack-unit.
● system {bp-link-state}: Displays the statistics related to the backplane link state bit map. ● system {bp-link-state linKId range}: Displays the status of the specified link. LinKId range for the system is from 0 to 155. Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Frames received = 2868 Bcast frames recvd = 24 Mcast frames recvd = 0 Control frames received = 0 Pause frames received = 0 FCS Errors = 0 Alignment errors = 0 Undersize frames recvd = 0 Oversize frames recvd = 0 Fragments = 0 Jabber = 0 Dropped Frames = 0 Under/oversized frames = 0 FLR frames = 0 RCDE frames = 0 RCSE frames = 0 Example (PartyBus Port: Statistics) Example (Linecard: Drops) Dell#show hardware party-bus port 0 statistics Party Bus Transmit Counters for port 0: Tx Octets = 231162055 Tx Drop
Total Total Total Total Example (Linecard Unit: Drops) IngMac Drops Mmu Drops EgMac Drops Egress Drops : : : : 0 0 0 0 Dell#show hardware linecard 2 drops unit 0 UserPort PortNumber Ingress Drops Drops EgMac Drops Egress Drops 0 1 0 0 0 4 5 0 0 0 8 9 0 0 0 12 13 3258 0 0 16 17 0 0 0 17 18 0 0 0 18 19 0 0 0 19 20 0 0 0 20 21 0 0 0 21 22 0 0 0 22 23 0 0 0 23 24 0 0 0 24 25 0 0 0 28 29 0 0 0 32 33 0 0 0 36 37 0 0 0 40 41 0 0 0 44 45 0 0 0 Internal 50 0 0 0 Internal 51 0 0 0 Internal 52 0 0 0 Internal 53 0
Example (Linecard Unit Port: Drops) Example (Linecard Unit: Port-Stats) 596 Dell#show hardware linecard 2 drops unit 0 port 12 Drops in UserPort 12: --- Ingress Drops --Ingress Drops IBP CBP Full Drops PortSTPnotFwd Drops IPv4 L3 Discards Policy Discards Packets dropped by FP (L2+L3) Drops Port bitmap zero Drops Rx VLAN Drops --- Ingress MAC counters--Ingress FCSDrops Ingress MTUExceeds --- MMU Drops --HOL DROPS(TOTAL) HOL DROPS on COS0 HOL DROPS on COS1 HOL DROPS on COS2 HOL DROPS on COS3 HOL DROPS on C
1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 Example (Linecard Unit: Register) xe5 down 10G FD SW No Forward Tag F SFI xe6 down 10G FD SW No Forward Tag F SFI xe7 down 10G FD SW No Forward Tag F SFI xe8 up 10G FD SW No Forward Tag F SFI xe9 !ena 10G FD SW No Forward Tag F SFI xe10 !ena 10G FD SW No Forward Tag F SFI xe11 !ena 10G FD SW No Forward
0x04000108 0x0400010a 0x04000140 0x04000142 0x04000143 0x0400010c 0x04000144 0x04000145 0x04000147 0x04000146 0x04000149 0x04000148 0x04000100 0x04000101 0x04000103 0x04000102 0x04000105 0x04000104 0x04000174 0x77000000 0x77010000 0x16004a00 0x16004b00 0x16004c00 0x16005300 0x0a009900 0x16004900 0x26001500 0x26001600 0x26001000 0x26001100 0x32000900 0x32000800 0x32000700 0x56002000 0x56002001 0x56002002 0x56002003 0x56002004 0x56002005 0x56002006 0x56002007 0x56002008 0x56002009 0x5600200a 0x5600200b 0x5600
0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl6 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl7 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x12002000 CELL_LINK_MEM_DEBUG_TM.mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x1e001000 CFAPBANKFULL(0).mmu0 = 0x000007ff 0x1e001001 CFAPBANKFULL(1).mmu0 = 0x000007ff 0x1e001002 CFAPBANKFULL(2).mmu0 = 0x000007ff 0x1e001003 CFAPBANKFULL(3).mmu0 = 0x000007ff 0x1e001004 CFAPBANKFULL(4).mmu0 = 0x000007ff 0x1e001005 CFAPBANKFULL(5).mmu0 = 0x000007ff 0x1e001006 CFAPBANKFULL(6).
Front End Link Status 0x00080800 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 Front End Port Presence 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 Backplane Link Status 0xc0000300 0x000c0000 ****************************************************** Link Status of all the ports in the Device - 0 The linkStatus of Front End Port 1 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 5 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 9 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 13 is TRUE The linkStat
For Destination Mod For Destination Mod For Destination Mod For Destination Mod For Destination Mod For Destination Mod For Destination Mod For Destination Mod For Destination Mod For Destination Mod !-----------------Example (Linecard: TotalBuffer) Example (Linecard Unit Port: BufferInfo) Id 1 Destination Port is 50 Id 2 Destination Port is 50 Id 3 Destination Port is 50 Id 4 Destination Port is 50 Id 5 Destination Port is 50 Id 6 Destination Port is 50 Id 7 Destination Port is 50 Id 9 Destination Port is
NpuId/PortId Example (Linecard: Backplane-link Status) 0/49 1/49 2/49 Dell#show hardware linecard 0 bp-link-state Total valid Links - 39 Valid Link bmp 0xfc0003f0-000fc000-3f0000fc-0003f000-00380000 Valid Link bmp State 0xf40003f0-000fc000-3d0000fc-0003f000-00380000 Example (Linecard Unit Port: HiGig Port Statistics) Example (Port Extender Statistics) 602 Dell#show hardware linecard 0 hg-stats unit 1 port 50 Higig Port Statistics: HiGigabitEthernet 0/1/50, Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64
txPkt(COS1 ) txPkt(COS2 ) txPkt(COS3 ) txPkt(COS4 ) txPkt(COS5 ) txPkt(COS6 ) txPkt(COS7 ) txPkt(COS8 ) txPkt(COS9 ) txPkt(COS10) txPkt(COS11) txPkt(UNIT0) :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 Dell>show hardware pe 0 stack-unit 0 drops user-port 1 Dell#sho hardware pe 255 stack-unit 3 drops user-port 47 Drops in Interface PeGi 255/3/47: --- Ingress Drops --Ingress Drops : 13049 IBP CBP Full Drops : 0 PortSTPnotFwd Drops : 13049 IPv4 L3 Discards : 0 Policy Discards : 0 Packets dropped by FP : 0 (L2+L3) Drop
● For a 1–Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE. ● For a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigabitEthernet then the pe-id, stack-unit unit number, and port-id. The pe-id range is 0–255; the stack unit number range is 0–7; and the port-ID range is 0 –47.
Maximum Shared Limit: 4637 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface PeGi 10/1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 4637 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface PeGi 10/1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 4637 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface PeGi 10/1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 4637 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Qu
pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID. The range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only visible when the feature extended bridge feature is enabled. stack-unit unit- Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit number. The range is from 0 to 7. number port-set port- pipe Defaults Enter the keywords port-set port-pipe parameters to specify a port pipe (set of ports) on a line card. The range of port-pipe numbers is 0.
slice=2, slice_idx=0x2, part =0 prio=0x1101, flags=0x10202, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, StageEgress IpFrag Offset: 7 Width: 2 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x00000001 IpType Offset: 192 Width: 4 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x0000000e L3Routable Offset: 156 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 185 Width: 7 DATA=0x00000005 MASK=0x0000007f action={act=Drop, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 111 slice = 2 idx=4 entries=1}{Packets} Example Dell#show
DATA=0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000004 MASK=0x00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000fdffffffffffff InPorts DATA=0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000004 MASK=0x00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000fdffffffffffff HiGig Offset: 320 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x00000001 Stage IpFrag Offset: 71 Width: 2 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 action={act=CopyToCpuCancel, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} action={act
Example Dell#show hardware ipv6 eg-acl linecard 0 port-set 0 EID 0x000013ce: gid=0xd, slice=0, slice_idx=0, part =0 prio=0x13ce, flags=0x10202, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, StageEgress slice=1, slice_idx=0, part =1 prio=0x13ce, flags=0x10204, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, Offset: 1 Width: 8 DATA=0x0000003a MASK=0x000000ff IpType Offset: 208 Width: 5 DATA=0x00000004 MASK=0x0000000c L3Routable Offset: 166 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 195 Width: 7 DATA=0x000000
stack-unit unit-number port-set port-pipe-id counters | linecard slot-id port-set number }} Parameters eg-acl | in-acl Enter either the keyword eg-acl or the keyword in-acl to display ingress or egress ACL data. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify a line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 11. pe pe-id Enter the pepe-id parameters to specify a port extender (PE). The PE ID range is from 0 to 255.
action={act=EtagNew, param0=65772(0x100ec), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics=NULL EID 0x00000bff: gid=0x5, slice=6, slice_idx=0x1, part =0 prio=0xbff, flags=0x10202, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, Stage InPort DATA=0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001000000000 MASK=0x00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000fdffffffffffff InPorts DATA=0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001000000000 MASK=0x00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000fdffffffff
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
EID 0x000003f9: gid=0xd, slice=11, slice_idx=0x7, part =0 prio=0x3f9, flags=0x10602, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=1024, Stage InPorts DATA=0x00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000c000000000000 MASK=0x00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000dffffffffffff HiGig Offset: 320 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x00000001 DstIp Offset: 105 Width: 32 DATA=0x7f080161 MASK=0xffffffff OuterVlanId Offset: 8 Width: 12 DATA=0x00000ffc MASK=0x00000fff action={act=CosQNew, param0=8(0x8), param1=0(0), pa
Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to perform a dump on traffic processed by the Control Processor CPU. rp Enter the keyword rp to perform a dump on traffic processed by the Route Processor CPU. capture-duration Enter the time for packet capturing. The timer begins as soon as the command is enabled. The range is 20 to 9000 seconds. filter Specify the packet that will be dumped. If no filter is entered, all packets are dumped.
To stop the TCP dump process running in the CP processor, enter the no tcpdump cp command; to stop the TCP dump process running in the RP processor, enter the no tcpdump rp command.
13 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Entering after the clear ip dhcp binding command clears all the IPs from the binding table.
Buffer logging: level debugging, 9 Messages Logged, Size (40960 bytes) Trap logging: level informational Logging to 10.10.10.4 Logging to 10.1.2.4 Logging to 172.31.1.4 Logging to 133.33.33.4 Logging to 172.16.1.
Dell(conf-if-fo-2/0)#do show logging Syslog logging: enabled Console logging: level debugging Monitor logging: level debugging Buffer logging: level debugging, 5 Messages Logged, Size (40960 bytes) Trap logging: level informational Logging to 10.10.10.4 Logging to 10.1.2.4 Logging to 172.31.1.4 Logging to 133.33.33.4 Logging to 172.16.1.
default-router Assign a default gateway to clients based on the address pool. C9000 Series Syntax default-router address [address2...address8] Parameters Defaults address Enter a list of routers that may be the default gateway for clients on the subnet. You may specify up to eight routers. List them in order of preference. none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. dns-server Assign a DNS server to clients based on address pool. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults dns-server address [address2...address8] address Enter a list of DNS servers that may service clients on the subnet. You may list up to eight servers, in order of preference. none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. excluded-address Prevent the server from leasing an address or range of addresses in the pool. C9000 Series Syntax excluded-address [address | low-address high-address] Parameters Defaults address Enter a single address to be excluded from the pool.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. host-address For manual (rather than automatic) configurations, assign a host to a single-address pool.
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You must be in INTERFACE mode in order to configure an interface to dynamically acquire an IP address from a DHCP server.
Usage Information You can enter the ip address dhcp relay information and the vendor-class indentifier, for example: ip address dhcp relay information-option remote-id mac ip address dhcp relay information-option remote-id mac vendor-classidentifier Related Commands ip address dhcp — configures an interface to receive its IP address from the configured DHCP server. ip address dhcp vendor-class-identifier Include the vendor-class identifier option (option 60) in DHCP packets sent by the client.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z-Series. Dell(conf)#ip dhcp relay secondary-subnet ip dhcp server Enable DHCP server globally.
ip helper-address Specify the address of a DHCP server so that DHCP broadcast messages are forwarded when the DHCP server is not on the same subnet as the client. C9000 Series Syntax ip helper-address ip-address To remove a DHCP server address, use the no ip helper-address command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
To delete the ipv6 helper address, use the [no] ipv6 helper-address [vrf vrf-name] ipv6address command. Parameters Default vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keywork vrf and then the name of the VRF through which the host address can be reached. ipv6-address Enter the keywordipv6–address through which the server address can be reached. Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. netbios-name-server Specify the NetBIOS Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) name servers, in order of preference, that are available to Microsoft Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) clients. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults netbios-name-server address [address2...address8] address Enter the address of the NETBIOS name server.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
DHCPRENEW DHCPINFORM 0 0 show ip dhcp configuration Display the DHCP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show ip dhcp configuration [global | pool name] Parameters Defaults pool name Display the configuration for a DHCP pool. global Display the DHCP configuration for the entire system. none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Parameters Defaults address Display a particular conflict log entry. none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
show ip dhcp server statistics Display statistical information about a DHCP server. C9000 Series Syntax show ip dhcp server statistics Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip dhcp snooping binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. Dell(conf)#ip dhcp relay information-option vpn ip dhcp relay source-interface Configure IPv4 DHCP relay source interface.
Related Commands Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the C9010, MXL, FN IOM, S3100 series, S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F-ON, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, and Z9100–ON. ● ipv6 dhcp relay source-interface— Configure DHCP relay source IPv6 interface. ipv6 dhcp relay source-interface Configure DHCP relay source IPv6 interface.
ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP snooping globally. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.
lease time Defaults Enter the keyword lease then the amount of time the IP address are leased. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. None Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13(0.0) Enhanced the command to map multiple IP addresses to one MAC address. Enhanced to support DHCP snooping in a VLT setup. 9.10(0.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. C9000 Series Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
2. Save the running-config to the startup-config. 3. Reload the system. show ip dhcp binding Display the DHCP binding table. C9000 Series Syntax show ip dhcp binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel then a number. Range is from 1 to 4096. ● For a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigabitEthernet then the pe-id, stack-unit unit number, and port-id. The pe-id range is 0–255; the stack unit number range is 0–7; and the port—ID range is 0 –47. Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
14 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) supports multiple "best paths" in next-hop packet forwarding to a destination device. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • ecmp-group hash-algorithm ecmp hash-algorithm hg hash-algorithm hg-seed hash-algorithm seed ip ecmp-group ip ecmp weighted link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold link-bundle-monitor enable show config show link-bundle distribution ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle.
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Using CONFIGURATION mode, create an ECMP group ID. You can then assign interfaces to the ECMP group using CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP mode. You can also enable on the 10–Gigabit Ethernet, 40–Gigabit Ethernet, and port-channel configuration using the CONFIGURATION ECMPGROUP command mode.
xor2 | xor4 | xor8 ● crc32LSB: Use CRC32_LOWER — LSB 16 bits of computed CRC32 | xor16 } ● xor1: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR1 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor1 ● xor2: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR2 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor2 ● xor4: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR4 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor4 ● xor8: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR8 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor8 ● xor16: Use CR16 — 16-bit XOR hg-seed seed- value Enter the
Usage Information Version Description 6.3.1.0 Added support for ECMP and LAG on TeraScale only. To ensure that CRC is not used for LAG, set the default hash-algorithm method. The hash value calculated with the hash-algorithm command is unique to the entire chassis. The hash algorithm command with the line card option changes the hash for a particular line card by applying the mask specified in the IPSA and IPDA fields.
Defaults crc16 algorithm Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. hash-algorithm hg-seed Select the seed value used in HiGig hashing.
port-set number Defaults Enter the keyword port-set then the linecard port-pipe number. 32–bit Chassis MAC Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information You must save the new ECMP settings to the startup-config (write-mem) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. Related Commands show ip cam linecard – Display content-addressable memory (CAM) entries for a set of ports on a line card. ip ecmp weighted Enables weighted ECMP calculations.
To exit from ecmp group mode, use the exit command. Parameters percent Indicate the threshold value when traffic distribution starts being monitored on an ECMP link bundle. The range is from 1 to 90%. The default is 60%. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ECMP-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
15 FCoE Transit To enable the FCoE Transit feature and configure FIP snooping, use the following Dell Networking Operating System commands on the C9000 platform. In a converged Ethernet network, a switch can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on FIP packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs).
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface. C9000 Series Syntax clear fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface port-type port/slot | interface port-channel port-channel-number] Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared.
ipc Enter the keyword ipc for IPC-specific debugging. tx Enter the keyword tx for packet transmit-specific debugging. rx Enter the keyword rx for packet receive-specific debugging. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.x.x.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. Added the receive parameters packettype and interfaces and their options. feature fip-snooping Enable FCoE transit and FIP snooping on a switch. C9000 Series Syntax feature fip-snooping To disable the FCoE transit feature, use the no feature fip-snooping command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The maximum number of FCFs supported per FIP snooping-enabled VLAN is twelve. The maximum number of FIP snooping sessions supported per ENode server is 32 by default. You can configure up to 64 sessions. fip-snooping fc-map Configure the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses on all VLANs.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. fip-snooping port-mode fcf Configure the port for bridge-to-FCF links. C9000 Series Syntax fip-snooping port-mode fcf To disable the bridge-to-FCF link on a port, use the no fip-snooping port-mode fcf command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. The maximum number of FCoE VLANs supported on the switch is eight. NOTE: This command is not supported on cascade interfaces or extended ports. show fip-snooping config Display the FIP snooping status and configured FC-MAP values. C9000 Series Syntax show fip-snooping config Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Inroduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show fip-snooping enode command shown in the following example.
Field Description FCF Interface Slot/port number of the interface to which the FCF is connected. VLAN VLAN ID number the session uses. FC-MAP FC-Map value the FCF advertises. ENode Interface Slot/ number of the interface connected to the ENode. FKA_ADV_PERIO Time (in milliseconds) during which FIP keep-alive advertisements transmit. D Example No of ENodes Number of ENodes connected to the FCF. FC-ID Fibre Channel session ID the FCF assigns.
Field Description FCoE MAC MAC address of the FCoE session the FCF assigns. FC-ID Fibre Channel ID the FCF assigns. Port WWPN Worldwide port name of the CNA port. Port WWNN Worldwide node name of the CNA port.
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show fip-snooping statistics command shown in the following example. Field Description Number of VLAN Requests Number of FIP-snoop VLAN request frames received on the interface. Number of VLAN Notifications Number of FIP-snoop VLAN notification frames received on the interface.
Field Description Number of FCF Discovery Timeouts Number of FCF discovery timeouts that occurred on the interface. Number of VN Port Session Timeouts Number of VN port session timeouts that occurred on the interface. Number of Session failures due to Hardware Config Number of session failures due to hardware configuration that occurred on the interface.
Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of FDISC :0 FLOGO :0 Enode Keep Alive :0 VN Port Keep Alive :0 Multicast Discovery Advertisement :4451 Unicast Discovery Advertisement :2 FLOGI Accepts :2 FLOGI Rejects :0 FDISC Accepts :16 FDISC Rejects :0 FLOGO Accepts :0 FLOGO Rejects :0 CVL :0 FCF Discovery Timeouts :0 VN Port Session Timeouts :0 Session failures due to Hardware Config :0 show fi
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
16 FIPS Cryptography To configure federal information processing standards (FIPS) cryptography, use the commands described in this chapter. Topics: • • • • fips mode enable show fips status show ip ssh ssh fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. C9000 Series Syntax [no] fips mode enable To disable the FIPS cryptography mode, use the no fips mode enable command.
show fips status Displays the status of the FIPS mode. C9000 Series Syntax show fips status Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Example Command History Dell#show fips status FIPS Mode: Enabled Dell# This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
Example Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell# show ip ssh SSH server : enabled. SSH server version : v1 and v2. SSH server vrf : default. SSH server ciphers : aes256-ctr,aes256-cbc,aes192-ctr,aes192cbc,aes128-ctr,aes128-cbc,3des-cbc. SSH server macs : hmac-sha2-256,hmac-sha1,hmac-sha1-96,hmacmd5,hmac-md5-96. SSH server kex algorithms : diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1,diffiehellman-group1-sha1,diffie-hellman-group14-sha1. Password Authentication : enabled.
● aes128-ctr : Force ssh to use the aes192-ctr encryption cipher. ● aes128-cbc : Force ssh to use the aes192-cbc encryption cipher. ● 3des-cbc : Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher. With the FIPS mode enabled: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● aes256-ctr : Force ssh to use the aes256-ctr encryption cipher. aes256-cbc : Force ssh to use the aes256-cbc encryption cipher. aes192-ctr : Force ssh to use the aes192-ctr encryption cipher. aes192-cbc : Force ssh to use the aes192-cbc encryption cipher.
show ip ssh client-pub-keys Usage Information Display the client-public keys. Both inbound and outbound SSH sessions using IPv4 or IPv6 addressing are supported. Inbound SSH supports accessing the system through the management interface as well as through a physical Layer 3 interface. NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. Example If FIPS mode is not enabled: Dell#ssh 10.11.8.
17 Flex Hash and Optimized Boot-Up This chapter describes the Flex Hash and fast-boot enhancements. Topics: • • • • encapsulation dot1q lacp fast-switchover load-balance flexhash load-balance ingress-port enable encapsulation dot1q Configures lite-subinterfaces. This command is supported on the S6000 platform. Syntax encapsulation dot1q vlan-id To remove a previously configured lite-subinterface, use the no version of this command.
Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-po-number) Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. You can configure the optimal switchover functionality for LACP even if you do not enable the fast boot mode on the system. You must configure the long timeout mechanism for the LACP session to enable the fast boot capability to operate properly. This command applies to dynamic port-channel interfaces only.
Usage Information Version Description 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform. With the introduction of various overlay technologies such as network virtualization using generic routing encapsulation (NVGRE) segments and Routable Remote Direct Memory Access (RRDMA) over Converged Ethernet (RRoCE), information related to a traffic flow is contained in the L4 header. The fields in the L2 and L3 headers are not sufficient to distinguish the flows.
18 Force10 OS Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) Force10 OS resilient ring protocol (FRRP) is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a high-speed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. The system requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.
disable Disable the resilient ring protocol. C9000 Series Syntax disable To enable the Resilient Ring Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
● Fast Ethernet interface: enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/port information. ● Port Channel interface: enter the keyword port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface: enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information ● 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface: enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information control-vlan vlan-id Defaults Enter the keyword control-vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced.
protocol frrp Enter the Resilient Ring Protocol and designate a ring identification. C9000 Series Syntax protocol frrp {ring-id} To exit the ring protocol, use the no protocol frrp {ring-id} command. Parameters Defaults ring-id Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. The system requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
To remove the timer, use the no timer {hello-interval [milliseconds]}| {deadinterval milliseconds} command. Parameters hello-interval milliseconds dead-interval milliseconds Defaults Enter the keyword hello-interval then the time, in milliseconds, to set the hello interval of the control packets. The milliseconds must be entered in increments of 50 millisecond; for example, 50, 100, 150, and so on. If an invalid value is entered, an error message is generated. The range is from 50 to 2000 ms.
19 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) The Dell Networking OS supports basic GVRP commands on the switch. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes. At the same time, based on received declarations or withdrawals, GARP handles attributes of other participants.
• • • • show show show show config garp timers gvrp gvrp statistics clear gvrp statistics Clear GVRP statistics on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear gvrp statistics interface interface interface interface Defaults Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
pdu Defaults Enter the keyword pdu then one of the following Interface keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Disabled.
protocol gvrp — access GVRP protocol. garp timers Set the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. C9000 Series Syntax garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} To return to the previous setting, use the no garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} command. Parameters join Enter the keyword join then the number of milliseconds to configure the join time. The range is from 100 to 147483647 milliseconds. The default is 200 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100.
● Leave All Timer — The Leave All timer starts when a GARP application entity starts. When this timer expires, the entity sends a Leave-all message so that other entities can reregister their attribute information. Then the Leave-all time begins again. Related Commands show garp timers — displays the current GARP times. gvrp enable Enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. C9000 Series Syntax gvrp enable To disable GVRP on the interface, use the no gvrp enable command. Defaults Disabled.
Defaults normal Command Modes CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Related Commands disable — globally disables GVRP. show config Display the global GVRP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
Example Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Dell# show garp timers GARP Timers Value (milliseconds) ---------------------------------------Join Timer 200 Leave Timer 600 LeaveAll Timer 10000 Dell# garp timers — sets the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. show gvrp Display the GVRP configuration.
Example Related Commands R3# show gvrp brief GVRP Feature is currently enabled. Port GVRP Status Edge-Port ---------------------------------------------Te 1/0 Disabled No Te 1/1 Disabled No Te 1/2 Enabled No Te 1/3 Disabled No Te 1/4 Disabled No Te 1/5 Disabled No Te 1/6 Disabled No Te 1/7 Disabled No Te 1/8 Disabled No R3# show gvrp brief show gvrp statistics — displays the GVRP statistics. show gvrp statistics Display the GVRP configuration statistics.
● The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid attribute length. ● The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid GARP event. ● The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid VLAN ID. The valid range is from 1 to 4095. A failed registration can occur for the following reasons: ● Join requests were received on a port that was blocked from learning dynamic VLANs (GVRP Blocking state). ● An entry for a new GVRP VLAN could not be created in the GVRP database.
20 High Availability (HA) High availability (HA) in the Dell Networking operating software is configuration synchronization to minimize recovery time in the event of a route processor module (RPM) failure. In general, a protocol is defined as “hitless” in the context of an RPM failure/failover and not failures of a line card, SFM, or power module. A protocol is defined as hitless if an RPM failover has no impact on the protocol. You must specifically enable some protocols for HA.
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series If you disable auto failover, enter the redundancy auto-failover-limit (without any parameters) to set auto failover to the default parameters (Count 3, Period 60 minutes). To view the redundancy status, use the show redundancy command.
working Standby RPM or PE. If there is only one RPM or PE in the system, the failed RPM or PE does not recover and affects the system. Example: PE Dell(conf)#redundancy disable-auto-reboot pe 1 stack-unit redundancy force-failover Force the standby unit to become the primary or master unit. You can also use this command to upgrade the software on one unit from the other when the other has been loaded with the upgraded software.
redundancy primary Set an RPM as the primary RPM. C9000 Series Syntax redundancy primary [rpm0 | rpm1] To delete a configuration, use the no redundancy primary command. Parameters Default rpm0 Enter the keyword rpm0 to set the RPM in slot R0 as the primary RPM. rpm1 Enter the keyword rpm1 to set the RPM in slot R1 as the primary RPM. The RPM in slot R0 is the Primary RPM. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#redundancy reset-counter pe 1 redundancy synchronize Manually synchronize data between the RPMs and PEs at any time. C9000 Series Syntax redundancy synchronize [full] Parameters Default full Enter the keyword full to synchronize all data. Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
From a PE console, use show redundancy to view the current high availability (HA) status for a specified port extender unit. Parameters pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID to display the current redundancy configuration of the specified port extender unit. Range is from 0 to 255 Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Field Description RPM Failover Record Displays the following information: ● RPM failover counter (to reset the counter, use the redundancy resetcounter command) ● the time and date of the last RPM failover ● the reason for the last RPM failover Last Data Sync Record Displays the data sync information and the timestamp for the data sync: ● Start-up Config is the contents of the startup-config file. ● Line Card Config is the line card types configured and interfaces on those line cards.
-- PEER pe Status ------------------------------------------------pe State: Standby Peer pe stack unit ID: 2 pe SW Version: 1-0(0-4098) -- pe Redundancy Configuration ------------------------------------------------Primary pe: mgmt-id 0 Auto Data Sync: Full Failover Type: Hot Failover Auto reboot pe: Disabled Auto failover limit: 3 times in 60 minutes -- pe Failover Record ------------------------------------------------Failover Count: 0 Last failover timestamp: None Last failover Reason: None Last failover
21 ICMP Message Types This section lists and describes the possible ICMP message type resulting from a ping. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from your ping. Table 3. ICMP messages and their definitions Symbol Type Code . 0 U 3 3 704 Error echo reply . destination unreachable: 0 network unreachable . 1 host unreachable . 2 protocol unreachable . 3 port unreachable .
Table 3. ICMP messages and their definitions (continued) Symbol Type Code Description 0 time-to-live equals 0 during transit . 1 time-to-live equals 0 during reassembly . 12 Query Error parameter problem: 1 IP header bad (catchall error) . 2 required option missing . 13 0 timestamp request . 14 0 timestamp reply . 15 0 information request (obsolete) . 16 0 information reply (obsolete) . 17 0 address mask request . 18 0 address mask reply .
22 Interfaces The Dell Networking OS supports the interface configuration commands described in this chapter.
● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. The range is from 1 to 16383. ● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48. ● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
To clear counters for a range of ports, you can enter a hyphenated range of one or more port range values separated with commas; for example, clear counters FortyGigE 1/0-4,7,9-11. To clear counters for any random number of ports, you can enter a comma-separated string of port numbers, for example clear counters FortyGigE 1/0/1,9,11 In a dual homing setup, you can use this command only from the primary VLT peer. You can use the vlan, learning-limit, and vrrp keyword options for multiple ports.
clear dampening Clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults clear dampening [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port or number to clear counters from a specified interface: ● For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
Related Commands ● show interfaces dampening — displays interface dampening information. ● dampening — configures dampening on an interface. combo-port-type You can pre-provision the medium of combo ports as copper or fiber. Syntax combo-port-type{copper | fiber} Parameters Defaults copper Enter the keyword copper to provision the combo port as a copper port. fiber Enter the keyword fiber to provision the combo port as a fiber port.
dampening Configure dampening on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults dampening [[[[half-life] [reuse-threshold]] [suppress-threshold]] [maxsuppress-time]] half-life Enter the number of seconds after which the penalty is decreased. The penalty decreases half after the half-life period expires. The range is from 1 to 30 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. reuse-threshold Enter a number as the reuse threshold, the penalty value below which the interface state is changed to “up”.
Related Commands ● clear dampening — clears the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface. ● show interfaces dampening — displays interface dampening information. description Assign a descriptive text string to the interface. C9000 Series Syntax description desc_text To delete a description, use the no description command. Parameters Defaults desc_text Enter a text string up to 240 characters long.
default interface Resets a physical interface to its factory-default settings. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults default interface interface slot/port-range interface slot/ port-range Enter one of the following interface types and port information to specify a single port or a range of ports. To specify a port range, you can enter a hyphenated range and/or individual port numbers separated with commas; for example, default interface tengigabitethernet 1/0-4,7,9-11.
Dell#show running-config interface vlan 33 ! interface Vlan 33 private-vlan mode isolated no ip address shutdown Related Commands show running-config— displays the current configuration. encapsulation dot1q Configures lite-subinterfaces. Syntax encapsulation dot1q vlan-id To remove a previously configured lite-subinterface, use the no encapsulation dot1q vlan-id command. Parameters dot1q vlan-id Enter the keyword dot1q followed by the VLAN ID to which the host belongs. The range is from 1 to 4094.
Defaults rx off Enter the keywords rx off to ignore the received flow control frames on this port. tx on Enter the keywords tx on to send control frames from the port to the connected device when a higher rate of traffic is received. tx off Enter the keywords tx off so that flow control frames are not sent from this port to the connected device when a higher rate of traffic is received.
● Asymmetric flow control (rx on tx off, or rx off tx on) setting for the interface port less than 100 Mb/s speed is not permitted. The following error is returned: Can’t configure Asymmetric flowcontrol when speed <1G, config ignored ● The only configuration applicable to half duplex ports is rx off tx off.
● For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the slot/port information. The range is from 1 to 4094. ● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48.
Example Dell(conf)# int tengigabitethernet 0/0 Dell(conf-if-te-0/0)#exit Dell(conf)# Example peGigE Dell#show interfaces peGigE 0/0/0 peGigE 0/0/1 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is DellEth, address is a0:68:00:3f:92:bd Current address is a0:68:00:3f:92:bd Pluggable media not present Interface index is 536870919 Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :a068003f92bd MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit, Mode full duplex Auto-mdix enabled, ARP t
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced Dell(conf)# interface loopback 1655 Dell(conf-if-lo-1655)# interface — configures a physical interface.
Usage Information You cannot delete a Management port. The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). To assign an IP address to the Management port, use the ip address command. If your system has two RPMs installed, use the show redundancy command to display which RPM is the Primary RPM. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)# interface managementethernet 0/0 Dell(conf-if-ma-0/0)# management route — configures a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router.
● ip unreachables — enables generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages. interface range This command permits configuration of a range of interfaces to which subsequent commands are applied (bulk configuration). Using the interface range command, you can enter identical commands for a range of interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters interface range interface, interface,... interface, interface,...
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. Prior releases supported 2094. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
used with the bulk configuration feature of the interface range command. You cannot create virtual interfaces (VLAN, Port-channel) using the interface range command. NOTE: If a range has VLAN, physical, and port-channel interfaces, only commands related to physical interfaces can be bulk configured. To configure commands specific to VLAN or port-channel, only those respective interfaces should be configured in a particular range. Example (Single Range) This example shows a single range bulk configuration.
Slot/Port information must contain a space before and after the dash. For example, interface range tengigabitethernet 0/1 - 5 is valid; interface range tengigabitethernet 0/1-5 is NOT valid. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
Dell(config)#interface range macro test Dell(config-if-range-te-0/0-3,te-1/0-47,te-2/0-89)# Related Commands ● interface range – configures a range of command (bulk configuration) ● interface range macro name – runs an interface range macro. interface range macro name Run the interface-range macro to automatically configure the pre-defined range of interfaces. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults interface range macro name name Enter the name of an existing macro.
Parameters Defaults vlan-id Enter a number as the VLAN Identifier. The range is 1 to 4094. Not configured, except for the Default VLAN, which is configured as VLAN 1. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. For more information about VLANs and the commands to configure them, refer to the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section of the Layer 2 chapter.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you configure keepalive, the system sends a self-addressed packet out of the configured interface to verify that the far end of a WAN link is up.
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For the management port, enter the keyword managementethernet then the slot (0 or 1) and the port (0). ● For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the slot/port. The range is from 1 to 16383. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
Example Key Description m Change the view from a single interface to all interfaces on the line card or visaversa. c Refresh the view. b Change the counters displayed from Packets on the interface to Bytes. r Change the [delta] column from change in the number of packets/bytes in the last interval to rate per second. l Change the view to the next interface on the line card, or if in line card mode, the next line card in the chassis.
0 0 0 0 Fo 2/88 Down Fo 2/92 Down Fo 2/96 Down per sec 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m - Change mode b - Display bytes c - Clear screen r - Display pkts/bytes l - Page up T - Increase refresh interval interval q - Quit a - Page down t - Decrease refresh Dell# monitor interface Dell Networking operating system uptime is 9 minute(s) Monitor time: 00:00:00 Refresh Intvl.
Traffic statistics: Current Rate Delta Input bytes: 0 0 Bps 0 Output bytes: 42 0 Bps 0 Input packets: 6 0 pps 0 Output packets: 1 0 pps 0 64B packets: 0 0 pps 0 Over 64B packets: 0 0 pps 0 Over 127B packets: 0 0 pps 0 Over 255B packets: 0 0 pps 0 Over 511B packets: 0 0 pps 0 Over 1023B packets: 0 0 pps 0 Error statistics: 00:04:36: %RPM0-P:CP %CHMGR-5-PEM_INSERTED: Power entry module 3 of unit 0 is inserted Input underruns: 0 0 pps 0 Input giants: 0 0 pps 0 00:04:36: %RPM0-P:CP %CHMGR-0-PS_UP: Power supply
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Reduced the maximum size of the maximum transmission unit (MTU) to 9216 bytes. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
no port-delay-restore (Interface Mode) Disables delayed bring up of individual interfaces during switch boot up. Syntax no port-delay-restore Parameters None Defaults Enabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command-Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(2.
Related Commands no port-delay-restore (Interface Mode) — disables delayed bring up of individual interfaces during switch boot up. portmode hybrid To accept both tagged and untagged frames, set a physical port or port-channel. A port configured this way is identified as a hybrid port in report displays. C9000 Series Syntax portmode hybrid To return a port to accept either tagged or untagged frames (non-hybrid), use the no portmode hybrid command.
Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# tagged te 2/0 Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# Example Example (Vlan) Related Commands Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# do show interfaces switchport Name: TenGigabitEthernet 2/0 802.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The output of the show interfaces command displays the configured rate interval, along with the collected traffic data. Related Commands show interfaces — displays information on physical and virtual interfaces. rate-interval (Configuration Mode) Configure the traffic sampling interval for all physical and logical port-channel interfaces globally.
show config Display the interface configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48. ● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. NOTE: The peGigE or peTenGigE option is only visible when the feature extended bridge feature is enabled.
Line Description TenGigabitEther net 0/0... Interface type, slot/port, and administrative and line protocol status. Hardware is... Interface hardware information, assigned MAC address, and current address. Pluggable media present... Present pluggable media wavelength, type, and rate.
Line Description ○ discarded = number of packets discarded without any processing ○ collisions = number of packet collisions ○ wred=count both packets discarded in the MAC and in the hardware-based queues Example Usage Information Rate information... Estimate of the input and output traffic rate over a designated interval (30 to 299 seconds). Traffic rate is displayed in bits, packets per second, and percent of line rate. Time since...
NOTE: The port-range option is only available for 1 Gigabit Ethernet, 10-Gigabit Ethernet, 40-Gigabit Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, FC, Port Channel, and VLAN interfaces. Example (TenGigabit Interface) Dell# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 2 TenGigabitEthernet 2/0 is down, line protocol is down Hardware is DellForce10Eth, address is 74:86:7a:ff:6f:18 Current address is 74:86:7a:ff:6f:18 Pluggable media present, Media type is unknown Wavelength is 0.
TenGigabitEthernet 2/2 is down, line protocol is down Hardware is DellForce10Eth, address is 74:86:7a:ff:6f:18 Current address is 74:86:7a:ff:6f:18 Example (TenGigabit Interface— range of ports) Dell#show interface tengigabitethernet 6/1-4 TenGigabitEthernet 6/1 is up, line protocol is up Port is part of Port-channel 513 Hardware is DellEth, address is 34:17:eb:00:20:94 Current address is 34:17:eb:00:20:94 Pluggable media present, SFP+ type is 10GBASE-SR Medium is MultiRate, Wavelength is 850nm SFP+ recei
Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :3417eb002097 MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed auto Flowcontrol rx off tx off ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 02:27:42 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 disca
TenGigabitEthernet 6/3 is down, line protocol is down Hardware is DellEth, address is 34:17:eb:00:20:96 Current address is 34:17:eb:00:20:96 Pluggable media present, SFP+ type is 10GBASE-SR Medium is MultiRate, Wavelength is 850nm No power Interface index is 7340420 Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :3417eb002096 MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed auto Flowcontrol rx off tx off ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" cou
LineSpeed 1000 Mbit, Mode full duplex ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:06:14 Queueing strategy: fifo Input 791 packets, 62913 bytes, 775 multicast Received 0 errors, 0 discarded Output 21 packets, 3300 bytes, 20 multicast Output 0 errors, 0 invalid protocol Time since last interface status change: 00:06:03 Example (PE Gigabit Ethernet Interface) Example (PE TenGigabit Ethernet Interface) Dell#show interfaces peGigE 0/0/1 peGigE 0/0/1 is up, line protocol i
0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 is up, line protocol is not present Hardware is DellEth, address is f8:b1:56:62:61:0a Current address is f8:b1:56:62:61:0a Interface index is 3151882 Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :f8b15662610a MTU 16364 bytes, IP MTU 16346 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:00:00 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts,
LineSpeed auto ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 6d21h13m Queueing strategy: fifo Time since last interface status change: 6d21h13m Related Commands ● show interfaces configured – displays any interface with a non-default configuration. ● show interfaces switchport – displays Layer 2 information about the interfaces.
20998409 packets, 16779063804 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 806642 over 64-byte pkts, 1847316 over 127-byte pkts 3696420 over 255-byte pkts, 7384764 over 511-byte pkts, 7263267 over 1023-byte pkts 177 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 20998232 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 753 packets, 65838 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 744 over 64-byte pkts, 1 over 127-byte pkts 1 over 255-byte pkts, 6 over 511-byte pkts, 1 over 1023-byte pkts 184 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 5
110 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 110 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 110 packets, 7040 bytes, 0 underruns 110 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 110 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info
● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
Example show interfaces dampening (peGigE) Dell#show interfaces dampening Interface Supp Flaps State PeGi 255/1/1 Up 0 PeGi 255/1/2 Up 0 PeGi 255/1/3 Up 0 PeGi 255/1/4 Up 0 PeGi 255/1/5 Up 0 PeGi 255/1/6 Up 0 PeGi 255/1/7 Up 0 PeGi 255/1/8 Up 0 PeGi 255/1/9 Up 0 PeGi 255/1/10 Up 0 PeGi 255/1/11 Up 0 PeGi 255/1/12 Up 0 PeGi 255/1/13 Up 0 PeGi 255/1/14 Up 0 PeGi 255/1/15 Up 0 PeGi 255/1/16 Up 0 PeGi 255/1/17 Up 0 PeGi 255/1/18 Up 0 PeGi 255/1/19 Up 0 PeGi 255/1/20 Up 0 PeGi 255/1/21 Up 0 PeGi 255/1/22 Up 0 P
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi Example show interfaces dampening detail 756 Interfaces 255/2/29 255/2/30 255/2/31 255/2/32 255/2/33 255/2/34 255/2/35 255/2/36 255/2/37 255/2/38 255/2/39 255/2/40 255/
Reuse threshold Suppression threshold Max suppression time Time since last suppressed Time remaining to change state to up Related Commands : : : : : 200 250 300 0 0 ● dampening — configures dampening on an interface. ● show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. ● show interfaces configured — displays any interface with a non-default configuration. show interfaces phy Display auto-negotiation and link partner information.
AutoNegotiation Expansion ParallelDetectionFault is the handshaking scheme in which the link partner continuously transmit an “idle” data packet using the Fast Ethernet MLT-3 waveform. Equipment that does not support auto-negotiation must be configured to exactly match the mode of operation as the link partner or else no link can be established. 1000Base-T Control 1000Base-T requires auto-negotiation.
Example (port range) Dell#show interfaces gigabitethernet 1/1-1/2 phy Interface Name Mode Control SpeedSelection AutoNeg Loopback PowerDown Isolate DuplexMode :GigabitEthernet 1/1 : : : : : : 10b ON False True False Full Mode Status AutoNegComplete RemoteFault LinkStatus JabberDetect : : : : False False Down False AutoNegotiation Advertise 100MegFullDplx 100MegHalfDplx 10MegFullDplx 10MegHalfDplx Asym Pause Sym Pause : : : : : : True False True False False False AutoNegotiation Remote Partner's Ab
10MegFullDplx 10MegHalfDplx Asym Pause Sym Pause : : : : True False False False AutoNegotiation Remote Partner's Ability 100MegFullDplx : False 100MegHalfDplx : False 10MegFullDplx : False 10MegHalfDplx : False Asym Pause : False Sym Pause : False AutoNegotiation Expansion ParallelDetectionFault : False 1000Base-T Control MasterSlave_Mode 1000MegFullDplx 1000MegHalfDplx : Auto : True : False 1000Base-T Status Master/Slave Fault Master/Slave Local RX OK Remote RX OK Link Partner 1G FD Link Partner 1G
● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. NOTE: The peGigE or peTenGigE interface option is only visible when the feature extended bridge is enabled. linecard slotnumber Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword linecard then the slot number. The slot ID is from 0 to 11.
Te 2/6 Te 2/7 Te 2/8 Te 2/9 Te 2/10 Te 2/11 Te 2/12 Te 2/13 Te 2/14 Te 2/15 Te 2/16 Te 2/17 Te 2/18 Te 2/19 Te 2/20 Te 2/21 Te 2/22 Te 2/23 Fo 5/0 Fo 5/4 Fo 5/8 Fo 5/12 Fo 5/16 Fo 5/20 Te 6/0 Te 6/1 Te 6/2 Te 6/3 Te 6/4 Te 6/5 Te 6/6 Te 6/7 Te 6/8 Te 6/9 Te 6/10 Te 6/11 Te 6/12 Te 6/13 Te 6/14 Te 6/15 Te 6/16 Te 6/17 Te 6/18 Te 6/19 Te 6/20 Te 6/21 Te 6/22 Te 6/23 Fo 9/0 Fo 9/4 Fo 9/8 Fo 9/12 Fo 9/16 Fo 9/20 Te 10/0 Te 10/1 Te 10/2 Te 10/3 Te 11/0 Te 11/1 Te 11/2 Te 11/3 PeGi 255/1/1 PeGi 255/1/2 PeGi 255/1
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi 255/1/11 255/1/12 255/1/13 255/1/14 255/1/15 255/1/16 255/1/17 255/1/18 255/1/19 255/1/20 255/1/21 255/1/22 255/1/23 255/1/24 255/1/25 255/1/26 255/1/2
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi Related Commands 764 Interfaces 255/2/35 255/2/36 255/2/37 255/2/38 255/2/39 255/2/40 255/2/41 255/2/42 255/2/43 255/2/44 255/2/45 255/2/46 255/2/47 255/2/48 255/3/1 255/3/2 255/3/3 255/3/4 255/3/5 2
show interfaces switchport Display only virtual and physical interfaces in Layer 2 mode. This command displays the Layer 2 mode interfaces’ IEEE 802.1Q tag status and VLAN membership. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show interfaces switchport [interface] [linecard slot-id] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
Usage Information To view the switchport information for multiple ports of a specified slot, you can specify any random port number or a range of ports, or a combination of both.
802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/2/38 (Port-channel 111) 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/2/39 (Port-channel 111) 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/3/1 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/3/40 (Port-channel 111) 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/3/45 (Port-channel 111) 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/3/47 802.
Name: TenGigabitEthernet 10/0 802.1QTagged: False Vlan membership: Q Vlans U 1 Name: TenGigabitEthernet 10/1 802.1QTagged: False Vlan membership: Q Vlans U 1 Related Commands ● ● ● ● interface — configures a physical interface on the switch. show ip interface — displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces. show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Output augmented with diagnostic data for pluggable media. 7.7.1.0 Removed three fields in the output: Vendor Name, Vendor OUI, and Vendor PN. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.5.4.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Line Description RX Power High Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Temp Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Voltage Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Bias Low Warning Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. threshold TX Power Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+.
Line Description Tx Power High Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx bias power value displayed above. Rx Power High Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Rx power value displayed above. Temperature Low This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Temperature value Alarm Flag displayed above. Voltage Low Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current voltage value displayed above.
SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Length(50um) 10m = 0x1e Length(62.
SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ 0x00 SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ 0 0 0 0 0 Serial Base ID fields Id Ext Id Connector Transceiver Code 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Encoding = 0x06 BR Nominal = 0x67 Length(SFM) Km = 0x00 Length(OM3) 2m = 0x00 Length(OM2) 1m = 0x08 Length(OM1) 1m = 0x03 Length(Copper) 1m = 0x00 Vendor Rev = A Laser Wavelength = 850 nm CheckCodeBase = 0x9e Serial Extended ID fields Options = 0x00 0x1a BR max = 0 BR min = 0 Vendor SN = A
SFP+ 0 Rx Power Low Alarm Flag =================================== SFP+ 0 Temperature High Warning Flag SFP+ 0 Voltage High Warning Flag SFP+ 0 Tx Bias High Warning Flag SFP+ 0 Tx Power High Warning Flag SFP+ 0 Rx Power High Warning Flag SFP+ 0 Temperature Low Warning Flag SFP+ 0 Voltage Low Warning Flag SFP+ 0 Tx Bias Low Warning Flag SFP+ 0 Tx Power Low Warning Flag SFP+ 0 Rx Power Low Warning Flag = False = = = = = = = = = = False False False False False False False False False False Interface Name :T
SFP+ 1 Data Ready state Bar SFP+ 1 Rx LOS state SFP+ 1 Tx Fault state SFP+ 1 Rate Select state SFP+ 1 RS state SFP+ 1 Tx Disable state =================================== SFP+ 1 Temperature High Alarm Flag SFP+ 1 Voltage High Alarm Flag SFP+ 1 Tx Bias High Alarm Flag SFP+ 1 Tx Power High Alarm Flag SFP+ 1 Rx Power High Alarm Flag SFP+ 1 Temperature Low Alarm Flag SFP+ 1 Voltage Low Alarm Flag SFP+ 1 Tx Bias Low Alarm Flag SFP+ 1 Tx Power Low Alarm Flag SFP+ 1 Rx Power Low Alarm Flag ========================
DHCP Client-ID: 90b11cf499ce MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed auto ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 2d17h26m Queueing strategy: fifo Time since last interface status change: 2d17h26m Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns Related Commands show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface.
show running-config ecmp-group Display interfaces, LAG, or LAG link bundles being monitored for uneven traffic distribution using the ecmp-group monitoring enable command. The ECMP group could have a LAG or a list of 10G/40 interfaces (not just LAG link-bundles). C9000 Series Syntax show running-config ecmp-group Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The shutdown command marks a physical interface as unavailable for traffic. To discover if an interface is disabled, use the show ip interface brief command. Disabled interfaces are listed as down. Disabling a VLAN or a port channel causes different behavior. When a VLAN is disabled, the Layer 3 functions within that VLAN are disabled. Layer 2 traffic continues to flow.
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Supported on LC-EH-GE-50P or the LC-EJ-GE-50P cards. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S55, S60, and S4810 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is found on the Management interface only.
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.4.1.0 Added support for port-channel interfaces (the port-channel number option). 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Added the backup interface option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Example The following example shows the wavelength set for a tunable 10–Gigabit SFP+ optic: Related Commands ● show config — displays the interface configuration. Egress Interface Selection (EIS) Commands The following commands are Egress Interface Selection (EIS) commands. application Configure the management egress interface selection. C9000 Series Syntax application {all | application-type} To remove a management application configuration, use the no application {all | application-type} command.
clear management application pkt-cntr Clear management application packet counters for all management application types. C9000 Series Syntax clear management application pkt-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
show management application pkt-fallback-cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have been rerouted to the default routing table due to management port or route lookup failure. C9000 Series Syntax show management application pkt—fallback-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
channel-member Add an interface to the Port Channel, while in INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL mode. C9000 Series Syntax channel-member interface To delete an interface from a Port Channel, use the no channel-member interface command. Parameters Defaults interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port, peid/stack-unit/ port-id, or number information: ● For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Link MTU and IP MTU considerations for Port Channels are: ● All members must have the same link MTU value and the same IP MTU value. ● The Port Channel link MTU and IP MTU must be less than or equal to the link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the channel members. For example, if the members have a link MTU of 2100 and an IP MTU 2000, the Port Channel’s MTU values cannot be higher than 2100 for link MTU or 2000 bytes for IP MTU.
interface port-channel Create a Port Channel interface, which is a link aggregation group (LAG) containing sixteen physical interfaces on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax interface port-channel channel-number To delete a Port Channel, use the no interface port-channel channel-number command. Parameters Defaults channel-number For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. Not configured.
NOTE: In a Jumbo-enabled system, all members of a Port Channel must be configured with the same link MTU values and the same IP MTU values. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)# int port-channel 2 Dell(conf-if-po-2)# channel-member — adds a physical interface to the LAG. interface — configures a physical interface. interface loopback — configures a Loopback interface. interface null — configures a null interface. interface vlan — configures a VLAN. shutdown — disables/enables the port channel.
port-channel failover-group To configure a LAG failover group, access PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP mode. C9000 Series Syntax port-channel failover-group To remove all LAG failover groups, use the no port-channel failover-group command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-if-po-1)# show config ! interface Port-channel 1 no ip address shutdown Dell(conf-if-po-1)# show interfaces port-channel Display information on configured Port Channel groups.
of ports, you can enter a comma-separated string of port numbers, for example show interfaces port-channel 1,7 NOTE: The port-range option is only available for 1 Gigabit Ethernet, 10-Gigabit Ethernet, 40-Gigabit Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, FC, Port Channel, and VLAN interfaces. The following describes the show interfaces port-channel command shown in the following example. Example (peGigE) 792 Interfaces Field Description Port-Channel 1... Displays the LAG’s status.
Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 31035168 packets, 24674745108 bytes 17 64-byte pkts, 1278919 over 64-byte pkts, 2729921 over 127-byte pkts 5457788 over 255-byte pkts, 10924046 over 511-byte pkts, 10644476 over 1023-byte pkts 497 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 31034654 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 30771019 packets, 24493783827 bytes, 0 underruns 16 64-byte pkts, 1247561 over 64-byte pkts, 2706754 over 127-byte pkts 5417155 over 255-byte pkts, 1
Example Field Description Ports Lists the interfaces assigned to this port channel. (untitled) Displays the status of the physical interfaces (up or down). ● In Layer 2 port channels, an * (asterisk) indicates which interface is the primary port of the port channel. The primary port sends out interface PDU. ● In Layer 3 port channels, the primary port is not indicated.
NOTE: The peGigE or peTenGigE option is available only when the extended bridge feature is enabled. source-ip address destination-ip address source-port number destination-port number source-mac address destination-mac Enter the keywords source-ip then the IP source address in IP address format. Enter the keywords destination-ip then the IP destination address in IP address format. Enter the keywords source-port then the source port number. The range is from 1 to 65536. The default is None.
Example Dell#show port-channel-flow port-channel 1 incoming-interface te 2/0 source-mac 00:00:50:00:00:00 destination-mac 00:00:a0:00:00:00 Egress Port for port-channel 1, for the given flow, is Te 2/1 Example: peGigE Dell#show port-channel-flow port-channel 111 incoming-interface pegigE 111/0/33 src-mac 00:01:0b:00:00:00 dest-mac 00:01:0b:00:03:00 vlan 111 ethertype ff:ff Egress Port information for port-channel 111, for the given flow,is PeGi 111/0/38.
Command History Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500 . 9.3.0.0 Added support for the hg-stats option on the Z9000 platform.
9.3.0.0 Usage Information Introduced on the Z9000 switch. You can configure HiGig link bundle monitoring so that a system log message or an SNMP trap is generated when traffic distribution in a bundle is uneven. The formula that determines uneven traffic distribution is predefined. hg-link-bundle-monitor rate-interval Specify the interval (in seconds) for polling traffic distribution in the member links of a HiGig link bundle.
(mean) is below the trigger-threshold percentage, unevenness in link-bundle traffic distribution is not reported. If traffic unevenness is detected in three consecutive measurements, an alarm is issued. The time interval between measurements is defined by the rate interval for HiGig link polling (default 15 seconds). show hardware hg-stats Display the traffic statistics from internal ports in a HiGig link bundle/port channel on a line-card or switch fabric module (SFM) NPU.
HiGigabitEthernet 10/0/1, Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded,
show hg-link-bundle-distribution Display the operational status and link utilization in a HiGig link bundle. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show hg-link-bundle-distribution {sfm npu-id hg-port—channel hg-port— channel-id | slot slot npuUnit npu-id hg-port—channel 0} enable sfm npu-id hgport-channel hg- port-channel-id Specify a HiGig port channel on a switch SFM (spine) NPU by entering the keyword sfm and SFM NPU ID, then hg-port-channel and a HiGig port channel ID.
HiGigabitEthernet Link Bundle 0/0/0, Utilization [In Percent] - 0 Alarm State - Inactive Interface Utilization [In Percent] 0/0:hg27 0 0/0:hg28 0 0/0:hg29 0 snmp-server enable traps hg-lbm Enable the generation of SNMP traps and notifications when HiGig link-bundle monitoring is enabled. C9000 Series Syntax snmp-server enable traps hg-lbm Parameters hg-lbm Enter the keyword hg-lbm to enable traps for HiGig link-bundle monitoring.
Command Modes EXEC Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7.0.0 Introduced on the S5000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced.
23 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) The intermediate system to intermediate system (IS-IS) is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains, called areas.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • isis ipv6 metric isis metric isis network point-to-point isis password isis priority is-type log-adjacency-changes lsp-gen-interval lsp-mtu lsp-refresh-interval max-area-addresses max-lsp-lifetime maximum-paths metric-style multi-topology net passive-interface redistribute redistribute bgp redistribute ospf router isis set-overload-bit show config show isis database show isis graceful-restart detail show isis hostname show isis interface show is
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command. The adjacencycheck is enabled by default.
Usage Information Version Description 6.3.1.0 Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced You cannot disable leaking from one level to another; however, you can regulate the rate flow from one level to another using an IP Prefix list. If you do not configure the IP Prefix list, all routes are leaked. You cannot enable leaking from Level 2 to Level 1, conditional route leaking can be enabled via IP prefix-list. You can find more information in IETF RFC 2966, Domain-wide Prefix Distribution with Two-Level IS-IS.
clear isis Restart the IS-IS process. All IS-IS data is cleared. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear isis [vrf vrf-name] [tag] {* | database | traffic} vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to restart the IS-IS process corresponding to that VRF. tag (Optional) Enter an alphanumeric string to specify the IS-IS routing tag area. * Enter the keyword * to clear all IS-IS information and restart the IS-IS process.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information To configure a shortcut name that you can use instead of entering a long string of numbers associated with an NSAP address, use this command.
debug isis adj-packets Enable debugging on adjacency-related activity such as hello packets that are sent and received on IS-IS adjacencies. C9000 Series Syntax debug isis adj-packets [interface][vrf vrf-name] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis adj-packets [interface][vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable the debug information on IS-IS for an adjacency tied to that VRF.
all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging information that includes all the logs that are related to graceful-restart. events Enter the keyword events to enable debugging information that includes logs that are related to generated events. hello Enter the keyword hello to enable debugging information that includes restart TLV related information. states Enter the keyword states to enable debugging information that includes state machine related information.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. debug isis spf-triggers Enable debugging on the events that triggered IS-IS shortest path first (SPF) events for debugging purposes. C9000 Series Syntax debug isis [vrf vrf-name] spf-triggers To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf-name] spf-triggers command.
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: ● For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ● ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) ● CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. router isis — Enter ROUTER mode on the switch. distance Define the administrative distance for learned routes. C9000 Series Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-list]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight command. Parameters Defaults weight The administrative distance value indicates the reliability of a routing information source.
distribute-list in Filter network prefixes received in updates. C9000 Series Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To return to the default values, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] command. Parameters Defaults prefix-list-name Specify the prefix list to filter prefixes in routing updates.
To return to the default values, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp as number connected | ospf process-id | rip | static] command. Parameters Defaults prefix-list-name Specify the prefix list to filter prefixes in routing updates. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected for directly connected routing process. ospf process-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ospf then the OSPF process-ID number. The range is from 1 to 65535.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
Related Commands ● area-password — configures an IS-IS area authentication password. ● isis priority — configures the authentication password for an interface. graceful-restart ietf Enable graceful restart on an IS-IS router. C9000 Series Syntax graceful-restart ietf To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart ietf command. Parameters Defaults ietf Enter ietf to enable graceful restart on the IS-IS router. Graceful restart disabled.
Parameters Defaults minutes Enter the graceful-restart interval minutes. The range is from 1 to 20 minutes. The default is 5 minutes. 5 minutes Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
Related Commands graceful-restart t3 — configures the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. graceful-restart t1 Set the graceful restart wait time before unacknowledged restart requests are generated. This wait time is the interval before the system sends a restart request (an IIH with RR bit set in Restart TLV) until the CSNP is received from the helping router.
Parameters Defaults level-1, level-2 Enter the keywords level-1 or level-2 to identify the database instance type to which the wait interval applies. seconds Enter the gracefule-restart t2 time in seconds. The range is from 5 to 120 seconds. The default is 30 seconds. 30 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The running router sets the remaining time value to the current adjacency hold time. You can override this setting by implementing this command. Override the default restart-wait time by entering the no graceful-restart restart-wait command. When you disable restart-wait, the current adjacency hold time is used.
hostname dynamic Enables dynamic learning of hostnames from routers in the domain and allows the routers to advertise the hostname in LSPs. C9000 Series Syntax hostname dynamic To disable this command, use the no hostname dynamic command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. IS-IS normally purges LSPs with an incorrect data link checksum causing the LSP source to regenerate the message. A cycle of purging and regenerating LSPs can occur when a network link continues to deliver accurate LSPs even though there is a link causing data corruption.
Related Commands ● net — configures an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for the routing process. ● router isis — enables the IS-IS routing protocol. ipv6 router isis Enable the IPv6 IS-IS routing protocol and specify an IPv6 IS-IS process. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 router isis [tag] To disable IS-IS routing, use the no router isis [tag] command. Parameters Defaults tag (OPTIONAL) This parameter is a unique name for a routing process. A null tag is assumed if the tag option is not specified.
Parameters Defaults level-1 You can form a Level 1 adjacency if there is at least one common area address between this system and neighbors. You cannot form Level 2 adjacencies on this interface. level-1-2 You can form a Level 1 and Level 2 adjacencies when the neighbor is also configured as Level-1-2 and there is at least one common area, if not, a Level 2 adjacency is established. This setting is the default.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Usage Information Hello packets are held for a length of three times the value of the hello interval. To conserve bandwidth and CPU usage, use a high hello interval seconds. Use a low hello interval seconds for faster convergence (but uses more bandwidth and CPU resources). Related Commands isis hello-multiplier — specifies the number of IS-IS hello packets a neighbor must miss before the router declares the adjacency as down.
isis hello padding Turn ON or OFF padding of hello PDUs from INTERFACE mode. C9000 Series Syntax isis hello padding To return to the default, use the no isis hello padding command. Defaults Padding of hello PDUs is enabled (ON). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Dell Networking recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics.
Parameters Defaults encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password using MD5. password Assign the interface authentication password. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the authentication password for Level 1. The router acts as a station router for Level 1 routing. This setting is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the authentication password for Level 2.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OSCommand Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Usage Information The IS-IS protocol automatically determines area boundaries and are able to keep Level 1 and Level 2 routing separate. Poorly planned use of this feature may cause configuration errors, such as accidental area partitioning. If you are configuring only one area in your network, you do not need to run both Level 1 and Level 2 routing algorithms. You can configure the IS type as Level 1. log-adjacency-changes Generate a log messages for adjacency state changes.
interval seconds Enter the maximum number of seconds between LSP generations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. initial_wait_inter (OPTIONAL) Enter the initial wait time, in seconds, before running the first LSP val seconds generation. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 1 second. second_wait_inte (OPTIONAL) Enter the wait interval, in seconds, between the first and second LSP rval seconds generation. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement. The refresh interval determines the rate at which route topology information is transmitted preventing the information from becoming obsolete. The refresh interval must be less than the LSP lifetime specified with the max-lsp-lifetime command.
max-lsp-lifetime Set the maximum time that link-state packets (LSPs) exist without being refreshed. C9000 Series Syntax max-lsp-lifetime seconds To restore the default time, use the no max-lsp-lifetime command. Parameters Defaults seconds The maximum lifetime of LSP in seconds. This value must be greater than the lsp-refresh-interval command. The higher the value the longer the LSPs are kept. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 1200.
Defaults 4 Command Modes ● ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) ● CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. If you enter the metric-style wide command, the Dell Networking OS generates and accepts only new-style TLVs.
net To configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process, use this mandatory command. If you did not configure a NET, the IS-IS process does not start. C9000 Series Syntax net network-entity-title To remove a net, use the no net network-entity-title command. Parameters Defaults network-entitytitle Specify the area address and system ID for an IS-IS routing process. The first 1 to 13 bytes identify the area address. The next 6 bytes identify the system ID.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
Command Modes ● ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) ● CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
level-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS as Level 2 routes only. This setting is the default. metric metric- (OPTIONAL) The value used for the redistributed route. Use a metric value that is consistent with the destination protocol. The range is from 0 to 16777215. The default is 0. value metric-type {external| internal} (OPTIONAL) The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain.
redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [match {internal | external}] [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no redistribute ospf process-id [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [match {internal | external}] [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] command.
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. How a metric value assigned to a redistributed route is advertised depends on how on the configuration of the metric-style command. If the metric-style command is set for Narrow mode and the metric value in the redistribute ospf command is set to a number higher than 63, the metric value advertised in LSPs is 63.
● net — configures an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process. ● is-type — assigns a type for a given area. set-overload-bit Set the overload bit in zeroth fragment of non-pseudonode LSPs on the router.. This setting prevents other routers from using it as an intermediate hop in their shortest path first (SPF) calculations. C9000 Series Syntax set-overload-bit To return to the default values, use the no set-overload-bit command. Defaults Not set.
Command Modes ● ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) ● CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
detail (OPTIONAL) Detailed link-state database information of each LSP displays when specified. If not specified, a summary displays. summary (OPTIONAL) Summary of link-state database information displays when specified. system-id (OPTIONAL) Display link-state database for system-id. lspid (OPTIONAL) Display only the specified LSP. vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display IS-IS link state database corresponding to that VRF.
Field Description state database. A value between brackets indicates the duration that the purged LSP stays in the database before being removed. Example ATT This value represents the Attach bit. This value indicates that the router is a Level 1-2 router and can reach other areas. Level 1-only routers and Level 1-2 routers that have lost connection to other Level 1-2 routers use the Attach bit to find the closest Level 1-2 router. They install a default route to the closest Level 1-2 router.
Dell#show isis database detail IS-IS Level-1 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num ATT/P/OL Dell.00-00 * 0x00000009 NLPID: 0xCC Area Address: 49.0000.0001 LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime 0x79D8 941 1/0/0 show isis graceful-restart detail Display detailed IS-IS graceful restart related settings.
Restart ACK rcv count Restart Req rcv count Suppress Adj rcv count Restart CSNP rcv count Database Sync count : : : : : 0 0 0 0 0 (level-1), (level-1), (level-1), (level-1), (level-1), 0 0 0 0 0 (level-2) (level-2) (level-2) (level-2) (level-2) show isis hostname Display IS-IS host names configured or learned on the switch.
● For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 --More-Dell>show isis int TenGigabitEthernet 1/7 is up, line protocol is up MTU 1497, Encapsulation SAP Routing Protocol: IS-IS Circuit Type: Level-1-2 Interface Index 37847070, Local circuit ID 1 Level-1 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.01 Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 Number of active level-1 adjacencies: 1 Level-2 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.
Parameters level-1 (OPTIONAL) Displays information about Level 1 IS-IS neighbors. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Displays information about Level 2 IS-IS neighbors. detail (OPTIONAL) Displays detailed information about neighbors. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Example The bold sections below identify that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled. This command displays only one IP address per line. Dell#show isis neighbors System Id Interface State Type Priority Uptime Circuit Id TEST Gi 7/1 Up L1L2(M) 127 09:28:01 TEST.02 ! Dell#show isis neighbors detail System Id Interface State Type Priority Uptime Circuit Id TEST Gi 7/1 Up L1L2(M) 127 09:28:04 TEST.02 Area Address(es): 49.0000.0001 IP Address(es): 25.1.1.3* MAC Address: 0000.0000.
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.
Multi Topology Routing is enabled in transition mode. Dell# Dell#show isis protocol IS-IS Router: System Id: F100.E120.0013 IS-Type: level-1-2 Manual area address(es): 49.0000.0001 Routing for area address(es): 49.0000.
Usage Information Example 862 Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show isis traffic command shown in the following example. Item Description Level-1/Level-2 Hellos (sent/ rcvd) Displays the number of Hello packets sent and received.
spf-interval Specify the minimum interval between shortest path first (SPF) calculations. C9000 Series Syntax spf-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] To restore default values, use the no spf-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] command. Parameters level-l (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level-1 to apply the configuration to Level-1 SPF calculations.
down and there are no triggers for two times the maximum interval, fast behavior is restored (the initial wait time).
24 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) IGMP and IGMP snooping commands are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the switch. This chapter contains the following sections: ● IGMP Commands ● IGMP Snooping Commands Topics: • • IGMP Commands IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands The system supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Version Description E-Series legacy command Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. This command displays packets for IGMP and IGMP snooping. ip igmp access-group Specify access control list for packets in access-group. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp access-group access-list To remove the feature, use the no ip igmp access-group access-list command.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
Usage Information Querier normally sends some group-specific queries when a leave message is received for a group prior to deleting a group from the membership database. There may be situations when you require immediate deletion of a group from the membership database. This command provides a way to achieve the immediate deletion. In addition, this command provides a way to enable immediate-leave processing for specified groups.
ip igmp querier-timeout Change the interval that must pass before a multicast router decides that there is no longer another multicast router that should be the querier. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp querier-timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp querier-timeout command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the number of seconds the router must wait to become the new querier. The range is from 60 to 300. The default is 125 seconds.
Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
Version Description Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Mapping applies to both v1 and v2 IGMP joins; any updates to the ACL are reflected in the IGMP groups. You may not use extended access lists with this command. When you configure a static SSM map and the router cannot find any matching access lists, the router continues to accept (*,G) groups.
● Only one mode (include or exclude) is permitted per multicast group per interface. To configure another mode, all sources belonging to the original mode must be unconfigured. ● If a static configuration is present and a packet for the same group arrives on an interface, the dynamic entry completely overwrites all the static configuration for the group. Related Commands show ip igmp groups — displays IGMP group information. ip igmp version Manually set the version of the router to IGMPv2 or IGMPv3.
show ip igmp groups View the IGMP groups. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip igmp groups [group-address [detail] | detail | interface [groupaddress [detail]]] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format to view information on that group only. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and slot/port information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Example Example (VLT) Dell#show ip igmp groups Total Number of Groups: 5 IGMP Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Uptime Expires 225.0.0.0 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.1 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.2 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.3 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.
● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Parameters group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the form A.B.C.D to display the list of sources to which this group is mapped. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.
● IGMP snooping reacts to Layer 2 topology changes multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP) triggers by sending a general query on the interface that comes in the FWD state. Important Points to Remember for IGMP Querier ● The IGMP snooping Querier supports version 2. ● You must configure an IP address to the VLAN interface for IGMP snooping Querier to begin.
debug ip igmp snooping Enable debugging of IGMP snooping packets on interfaces and groups. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip igmp snooping [group address | interface] ● To disable debugging of IGMP snooping, use the no debug ip igmp snooping [group address | interface] command. ● To disable all debugging, use the undebug all command. Parameters snooping Enter the keyword snooping to enable debugging of IGMP snooping. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Queriers normally send some queries when a leave message is received prior to deleting a group from the membership database. There may be situations when you require a fast deletion of a group.
ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval The last member query interval is the maximum response time inserted into Group-Specific queries sent in response to GroupLeave messages. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval milliseconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval command. Parameters Defaults milliseconds Enter the interval in milliseconds. The range is from 100 to 65535. The default is 1000 milliseconds.
Parameters interface interface Defaults Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 1 to 128. Not configured.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Example Related Commands Dell#show ip igmp snooping mrouter Interface Router Ports Vlan 2 Te 1/3, Po 1 Dell# ● ip igmp snooping mrouter — configures a static connection to the multicast router. ● show ip igmp groups — view groups. show ip igmp snooping groups Display snooping related information for all the IGMP groups and interfaces or a single group belonging to a specified interface.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, and Z9500. This command displays the IGMP database, including configured entries for either all groups on all interfaces, all groups on specific interfaces, or specific groups on specific interfaces. The following describes the show ip igmp groups command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Group Address Lists the multicast address for the IGMP group.
25 Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) Internet protocol security (IPSec) is an end-to-end security scheme for securing IP communications by authenticating and encrypting all packets in a session. Use IPSec between hosts, gateways, or hosts and gateways. IPSec uses a series of protocol functions to achieve information security: ● Authentication Headers (AH) — connectionless integrity and origin authentication for IP packets.
Defaults ahauthentication Enter the keywords ah-authentication then the transform type of operation to apply to traffic. The transform type represents the encryption or authentication applied to traffic. ● md5 — Use Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication. ● sha1 — Use Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1) authentication. ● null — Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface.
Parameters Defaults name Enter the name for the crypto policy set. seq-num Enter the sequence number assigned to the crypto policy entry. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.
match Apply a match filter to the crypto policy. C9000 Series Syntax match seq-num tcp [sourceip address | ipv6 address {mask} {source-port number}] [destination ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {destination-port number}] To remove the match filter for the crypto map, use the no match seq-num tcp [source ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {source-port number}] [destination ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {destination-port number}] command. Parameters seq-num Enter the match command sequence number.
session-key Specify the session keys used in the crypto policy entry. C9000 Series Syntax session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah spi hex-key-string | esp spi encrypt hex-key-string auth hex-key-string To delete the session key information from the crypto policy, use the no session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah | esp} command. Parameters Defaults name Enter the name for the transform set. inbound Specify the inbound session key for IPSec. outbound Specify the outbound session key for IPSec.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
Outound ESP Encry Key : [96]::a5b6b42009d47895b420a5b6789509d 4b420a5b6789509d4b420a5b6789509d4b420a5b6789509d4b420a5b6789509d4 Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : : : : : : : : : : : 0 tcp IPv6 a::1 /128 0 a::2 /128 23 Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source
Parameters Defaults transform-setname Enter the name for the crypto policy transform set. none Command Modes CONFIG-CRYPTO-POLICY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Descrption 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.
26 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system on the switch.
• • show ip traffic show tcp statistics arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). C9000 Series Syntax arp [vrf vrf-name]ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters Defaults vrf vrf-name Enter a VRF name to configure an ARP entry for that VRF. Use the VRF option after the keyword arp to configure a static arp on that particular VRF.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You cannot use Class D or Class E IP addresses or zero IP address (0.0.0.0) when creating a static ARP. Zero MAC addresses (00:00:00:00:00:00) are also invalid.
Related Commands show arp retries — displays the configured number of ARP retries. arp learn-enable Enable ARP learning using gratuitous ARP. C9000 Series Syntax arp learn-enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Retries are 20 seconds apart. Related Commands show arp retries — displays the configured number of ARP retries. arp timeout Set the time interval for an ARP entry to remain in the ARP cache. C9000 Series Syntax arp timeout minutes Parameters Defaults minutes Enter the number of minutes. The range is from 0 to 35790. The default is 4 hours (240 minutes).
clear arp-cache Clear the dynamic ARP entries from a specific interface or optionally delete (no-refresh) ARP entries from the content addressable memory (CAM). C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear arp-cache [interface | ip ip-address] [no-refresh] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0.
Version Description 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear host Remove one or all dynamically learned host table entries. C9000 Series Syntax clear host name Parameters name Enter the name of the host to delete. Enter * to delete all host table entries. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information To clear Layer 3 CAM inconsistencies, use this command. Related Commands show ip fib linecard — shows FIB entries on a specified stack-unit. CAUTION: Executing this command causes traffic disruption. clear ip route Clear one or all routes in the routing table.
clear ip traffic Clear IP traffic statistics on the switch CPUs. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip traffic {cp | rp} Parameters cp Clear ip traffic statistics on the Control Processor CPU. rp Clear ip traffic statistics on the Route Processor CPU. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show tcp statistics — displays TCP traffic statistics. debug arp View information on ARP transactions.
Usage Information Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
Example Related Commands Dell#debug ip dhcp 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xbf05140f, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, teaddr = 0.0.0.0 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREQUEST: Forwarded BOOTREQUEST for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 14.4.4.2 00:12:26 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xbf05140f, secs = 5, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, teaddr = 0.0.0.
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id/stack-unit/port information. ● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE.
debug ip packet View a log of IP packets sent and received. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] command. Parameters access-group name Enter the keyword access-group then the access list name (maximum 16 characters) to limit the debug output based on the defined rules in the ACL. count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count then the count value.
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the count option. The following describes the debug ip packet command in the following example. Field Description s= Lists the source address of the packet and the name of the interface (in parentheses) that received the packet. d= Lists the destination address of the packet and the name of the interface (in parentheses) through which the packet is being sent out on the network.
The access-group option pertains to: ● IP protocol number: from 0 to 255 ● Internet control message protocol (icmp) but not the ICMP message type (from 0 to 255) ● Any internet protocol (ip) ● Transmission Control Protocol (tcp) but not on the rst, syn, or urg bits ● User Datagram Protocol (udp) If an ambiguous access control list rules, the debug ip packet access-control command is disabled. A message appears identifying the error (refer to the following Example).
Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
Defaults secondary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword secondary to designate the IP address as the secondary address. dhcp Enter the keyword dhcp to configure an interface to receive its IP address from the configured DHCP server. Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. ip domain-list Configure ip domain names to complete unqualified host names. C9000 Series Syntax ip domain-list name To remove the name, use the no ip domain-list name command. Parameters Defaults name Enter an ip domain name to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ip domain-lookup Enable dynamic host-name to address resolution (that is, DNS). C9000 Series Syntax ip domain-lookup To disable DNS lookup, use the no ip domain-lookup command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced for the E-Series. Usage Information This command disables the hop field increments when boot requests are relayed to a DHCP server through the system. If the incoming boot request already has a non-zero hops field, the message is relayed with the same value for hops.
ip max-frag-count Set the maximum number of fragments allowed in one packet for packet re-assembly. C9000 Series Syntax ip max-frag-count count To place no limit on the number of fragments allowed, use the no ip max-frag-count command. Parameters Defaults count Enter a number for the number of fragments allowed for re-assembly. The range is from 2 to 256. No limit is set on number of fragments allowed. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip interface — displays the interface routing status and configuration. ip route Assign a static route to the switch. C9000 Series Syntax ip route {destination mask {ip-address | interface [slot/port] | [tunnel tunnel-id] [distance] [name description] [permanent] | tag tag-value}}[vrf vrf-name ] To delete a specific static route, use the no ip route destination mask command.
distance (OPTIONAL) Enter the value of the distance metric assigned to the route. The range is from 1 to 255. permanent (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permanent to specify that the route must not be removed even if the interface assigned to that route goes down. The route must be currently active to be installed in the routing table. If you disable the interface, the route is removed from the routing table. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a number to assign to the route.
Usage Information Using the following example of a static route: ip route 33.33.33.0 /24 tengigabitethernet 1/1 172.31.5.43 ● The software installs a next hop that is not on the directly connected subnet but which recursively resolves to a next hop on the interface’s configured subnet. In the example, if tengig 1/1 has an ip address on subnet 2.2.2.0 and if 172.31.5.43 recursively resolves to 2.2.2.0, Dell Networking OS installs the static route.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip unreachables Enable the generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages. C9000 Series Syntax ip unreachables To disable the generation of ICMP messages, use the no ip unreachables command. Defaults Disabled.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000. Route prefixes stored in the L3 host table are managed using ECMP next-hop forwarding. A warning message is displayed after you enter the command stating that this setting takes effect for existing routes only when IPv4 route prefixes are cleared from the LPM routing table (RTM).
ingress-port enable Defaults Enter the keywords to distribute traffic based on the following: ● enable — Takes the source port into consideration when doing hash computations. This option is disabled by default. IP 4-tuple (IP SA, IP DA, Source Port, Destination Port) Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
forwardingrouter-address Enter an IP address (dotted decimal format) or an IPv6 address (x:x:x:x::x format) of a forwarding router. managementethe Enter the keyword managementethernet for the Management interface on the rnet Primary RPM. Defaults fortyGigE Enter the keyword fortyGigE to specify a forty Gigbit Ethernet interface. vlan Enter the keyword vlan to specify a vlan interface. gigbitethernet Enter the keyword gigabitethernet to specify a one Gigabit Ethernet interface.
show arp Display the ARP table entries learned on a switch CPU. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show arp [cpu [cp | rp]] [interface interface | ip ip-address [mask] | macaddress mac-address mask] [static | dynamic] [summary] cpu cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords cpu cp to display the ARP entries learned on the Control Processor. cpu rp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cpu rp to display the ARP entries learned on the Route Processor.
Usage Information Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.
Example (Private VLAN) NOTE: In this example, Line 1 shows community VLAN 200 (in primary VLAN 10) in a PVLAN. Line 2 shows primary VLAN 10. Dell#show arp Protocol Address Age(min) Hardware Address Interface VLAN CPU --------------------------------------------------------------Internet 5.5.5.1 - 00:01:e8:43:96:5e Vl 10 pv 200 Internet 5.5.5.10 - 00:01:e8:44:99:55 Vl 10 Internet 10.1.2.4 1 00:01:e8:d5:9e:e2 Ma 0/0 Internet 10.10.10.4 1 00:01:e8:d5:9e:e2 Ma 0/0 Internet 10.16.127.
Related Commands arp retries — sets the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request. show hosts View the host table and DNS configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show hosts Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Example Related Commands Field Description Address Displays the IP addresses assigned to the host. Dell#show hosts Default domain is not set Name/address lookup uses static Name servers are not set Host Flags TTL Type -------- -------- ---ks (perm, OK) IP 4200-1 (perm, OK) IP 1230-3 (perm, OK) IP ZZr (perm, OK) IP Z10-3 (perm, OK) IP Dell# mappings Address ------2.2.2.2 192.68.69.2 192.68.99.2 192.71.18.2 192.71.23.1 traceroute — views the DNS resolution. ip host — configures a host.
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale E600i. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip cam command shown in the following example. Field Description Index Displays the CAM index number of the entry. Destination Displays the destination route of the index.
summary Displays the fib summary. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383. ● For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the switch ports on a line card.
Lines Description ICMP redirects... States if ICMP redirects are sent. ICMP unreachables... Example States if ICMP unreachable messages are sent.
down down --More-Dell# show ip interface configured TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 is down, line protocol is down Internet address is not set IP MTU is 1500 bytes Directed broadcast forwarding is disabled Proxy ARP is enabled Split Horizon is enabled Poison Reverse is disabled ICMP redirects are not sent ICMP unreachables are not sent IP unicast RPF check is not supported TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 is down, line protocol is down Internet address is 10.10.10.1/24 Broadcast address is 10.10.10.
show ip management-route View the IP addresses assigned to the Management interface. C9000 Series Syntax show ip management-route [all | connected | summary | static] Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only routes directly connected to the Management interface.
Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only routes directly connected to the Management interface. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a table listing the number of active and non-active routes and their sources. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to view non-active routes also.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Regular evaluation optimization enabled/disabled added to display output. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
protocol (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a routing protocol (bgp, isis, ospf, rip) or the keywords connected or static. NOTE: bgp, isis, ospf, and rip. ● If you enter bgp, you can include the BGP as-number . ● If you enter isis, you can include the ISIS routing-tag. ● If you enter ospf, you can include the OSPF process-id. process-id (OPTIONAL) Specify that only OSPF routes with a certain process ID must be displayed.
E2- OSPF external type 2, i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1 L2- IS-IS level-2, IA - IS-IS inter area, * - candidate default >- non-active route + - summary route Gateway of last resort is not set Destination Gateway Dist/Metric Last Change ----------- ------- ----------- ----------R 3.0.0.0/8 via 100.10.10.10, So 2/8 120/1 00:07:12 via 101.10.10.10, So 2/9 100.10.10.0/24 Direct, Te 2/8 0/0 00:08:54 > R 100.10.10.0/24 Direct, Te 2/8 120/0 00:08:54 C 101.10.10.0/24 Direct, Te 2/9 0/0 00:09:15 > R 101.10.10.
Example Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Usage Information The following describes the show ip route summary shown in the following example. Column Heading Description Route Source Identifies how the route is configured in the system. Active Routes Identifies the best route if a route is learned from two protocol sources. Non-active Routes Identifies the back-up routes when a route is learned by two different protocols. If the best route or active route goes down, the non-active route becomes the best route.
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip traffic summary shown in the following example. Keyword Definition unknown protocol... No receiver for these packets.
● ARP Statistics: Sent: Proxy: Object = f10ArpProxySent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.4.1.0 Introduced The following describes the show tcp statistics cp command shown in the following example. Field Description Rcvd: Displays the number and types of TCP packets received by the switch. ● Total = total packets received ● no port = number of packets received with no designated port 0 checksum error...
Field Description 0 Keepalive.... Lists the number of keepalive packets in timeout, the number keepalive probes and the number of TCP connections dropped during keepalive.
27 IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter. Important Points to Remember ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, see the cam-acl command. Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
nlbclusteracl number | ipv4pbr number | iscsioptaclnumber | openflow number | vrfv4ac numberl ]}} Parameters default Use the default CAM profile settings and set the CAM as follows: ● L3 ACL (ipv4acl): 4 ● L2 ACL(l2acl): 5 ● IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 0 ● L3 QoS (ipv4qos): 2 ● L2 QoS (l2qos): 1 ● OpenFlow: 0 (disabled) ● FCoE (fcoeacl): 0 (disabled) ● iSCSI Optimization (iscsioptacl): 0 (disabled) ● L2 PT : 0 ● IP-MAC ACL : 0 ● Vman QoS : 0 ● ECFM ACL: 0 ● IPv4 PBR : 0 ● VRFv4 ACL : 0 ● FedGov ACL : 0 ● NLB C
fedgovacl number nlbclusteracl number Enter fedgovacl and the FP block number for Fed Gov ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to . Enter nlbclusteracl and the FP block number for NLB Cluster ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6. ipv4pbr number Enter ipv4pbr and the FP block number for IPv4 PBR ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6. iscsioptacl Enter iscsioptacl and the FP block number for ISCSI optimization ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6.
cam-acl-egress Allocate space for IPv6 egress ACLs. C9000 Series Syntax cam-acl-egress {default | l2acl 1-3 ipv4acl 1-3 ipv6acl 0-2} Parameters default Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows: ● L2 ACL(l2acl): 1 ● L3 ACL (ipv4acl: 1 ● IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 2 l2acl 1-3 ipv4acl 1- 3 ipv6acl 0-2 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the allocation amount. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2.
clear counters ipv6 access-group Erase all counters maintained for the IPv6 access lists. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear counters ipv6 access-group [access-list-name] access-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured access-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.
the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. You can enter a threshold in the range of 1-100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. You can enter an interval in the range of 1-10 minutes.
● Use the no deny tcp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands.
[port]] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number ● Use the no deny udp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command Parameters log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
ipv6 access-list Configure an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 access-list access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ipv6 access-list access-list-name command. Parameters Defaults access-list-name Enter the access list name as a string, up to 140 characters. All access lists contain an implicit “deny any”; that is, if no match occurs, the packet is dropped.
CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
Usage Information Version Description 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is 5 minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introducued on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.
interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 The show cam-usage command is updated to display ECMP group count information. 9.5.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL. The following regions must be provided in the show cam-usage output: ● L3AclCam ● L2AclCam ● V6AclCam The following table describes the output fields of the show cam-usage command. Table 5.
| IN-V6-SysFlow | | IN-V6-McastFib | | OUT-L2 ACL | | OUT-L3 ACL | | OUT-V6 ACL 1 | 1 | IN-L2 ACL | | | IN-L2 FIB | | IN-L3 ACL | | IN-L3 FIB | | IN-L3-SysFlow --More-Example 2: Output of the show cam-usage acl Command | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1024 | 0 | 1024 | 1024 | 0 | 1024 | 0 | 0 | 0 320 | 0 | 320 | 32768 | 1136 | 31632 | 12288 | 2 | 12286 | 262141 | 14 | 262127 | 2878 | 44 | 2834 Dell#show cam-usage acl Stackunit|Portpipe| CAM Partition | To
Defaults out Enter the keyword out to display information for an ipv6 egress access-list attached to an interface. interface Enter the keyword interface to display information for an ipv6 access-list for a specific interface. None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to version 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Field Description “Ingress IPv6...
! ip access-list standard four seq 5 permit any count bytes seq 10 deny any count seq 20 deny host 2.2.2.
28 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking operating software version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, refer to the IPv6 Addressing chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
Defaults LPM CAM is not partitioned with Partition 1. IPv6 /65 to /128 prefixes are not converted to /64 prefixes and saved in the LPM table. All the packets for extended IPv6 route prefixes are transmitted using the default route path. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. clear ipv6 mld_host Clear the IPv6 MLD host counters and reset the elapsed time. C9000 Series Syntax clear ipv6 mld_host Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port-channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel with a portchannel number. The range of port-channel numbers is from 1 to 4096. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keywordvlan then a number from 1 to 4094. ● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel.
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Added support on the management Ethernet port. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. ● If two addresses are configured, delete an existing address before configuring a new address.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.1.(0.0) Updated Usage Information section. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Infomation ● SAA can configure up to two addresses. If any preferred prefix or valid timers time out, the corresponding address are deprecated or removed.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced. This command allows you to create an EUI64 address based on the specified prefix and MAC address only. Prefixes may be configured on the interface using the ipv6 nd prefix command without creating an EUI64 address.
Default Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
ipv6 name-server Enter up to six IPv6 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 name-server ipv6-address [ipv6-address2... ipv6-address6] To remove a name server, use the no ipv6 name—server ipv6–address command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the name server to be used. Note: The :: notation specifics successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. ipv6-address2...
INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
infinite Defaults Enter the keyword infinite to specify that the RDNSS lifetime does not expire. Not Configured Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.
Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48 ● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
ipv6 route Establish a static IPv6 route. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 route ipv6-address prefix-length {ipv6-address | interface | interface ipv6-address} [distance] [tag value] [permanent][weight weight-value [vrf vrf-name] To remove the IPv6 route, use the no ipv6 route ipv6-address prefix-length {ipv6address | interface | interface ipv6-address} [distance] [tag value] [permanent][weight weight-value [vrf vrf-name] command.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF.
Defaults Enabled; by default, extended IPv6 route prefixes are stored only in the L3 host table. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000. Use this command to enable programming of extended IPv6 (/65 to /128) route prefixes in the L3 host table.
configuration. Whenever unicast routing is disabled or re-enabled, the system generates a syslog message indicating the action.
Parameters Defaults slot-id Displays the cam entries for the mentioned linecard id. port-set Enter the keyword port-set and specify the port-set number. The port-set number value is 0. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed and the name of the VRF to display IPv6 CAM entries corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, IPv6 CAM entries corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. X:X:X:X::X (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address or host name.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example show ipv6 fib linecard Display all forwarding information base (FIB) entries for a line card.
::/0 2::/64 2::3/128 fe80::/10 fe80::2ff:eff:fe3f:a1/128 ::, Te 10/1 ::1 ::, Nu 0 ::1 00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 CP CP CP BLK HOLE CP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 show ipv6 flowlabel-zero Display the flow label zero setting. C9000 Series Syntax show ipv6 flowlabel-zero Default Disabled Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
● ● ● ● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword VLAN. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel. For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48.
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). If necessary, use the ipv6 address command to assign an IPv6 address to the Management port.
Global Anycast address(es): Joined Group address(es): ff02::1 ff02::2 ff02::1:ff00:8 ff02::1:ffff:6f08 ND MTU is 0 ICMP redirects are not sent DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts: 3 ND reachable time is 27000 milliseconds ND base reachable time is 30000 milliseconds ND advertised reachable time is 0 milliseconds ND advertised retransmit interval is 0 milliseconds ND router advertisements are sent every 200 to 600 seconds ND router advertisements live for 1800 seconds ND advertised hop limit is 64 IPv6 ho
Example Field Description Leaves The number of Multicast leaves that have been sent. MLDv1 queries The number of MLDv1 queries that have been received. MLDv2 queries The number of MLDv2 queries that have been received. Malformed Packets The number of MLDv1 and MLDv2 packets that do not match the requirement for a valid MLD packet.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. When you issue the show ipv6 neighbors without specifying any options, it will display all IPv6 neighbor addresses stored on the control processor (CP).
show ipv6 route Displays the IPv6 routes. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ipv6 route [ipv6-address prefix-length] [hostname] [all] [bgp as number] [connected] [isis tag] [list prefix-list name] [ospf process-id] [vrf vrf-name] [rip] [static] [summary] ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. The following describes the show ipv6 route command shown in the following examples.
Total 5 0 Total 5 active route(s) using 952 bytes IPv6 Basics 997
29 iSCSI Optimization Internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) optimization enables quality-of-service (QoS) treatment for iSCSI storage traffic on a switch. To configure and verify the iSCSI optimization feature, use the following Dell Networking OS commands.
iscsi aging time Set the aging time for iSCSI sessions. C9000 Series Syntax iscsi aging time time To remove the iSCSI session aging time, use the no iscsi aging time command. Parameters Defaults time Enter the aging time for the iSCSI session. The range is from 5 to 43,200 minutes. 10 minutes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. By default, iSCSI flows are assigned to dot1p priority 4. iscsi enable Globally enable iSCSI optimization.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. iscsi profile-compellant Configure the auto-detection of Dell Compellent arrays on a port. C9000 Series Syntax iscsi profile-compellent Defaults Dell Compellent disk arrays are not detected. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Version Description 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. You can configure up to 16 target TCP ports on the switch in one command or multiple commands. When you use the no iscsi target port command and the TCP port you want to delete is one bound to a specific IP address, the IP address value must be included in the command. show iscsi Display the currently configured iSCSI settings.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Dell# show isci session Session 0: -----------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Dell# show isci session detailed Session 0 : --------------------------------------------------Target:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia:ixload:iscsi-TG1 Initiator:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia.ixload:initiator-iscsi-2c Up Time:00:00:01:28(DD:HH:MM:SS) Time for aging out:00:00:09:34(DD:HH:MM:SS) ISID:806978696102 Initiator Initiator Target Target Connection IP Address TCP Port IP Address TCPPort ID 10.10.0.44 33345 10.10.0.
30 Layer 2 This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. This chapter contains the following sections: ● MAC Addressing Commands ● Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands ● Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) Topics: • • • MAC Addressing Commands Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses.
vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan then a VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.1.0 On the E-Series, available in INTERFACE VLAN context, reduced the minimum aging time in the INTERFACE VLAN context from 10 seconds to 1 second. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. mac learning-limit — sets the MAC address learning limits for a selected interface. show mac-address-table aging-time — displays the MAC aging time.
● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Ensure that address resolution protocol (ARP) refreshes the egress interface when a station move occurs due to a topology change. C9000 Series Syntax [no] mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
interval seconds Defaults Enter the keyword interval with the interval (in seconds). The range is from 1 to 60. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History Usage Information The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C1048P.
Defaults vlan vlan-id E-Series only: Enter the keyword then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. dynamic (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dynamic to allow aging of MACs even though a learning limit is configured. station-moveviolation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords station-move to allow a station move on learned MAC addresses. ● On S-Series, the default behavior is dynamic. NOTE: “Static” means manually entered addresses, which do not age.
mac learning-limit learn-limit-violation Configure an action for a MAC address learning-limit violation. C9000 Series Syntax mac learning-limit learn-limit-violation {log | shutdown} To return to the default, use the no mac learning-limit learn-limit-violation {log | shutdown} command. Parameters Defaults log Enter the keyword log to generate a syslog message on a learning-limit violation. shutdown Enter the keyword shutdown to shut down the port on a learning-limit violation.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays details of the mac learning-limit. mac learning-limit reset Reset the MAC address learning-limit error-disabled state.
Usage Information Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the C9010, MXL, FN IOM, S3100 series, S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F-ON, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, and Z9500. Only if you enable the port security, you will be able to configure MAC address learning limit configurations on the interface level. When you disable the port security, all the interface level configurations are reset.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.5.1.
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48. ● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
Column Heading Description ● fo — 40-Gigabit Ethernet then a slot/port. State Example Usage Information Lists if the MAC address is in use (Active) or not in use (Inactive).
show mac-address-table aging-time Display the aging times assigned to the MAC addresses on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show mac-address-table aging-time [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
Occasionally, while sending broadcast traffic over multiple Layer 3 VLANs, the VRRP state of a VLAN interface may continually switch between Master and Backup. NOTE: For more information, refer to VLAN Stacking and VLAN-related commands, such as portmode hybrid in the Interfaces chapter. default vlan-id Specify a VLAN as the Default VLAN. C9000 Series Syntax default vlan-id vlan-id To remove the default VLAN status from a VLAN and VLAN 1 does not exist, use the no default vlan-id vlan-id syntax.
default-vlan disable Disable the default VLAN so that all switchports are placed in the Null VLAN until they are explicitly configured as a member of another VLAN. C9000 Series Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To display information about a named VLAN, enter the show vlan command with the name parameter or the show interfaces description command. Related Commands interface vlan — configures a VLAN.
show vlan Display the current VLAN configurations on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show vlan [brief | id vlan-id | name vlan-name] Parameters brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the following information: ● VLAN ID ● VLAN name (left blank if none is configured) ● Spanning Tree Group ID ● MAC address aging time ● IP address id vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword id and VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094 to display the configuration of the specified VLAN.
Example Column Heading Description Status Displays the word Inactive for inactive VLANs and the word Active for active VLANs. Q ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Ports Displays the type, slot, and port information.
T Po20(Te 1/81) T Fo 2/0 Example (Brief) Example (Name) Dell#show vlan brief VLAN Name ---- -------------------------------1 10 20 30 STG ---0 0 0 0 MAC Aging --------1800 1800 1800 1800 IP Address -----------------unassigned unassigned 2.3.3.3/24 2.1.1.
is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. Defaults All interfaces in Layer 2 mode are untagged. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.
is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. Defaults All interfaces in Layer 2 mode are untagged. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of FEFD to view information on packets sent and received. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information When you enter no fefd for an interface and fefd-global, FEFD is enabled on the interface because the no fefd command is not retained in the configuration file. To keep the interface FEFD disabled when the global configuration changes, use the fefd reset command.
To return to the default value, use the no fefd interval command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a number as the time between FEFD control packets. The range is from 3 to 255 seconds. The default is 15 seconds. 15 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Related Commands The following is the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Related Commands ● fefd — enables far-end failure detection. fefd reset Reset all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults fefd reset [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ● fefd — enables far-end failure detection. ● fefd-global — enables FEFD globally on the system. fefd-global Enable FEFD globally on the system.
show fefd View FEFD status globally or on a specific interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show fefd [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Te 1/5 Te 1/6 Te 1/7 Te 1/8 Te 1/9 Te 1/10 Te 1/11 Dell# Related Commands 1036 Layer 2 ● ● ● ● Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive NA Aggressive 10 10 10 10 10 NA 10 Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Locally disabled Err-disabled fefd — enables far-end failure detection. fefd disable — disables FEFD on an interface only. fefd-global — enables FEFD globally on the system.
31 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This chapter contains commands for Dell Networks’s implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking operating software. NOTE: For static LAG commands, refer to Port Channel Commands in the Interfaces chapter), based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.
Related Commands show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on). C9000 Series Syntax debug lacp {config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]} To disable LACP debugging, use the no debug {config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]} command. Parameters config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug the LACP configuration. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug the LACP event information.
Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp long-timeout Configure a long timeout period (30 seconds) for an LACP session. C9000 Series Syntax lacp long-timeout To reset the timeout period to a short timeout (1 second), use the no lacp long-timeout command.
To return to the default setting, use the no lacp port-priority priority-value command. Parameters Defaults priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 32768. 32768 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. port-channel mode Configure the LACP port channel mode. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters port-channel number mode [active] [passive] [off] number Enter the keywords number then a number. active Enter the keyword active to set the mode to the active state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. passive Enter the keyword passive to set the mode to the passive state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information.
port-channel-protocol lacp Enable LACP on any LAN port. C9000 Series Syntax port-channel-protocol lacp To disable LACP on a LAN port, use the no port-channel-protocol lacp command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.
Example (Port-ChannelNumber) Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show lacp Port-channel 1 Actor System Partner System 1 admin up, oper up, mode lacp ID:Priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.a12b ID:Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
32 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) Link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. This chapter contains the following sections: ● LLPD Commands ● LLDP-MED Commands LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Added the vlan-name option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally.
advertise interface-port-desc Advertise port descriptor. Syntax advertise interface-port-desc {description | port-id} To remove the advertised port descriptor, use the no advertise interface—port—desc {description | port-id} command. Parameters Defaults description Enter the keyword description then the interface description. port-id Enter the keyword port-id then the port-id. The range is from 0 to 7.
Dell(conf-if-pegi-0/0/0-lldp)#advertise dot3-tlv power-via-mdi Dell(conf-if-pegi-0/0/0-lldp)# advertise management-tlv Advertise management TLVs (Type, Length, Value). C9000 Series Syntax advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | systemname} command.
advertise management-tlv (Interface) Advertise management type, length, values (TLVs) to the specified interface. C9000 Series Syntax advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | systemname} command.
● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48. ● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Example Version Description 9.13.0.0 Enhanced to display organizational specific unrecognized LLDP TLVs. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
management-interface Enable and configure LLDP protocol parameters on the management interface. C9000 Series Syntax management-interface To remove LLDP configuration on a management interface, use the no management-interface command. Command Modes LLDP (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. multiplier Set the number of consecutive misses before LLDP declares the interface dead. C9000 Series Syntax multiplier integer To return to the default, use the no multiplier integer command.
CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History Usage Information Example (configure the PE LLDP multiplier) Example (unconfigure the PE LLDP multiplier) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(1.6) Introduced on the C9010. PE LLDP timeout is based on the hello interval and multiplier value (for example: Default Hello interval: 3 seconds * multiplier: 3 seconds).
protocol lldp (Interface) Enter the LLDP protocol in INTERFACE mode. C9000 Series Syntax [no] protocol lldp To return to the global LLDP configuration mode, use the no protocol lldp command from Interface mode. Defaults LLDP is not enabled on the interface. Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
detail Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display all the TLV information, remote management IP addresses, timers, and LLDP tx and rx counters. None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example Example (Detail) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.13.0.
Remote Port ID: TenGigabitEthernEt 1/40 Local Port ID: TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 Locally assigned remote Neighbor Index: 1 Remote TTL: 120 Information valid for next 44 seconds Time since last information change of this neighbor: 00:01:16 UnknownTLVList: ( 9, 4) ( 10, 4) ( 11, 4) ( 12, 4) ( 13, 4) ( 14, 4) ( 15, 4) 18, 4) ( 19, 4) ( 20, 4) ( 21, 4) ( 22, 4) ( 23, 4) ( 24, 4) ( 25, 4) 28, 4) ( 29, 4) ( 30, 4) ( 31, 4) ( 32, 4) ( 33, 4) ( 34, 4) ( 35, 4) 38, 4) ( 39, 4) ( 40, 4) ( 41, 4) ( 42, 4) ( 43, 4) ( 44,
Remote Port ID: fortyGigE 1/2/8/1 Local Port ID: TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 Locally assigned remote Neighbor Index: 2 Remote TTL: 300 Information valid for next 201 seconds Time since last information change of this neighbor: 00:01:39 UnknownTLVList: OrgUnknownTLVList: ((00-01-66),127, 4) ((00-01-66),126, 4) ((00-01-66),125, 4) ((00-01-66),124, ((00-01-66),123, 4) ((00-01-66),122, 4) ((00-01-66),121, 4) ((00-01-66),120, 4) ((00-01-66),119, ((00-01-66),118, 4) ----------------------------------------------------
show lldp statistics Display the LLDP statistical information. C9000 Series Syntax show lldp statistics Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.
show running-config lldp Display the current global LLDP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show running-config lldp Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
Usage Information SNMP notification for the changes in the lldp remote entry table is throttled by 5 seconds (default), or the configured time set using this command. If more than one notification message is generated within the configured time, only the first one will be sent and the remaining messages are suppressed. LLDP-MED Commands The following are the LLDP-MED (Media Endpoint Discovery) commands.
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors.
Related Commands debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med location-identification To advertise a location identifier, configure the system.
advertise med power-via-mdi Configure the system to advertise the IEEE 802.1ab extended power via MDI TLV. C9000 Series Syntax [no] advertise med power-via-mdi To return to the default, use the no advertise med power-via-mdi command. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes ● LLDP CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) ● INTERFACE LLDP CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. number Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors.
Related Commands debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med video-signaling To advertise video control packets that use a separate network policy than video data, configure the system.
advertise med voice To advertise a dedicated IP telephony handset or other appliances supporting interactive voice services, configure the system. C9000 Series Syntax advertise med voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. number Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
33 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system. This chapter contains the following sections: ● IPv4 Multicast Commands NOTE: Dell Networking OS supports Multicast routing only on default VRFs . Topics: • • IPv4 Multicast Commands IPv6 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table.
Related Commands show ip pim tib — shows the PIM tree information base. mtrace Trace a multicast route from the source to the receiver. Syntax mtrace [vrf vrf-name] {source-address/hostname} [destination-address/ hostname] [group-address/hostname] Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. If VRF name is not mentioned, the default VRF will be used. Mtrace is not supported for management VRF.
The mtrace command traverses the path of the response data block in the reverse direction of the multicast data traffic. The mtrace command traverses the reverse path to the source from the destination. As a result, the tabular output of the mtrace command displays the destination details in the first row, followed by the RPF router details along the path in the consequent rows, and finally the source details in the last row.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. E-Series legacy command Related Commands show ip mroute — displays the routing table. ip multicast-limit To limit the number of multicast entries on the system, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax ip multicast-limit [vrf vrf-name] limit Parameters Defaults limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. The range is from 1 to 16000. The default is 4000.
ip multicast-routing Enable IP multicast forwarding. C9000 Series Syntax ip multicast-routing To disable multicast forwarding, use the no ip multicast-routing command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810.
vlt (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlt to view multicast routes with a spanned incoming interface. Enter a multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to limit the information displayed to the multicast routes for a specified multicast group and optionally a source multicast address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to limit the information displayed for a specified multicast source. Enter the keyword count to display the total number of multicast routes with the spanned IIF.
(*, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:39:33 flags: S Incoming interface: Vlan 10 Spanned outgoing interface list: Vlan 20 (S) Vlan 30 (50.1.1.2, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:39:33 flags: S Incoming interface: Vlan 10 Spanned outgoing interface list: Vlan 20 (S) Usage Information The following describes the show ip mroute command shown in the following example. Field Description (S, G) Displays the forwarding entry in the multicast route table.
Example Dell#show ip rpf RPF information for 10.10.10.9 RPF interface: Gi 3/4 RPF neighbor: 165.87.31.4 RPF route/mask: 10.10.10.9/255.255.255.255 RPF type: unicast IPv6 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv6 multicast commands. clear ipv6 mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table.
9.11.3.0 Introduced on the C9000, S3048–ON, S3100, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S6000– ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON and Z9100–ON. Usage Information After you enable multicast, you can enable IGMP and PIM on an interface. In INTERFACE mode, enter the ip pim sparse-mode command to enable IGMP and PIM on the interface. Related Commands ● ip pim sparse-mode — enable IGMP and PIM on an interface. show ipv6 mroute View the IPv6 multicast routing table.
Incoming interface: Vlan 1001 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 401 (2001:140:3:1::11, ff0e:225:0:1::1), uptime 18:01:13 Incoming interface: Vlan 1001 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 401 Dell# show ipv6 multicast-cam Display the content addressable memory (CAM) size and the portions allocated for IP multicast traffic.
Usage Information Version Description 9.11.3.0 Introduced on the C9000, S3048–ON, S3100, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S6000– ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON and Z9100–ON. Network administrators use static mroutes to control the reach-ability of the multicast sources. If a PIM-registered multicast source is reachable using static mroute as well as unicast route, the distance of each route is examined and the route with shorter distance is the one the PIM selects for reach-ability.
34 Multicast Listener Discovery Protocol The Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) protocol is used by IPv6 routers to discover multicast listeners on a directly attached link. Similar to the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP), which handles multicast group memberships in IPv4 networks, MLD is used for multicast management on IPv6 networks.
debug ipv6 mld Enable debugging on IPv6 MLD packets. Syntax debug ipv6 mld [vrf vrf-name] {group-address | interface} To turn off debugging, use the no debug ipv6 mld {group-address | interface} command. Parameters Defaults vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
To return to the default, use the no ipv6 mld last-member-query-interval {milliseconds} command. Parameters Defaults milliseconds Enter the last member query interval in milliseconds. The range is from 100 to 65535. 1000 milliseconds. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(3.
ipv6 mld version Configure the MLD version on the system. Syntax ipv6 mld version {1 | 2} Defaults MLD version 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F–ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, S3100, and C9010.
Example Dell#show ipv6 mld groups Total Number of Groups: 1 MLD Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Mode Reporter Ff08::12 Vlan 10 MLDv2 Uptime 00:00:12 Expires Last 00:02:05 1::2 show ipv6 mld interface View the configured MLD interfaces. Syntax Parameters show ipv6 mld [vrf vrf-name] interface [interface] vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF.
clear ipv6 mld snooping groups Clear entries from the group cache table. Syntax clear ipv6 mld snooping groups [interface | group-address] Parameters Defaults interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
ipv6 mld snooping Enable MLD snooping on a VLAN. Syntax ipv6 mld snooping To disable MLD snooping, use the no ipv6 mld snooping command. Defaults Enabled on all VLAN interfaces. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(0.
ipv6 mld snooping mrouter Configure a Layer 2 port as a multicast router port. Syntax ipv6 mld snooping mrouter interface {interface interface} Parameters Defaults interface Enter the keyword interfaceto indicate the next-hop interface to the multicast router. interface Enter one of the following keywords and the interface information: ● For a null interface, enter the keyword null then the slot/port information. The Null interface number is 0.
Parameters group-address (Optional) Enter the multicast group addresss in the X:X:X:X::X format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display a summary of groups. interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
MLD protocol processing disabled Current MLD snooping version is 2 MLD snooping is enabled on this interface MLD snooping querier is disabled and is currently inactive MLD snooping last member query response interval is 1000 ms MLD snooping explicit tracking is disabled show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter Display information on the MLD snooping router.
35 Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM Sparse-Mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections.
Version Description 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] Parameters Defaults group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
Parameters Defaults group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). rejected-sa Enter the keyword rejected-sa to clear the cache source-active entries that are rejected because the RPF check failed, an SA filter or limit is configured, the RP or MSDP peer is unreachable, or because of a format error. local Enter the keyword local to clear out local PIM advertised entries.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp cache-rejected-sa Enable an MSDP cache for the rejected source-active entries.
To remove the default peer, use the no ip msdp default-peer {peer address} list name command. Parameters Defaults peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) list name Enter the keywords list name and specify a standard access list that contains the RP address that should be treated as the default peer. If no access list is specified, then all SAs from the peer are accepted. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp mesh-group To be a member of a mesh group, configure a peer. C9000 Series Syntax ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} To remove the peer from a mesh group, use the no ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} command. Parameters Defaults name Enter a string of up to 16 characters long for as the mesh group name. peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Not configured.
● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured.
sa-limit number Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the maximum number of SA entries in SA-cache. The range is from 1 to 500000. The default it 500000. As described in the Parameters section. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced Modifications to the ACL do not have an immediate effect on the sa-cache. To apply the redistribute filter to entries already present in the SA cache, use the clear ip msdp sa-cache local command.
ip msdp sa-limit Configure the upper limit of source-active (SA) entries in SA-cache. C9000 Series Syntax ip msdp sa-limit number To return to the default, use the no ip msdp sa-limit number command. Parameters Defaults number Enter the maximum number of SA entries in SA-cache. The range is from 0 to 40000. 50000 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip multicast-msdp Enable MSDP.
Defaults sa-cache Enter the keywords sa-cache to display the Source-Active cache. summary Enter the keyword summary to display an MSDP peer summary. Not configured. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.
36 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking operating system, conforms to IEEE 802.1s.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.
forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. C9000 Series Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the number of seconds the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transiting to the Forwarding State. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Related Commands forward-delay — the amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. max-hops Configure the maximum hop count. C9000 Series Syntax max-hops number To return to the default values, use the no max-hops command. Parameters Defaults range Enter a number for the maximum hop count. The range is from 1 to 40. The default is 20.
Parameters msti instance Enter the MSTP iInstance. The range is from zero (0) to 63. vlan range Enter the keyword vlan then the identifier range value. The range is from 1 to 4094. bridge-priority priority Enter the keywords bridge-priority then a value in increments of 4096 as the bridge priority. The range is from zero (0) to 61440. Valid priority values are: 0, 4096, 8192, 12288, 16384, 20480, 24576, 28672, 32768, 36864, 40960, 45056, 49152, 53248, 57344, and 61440. All other values are rejected.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information For two MSTP switches to be within the same MSTP region, the switches must share the same region name (including matching case). Related Commands msti — maps the VLAN(s) to an MST instance.
Related Commands disable — disables multiple spanning tree. revision The revision number for the multiple spanning tree configuration. C9000 Series Syntax revision range To return to the default values, use the no revision command. Parameters Defaults range Enter the revision number for the MST configuration. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 0. 0 Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Example Dell#show spanning-tree mst configuration MST region name: CustomerSvc Revision: 2 MSTI VID 10 101-105 Dell# show spanning-tree msti View the multiple spanning tree instance. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree msti [instance-number [brief]] [guard] instance-number (Optional) Enter the multiple spanning tree instance number. The range is from 0 to 63. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the MST instance.
Port path cost 0, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.82 Designated root has priority 16384, address 0001.e800.0a:5c Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e802.35:06 Designated port id is 128.82, designated path cost Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU (Mrecords): sent 1109, received 0 The port is not in the portfast mode Port 88 (TenGigabitEthernet 2/6) is root Forwarding Port path cost 0, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.
BPDU (MRecords): sent 21, received 9 The port is not in the Edge port mode Usage Information Example (Guard) The following describes the show spanning-tree msti 5 guard command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Name MSTP interface. Instance MSTP instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), or shut down (EDS Shut). Guard Type Type of STP guard configured (Root, Loop, or BPDU guard).
spanning-tree msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance cost and priority for an interface. C9000 Series Syntax spanning-tree msti instance {cost cost | priority priority} Parameters Defaults msti instance Enter the keyword msti and the MST instance number. The range is from zero (0) to 63. cost cost (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000.
shutdownonviolation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords shutdown-on-violation to hardware disable an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
Usage Information 1120 Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced By default, the system implements an optimized flush mechanism for MSTP. This mechanism helps in flushing the MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often) allowing for faster convergence during topology changes. However, if a standards-based flush mechanism is needed, this knob command can be turned on to enable flushing MAC addresses after receiving every topology change notification.
37 Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) The neighbor discovery protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. count value Defaults Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 65534. The default is infinity. None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.
hop–limit Enable the verification of the advertised hop count limit. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed. Syntax hop-limit {maximum | minimum limit} To reset the hop count limit, use the no hop-limit {maximum | minimum limit} command. Parameters Defaults maximum limit Enter the keyword maximum then the hop limit value. The range is from 0 to 254. minimum limit Enter the keyword minimum then the hop limit value. The range is from 0 to 254.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches. ● show ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — display the configuration applied on all the RA guard policies or a specific RA guard policy. ipv6 nd ra–guard enable Allow you to configure the RA guard related commands. Syntax ipv6 nd ra-guard enable To disable the RA guard, use the no ipv6 nd ra-guard enable command.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches. ● ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. managed-config-flag Set the managed address configuration flag. Syntax managed-config-flag {on | off} To clear the flag, use the no managed-config-flag {on | off} command. Parameters Defaults on Enter the keyword on to set the managed-config-flag value as ON.
ipv6–macaccess-list name Defaults Enter the keywords ipv6–mac-access-list then the mac-access-list name. The mac-access-list name allows a maximum of 140 characters. None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.
other–config–flag Enable the verification of the advertised other configuration parameter. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed. Syntax other-config-flag {on | off} To reset the other configuration parameter, use the no other-config-flag {on | off} command. Parameters Defaults on Enter the keyword on to set the other-config-flag value as ON. off Enter the keyword off to set the other-config flag value as OFF.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches. ● ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. ● ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode. retrans-time Enable the verification of the configured retransmission timer value in the received RA packets.
Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches. ● ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands.
show config Display the RA guard policy mode configurations. Syntax show config Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Parameter policy policy- name Enter the keyword policy then the policy name. The policy name allows a maximum of 140 characters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
38 Object Tracking Object Tracking supports IPv4 and IPv6 protocols. Object tracking allows you to define objects of interest, monitor their state, and report to a client when a change in an object’s state occurs.
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Dell#debug track all 04:35:04: %RPM0-P:RP2 %OTM-5-STATE: track 6 - Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 line-protocol DOWN 04:35:04: %RPM0-P:RP2 %OTM-5-NOTIF: VRRP notification: resource ID 6 DOWN delay Configure the time delay used before communicating a change in the status of a tracked object to clients.
● track interface line-protocol – configures object tracking on the line-protocol state of a Layer 2 interface. ● track ip route metric threshold – configures object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric. ● track ip route reachability – configures object tracking on the reachability of an IPv4 route. description Enter a description of a tracked object. C9000 Series Syntax description {text} To remove the description, use the no description {text} command.
Command History Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Dell#show running-config track track 1 ip route 23.0.0.
resolution (OPTIONAL) Display information on the configured resolution values used to scale protocol-specific route metrics. The range is 0 to 255. brief (OPTIONAL) Display a single line summary of the tracking information for a specified object, object type, or all tracked objects. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) E-Series only: Display information on only the tracked objects that are members of the specified VRF instance. The maximum is 32 characters.
5 changes, last change 00:02:16 Metric threshold down 255 up 254 First-hop interface is TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 Tracked by: VRRP TenGigabitEthernet 2/3/4 IPv6 VRID 1 Track 3 IPv6 route 2050::/64 reachability Reachability is Up (STATIC) 5 changes, last change 00:02:16 First-hop interface is TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 Tracked by: VRRP TenGigabitEthernet 2/3/4 IPv6 VRID 1 Example (Brief) Related Commands Dell>show track brief ResId Resource Parameter State LastChange 1 IP route reachability 10.16.0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Determine the UP/DOWN state of a tracked route by the threshold for the current value of the route metric in the routing table. To provide a common tracking interface for different clients, route metrics are scaled in the range 0 to 255, where 0 is connected and 255 is inaccessible.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Use this command to create an object that tracks the line-protocol state of a Layer 2 interface by monitoring its operational status (UP or DOWN). When the link-level status goes down, the tracked object status is considered to be DOWN; if the link-level status is up, the tracked object status is considered to be UP.
always considers a lower value to have priority over a higher value. The resulting scaled value is compared against the configured threshold values to determine the state of a tracked route as follows: ● If the scaled metric for a route entry is less than or equal to the UP threshold, the state of a route is UP. ● If the scaled metric for a route is greater than or equal to the DOWN threshold or the route is not entered in the routing table, the state of a route is DOWN.
If the next-hop address in the ARP cache ages out for a route tracked for its reachability, an attempt is made to regenerate the ARP cache entry if the next-hop address appears before considering the route DOWN. Related Commands ● show track – displays information about tracked objects, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the object. ● track ip route metric threshold – configures object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric.
Parameters Defaults object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is from 1 to 500. isis resolution- value Enter the resolution used to convert the metric in the routing table for ISIS routes to a scaled metric. ospf resolutionvalue Enter the resolution used to convert the metric in the routing table for OSPF routes to a scaled metric. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show track ipv6 route Display information about all tracked IPv6 routes, including configuration, current tracked state (UP or DOWN), and the clients which are tracking an object. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show track ipv6 route [brief] brief (OPTIONAL) Display a single line summary of information for tracked IPv6 routes. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Example Dell#show track ipv6 route Track 2 IPv6 route 2040::/64 metric threshold Metric threshold is Up (STATIC/0/0) 5 changes, last change 00:02:30 Metric threshold down 255 up 254 First-hop interface is TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 Tracked by: VRRP TenGigabitEthernet 2/4/1 IPv6 VRID 1 Track 3 IPv6 route 2050::/64 reachability Reachability is Up (STATIC) 5 changes, last change 00:02:30 First-hop interface is TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 Tracked by: VRRP TenGigabitEthernet 2/4/1 IPv6 VRID Example (Brief) Dell#sh
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced.
A tracked IPv6 route is considered to match an entry in the routing table only if the exact IPv6 address and prefix length match a table entry. For example, when configured as a tracked route, 3333:100:200:300:400::/80 does not match routing table entry 3333:100:200:300::/64. If no route-table entry has the exact IPv6 address and prefix length, the status of the tracked route is considered to be DOWN.
A tracked route is considered to match an entry in the routing table only if the exact IPv6 address and prefix length match a table entry. For example, when configured as a tracked route, 3333:100:200:300:400::/80 does not match routing table entry 3333:100:200:300::/64. If no route-table entry has the exact IPv6 address and prefix length, the tracked route is considered to be DOWN.
track resolution ipv6 route Configure the protocol-specific resolution value used to scale an IPv6 route metric. C9000 Series Syntax track resolution ipv6 route {isis resolution-value | ospf resolution-value} To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters Defaults object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is from 1 to 500.
39 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single Autonomous System (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors. The fundamental mechanisms of OSPF (flooding, DR election, area support, SPF calculations, and so on) are the same for OSPFv2 and OSPFv3.
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. area range Summarize routes matching an address/mask at an area border router (ABR).
Usage Information Only the routes within an area are summarized, and that summary is advertised to other areas by the ABR. External routes are not summarized. Related Commands area stub — creates a stub area. router ospf — enters ROUTER OSPF mode to configure an OSPF instance. area stub Configure a stub area, which is an area not connected to other areas. C9000 Series Syntax area area-id stub [no-summary] To delete a stub area, use the no area area-id stub command.
auto-cost Specify how the OSPF interface cost is calculated based on the reference bandwidth method. C9000 Series Syntax auto-cost [reference-bandwidth ref-bw] To return to the default bandwidth or to assign cost based on the interface type, use the no autocost [reference-bandwidth] command. Parameters Defaults ref-bw (OPTIONAL) Specify a reference bandwidth in megabits per second. The range is from 1 to 4294967. The default is 100 megabits per second. 100 megabits per second.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ip ospf statistics Clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip ospf process-id vrf vrf-name statistics [interface name {neighbor router-id}] Parameters Defaults process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared.
Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf statistics — displays the OSPF statistics. debug ip ospf Display debug information on OSPF. Entering the debug ip ospf commands enables OSPF debugging for the first OSPF process.
Usage Information 1158 Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the debug ip ospf command shown in the Example below. Field Description 8:14 Displays the time stamp. OSPF Displays the OSPF process ID: instance ID. v: Displays the OSPF version. The system supports version 2 only.
Example Field Description bdr: Displays the IP address of the Border Area Router. Dell#debug ip ospf 1 packet OSPF process 90, packet debugging is on Dell# 08:14:24 : OSPF(100:00): Xmt. v:2 t:1(HELLO) l:44 rid:192.1.1.1 aid:0.0.0.1 chk:0xa098 aut:0 auk: keyid:0 to:Te 1/3 dst:224.0.0.5 netmask:255.255.255.0 pri:1 N-, MC-, E+, T-, hi:10 di:40 dr:90.1.1.1 bdr:0.0.0.0 default-information originate To generate a default external route into an OSPF routing domain, configure the system.
Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute — redistributes routes from other routing protocols into OSPF. default-metric Change the metrics of redistributed routes to a value useful to OSPF. Use this command with the redistribute command. C9000 Series Syntax default-metric number To return to the default values, use the no default-metric [number] command. Parameters Defaults number Enter a number as the metric. The range is from 1 to 16777214. Disabled.
Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. distance ospf Configure an OSPF distance metric for different types of routes. C9000 Series Syntax distance ospf [external dist3] [inter-area dist2] [intra-area dist1] To delete these settings, use the no distance ospf command. Parameters Defaults external dist3 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword external then a number to specify a distance for external type 5 and 7 routes.
distribute-list in Apply a filter to incoming routing updates from OSPF to the routing table. C9000 Series Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To delete a filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] command. Parameters Defaults prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For Port Channel groups, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
Parameters Defaults prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. bgp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bgp to specify that BGP routes are distributed. NOTE: BGP and ISIS routes are not available on the C-Series. BGP, ISIS, and RIP routes are not available on the S-Series. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to specify that connected routes are distributed. isis (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword isis to specify that IS-IS routes are distributed.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.
graceful-restart grace-period Specifies the time duration, in seconds, that the router’s neighbors continue to advertise the router as fully adjacent regardless of the synchronization state during a graceful restart. C9000 Series Syntax graceful-restart grace-period seconds To disable the grace period, use the no graceful-restart grace-period command. Parameters Defaults seconds Time duration, in seconds, that specifies the duration of the restart process before OSPF terminates the process.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Restart role enabled on the S-Series (Both Helper and Restart roles now supported on S-Series). Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.7.1.0 Added Helper-Role support on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
graceful-restart role Specify the role for your OSPF router during graceful restart. C9000 Series Syntax graceful-restart role [helper-only | restart-only] To disable graceful restart role, use the no graceful-restart role command. Parameters Defaults role helper-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords helper-only to specify the OSPF router is a helper only during graceful restart.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf authentication-key Enable authentication and set an authentication key on OSPF traffic on an interface.
ip ospf cost Change the cost associated with the OSPF traffic on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf cost cost To return to default value, use the no ip ospf cost command. Parameters Defaults cost Enter a number as the cost. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default cost is based on the reference bandwidth. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Usage Information The time interval between the hello packets must be the same for routers in a network. Related Commands ip ospf dead-interval — sets the time interval before a router is declared dead. ip ospf message-digest-key Enable OSPF MD5 authentication and send an OSPF message digest key on the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf message-digest-key keyid md5 key To delete a key, use the no ip ospf message-digest-key keyid command. Parameters Defaults keyid Enter a number as the key ID.
ip ospf mtu-ignore Disable OSPF MTU mismatch detection upon receipt of database description (DBD) packets. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf mtu-ignore To return to the default, use the no ip ospf mtu-ignore command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf priority To determine the designated router for the OSPF network, set the priority of the interface.
ip ospf retransmit-interval Set the retransmission time between lost link state advertisements (LSAs) for adjacencies belonging to the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf retransmit-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf retransmit-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 5 seconds.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. C9000 Series Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters Defaults number Specify the number of paths. The range for OSPFv2 is from 1 to 64. The default for OSPFv2 is 4 paths. The range for OSPFv3 is from 1 to 64. The default for OSPFv3 is 8 paths.
NOTE: If the area ID is smaller than 65535, it is converted to a decimal value. For example, if you use an area ID of 0.0.0.1, it is converted to 1. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
redistribute Redistribute information from another routing protocol throughout the OSPF process. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute {connected | rip | static} [metric metric-value | metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute {connected | isis | rip | static} command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to specify that information from active routes on interfaces is redistributed.
redistribute bgp Redistribute BGP routing information throughout the OSPF instance. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute bgp as number [metric metric-value] | [metric-type type-value] | [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute bgp as number [metric metric-value] | [metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] command. Parameters as number Enter the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65535.
redistribute isis Redistribute IS-IS routing information throughout the OSPF instance. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metricvalue | metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value | metric-type type-value] [route-map mapname] [tag tag-value] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process.
router-id To configure a fixed router ID, use this command. C9000 Series Syntax router-id ip-address To remove the fixed router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the router ID in the IP address format. none. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
router ospf To configure an OSPF instance, enter ROUTER OSPF mode. C9000 Series Syntax router ospf process-id [vrf {vrf name}] To delete an OSPF instance, use the no router ospf process-id command. Parameters Defaults process-id Enter a number for the OSPF instance. The range is from 1 to 65535. vrf-name Enter the VRF process identifier to tie the OSPF instance to the VRF. All network commands under this OSPF instance are then tied to the VRF instance. Not configured.
show config Display the non-default values in the current OSPF configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added output for LSA throttling timers. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.9.1.0 Added support for VRF on E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Added support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.8.1.0 Added the process-id option, in support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
show ip ospf asbr Display all autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) routers visible to OSPF. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show ip ospf process-id | vrf vrf-name asbr process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to view all ASBR routers visible to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF.
show ip ospf database Display all LSA information. If you do not enable OSPF on the switch, no output is generated. C9000 Series Syntax show ip ospf process-id [vrf vrf-name] database [database-summary] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view LSA information on OSPF processes corresponding to that VRF.
11.1.2.1 11.1.2.1 673 0x80000005 0x707e 13.1.1.1 13.1.1.1 676 0x80000097 0x1035 192.68.135.2 192.68.135.2 1419 0x80000294 0x9cbd Link ID 10.2.3.2 10.2.4.2 Link ID 0.0.0.0 1.1.1.1 10.1.1.0 10.1.2.0 10.2.2.0 10.2.3.0 10.2.4.0 11.1.1.0 11.1.2.0 12.1.2.0 13.1.1.0 13.1.2.0 172.16.1.0 Dell> Related Commands 2 2 1 Network (Area 0.0.0.0) ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum 13.1.1.1 676 0x80000003 0x6592 192.68.135.2 908 0x80000055 0x683e Type-5 AS External ADV Router Age Seq# 192.68.135.2 908 0x80000052 192.68.135.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 104.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000010 Checksum: 0x4198 Length: 28 --More-Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database external Display information on the AS external (type 5) LSAs. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name ] database external [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database external command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: ● TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
Checksum: 0xa00e Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Metrics Type: 2 TOS: 0 Metrics: 1 Forward Address: 0.0.0.0 External Route Tag: 701 Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database network Display the network (type 2) LSA information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] database network [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database network command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: ● TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
show ip ospf database nssa-external Display NSSA-External (type 7) LSA information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id { vrf vrf-name] database nssa-external [linkstate-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to view a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to view opaque-area LSA information corresponding to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
Example Item Description Opaque Type Displays the Opaque type field (the first 8 bits of the Link State ID). Opaque ID Displays the Opaque type-specific ID (the remaining 24 bits of the Link State ID). Dell>show ip ospf 1 database opaque-area OSPF Router with ID (3.3.3.3) (Process ID 1) Type-10 Opaque Link Area (Area 0) LS age: 1133 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Type-10 Opaque Link Area Link State ID: 1.0.0.1 Advertising Router: 10.16.1.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database router Display the router (type 1) LSA information.
Usage Information Example Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database router command shown in the following example. Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: ● TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.130.1 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.130.1 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.142.2 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.142.2 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.141.2 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.141.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 9 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.32.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000016 Checksum: 0x987c Length: 28 Network Mask: /24 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 7 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.33.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.
Timer intervals configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit 5 Hello due in 00:00:02 Neighbor Count is 1, Adjacent neighbor count is 1 Adjacent with neighbor 192.168.253.1 (Backup Designated Router) TenGigabitEthernet 1/23 is up, line protocol is up Internet Address 192.168.0.1/24, Area 0.0.0.1 Process ID 1, Router ID 192.168.253.2, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 1 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DROTHER, Priority 1 Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.5, Interface address 192.168.0.
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip ospf process-id neighbor command shown in the following example. Item Description Neighbor ID Displays the neighbor router ID. Pri Displays the priority assigned neighbor. State Displays the OSPF state of the neighbor. Dead Time Displays the expected time until the system declares the neighbor dead. Address Displays the IP address of the neighbor. Interface Displays the interface type slot/port information.
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. This command is useful in isolating routing problems between the OSPF and the RTM. For example, if a route is missing from the RTM/FIB but is visible from the display output of this command, the problem is with downloading the route to the RTM. This command has the following limitations: ● The display output is sorted by prefixes; intra-area ECMP routes are not displayed together.
Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
Example Error Type Description Non-Dr Received packets with a destination address of ALL_DRS even though SELF is not a designated router. Self-Org Receive the self originated packet. Wrong_Len The received packet length is different to what was indicated in the OSPF header. Invld-Nbr LSA, LSR, LSU, and DDB are received from a peer which is not a neighbor peer. Nbr-State LSA, LSR, and LSU are received from a neighbor with stats less than the loading state.
Version No-Buffer Q-OverFlow 0 0 0 AreaMis Seq-No Unknown-Pkt 0 0 0 Conf-Issues Socket RtidZero 0 0 0 Error packets (Transmit statistics) Socket Errors 0 Usage Information Example (Statistics) The show ip ospf process-id statistics command displays the error packet count received on each interface as: ● The hello-timer remaining value for each interface ● The wait-timer remaining value for each interface ● The grace-timer remaining value for each interface ● The packet count received and transmitte
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. To isolate problems with inter-area and external routes, use this command. In OSPF inter-area and external routes are calculated by adding LSA cost to the cost of reaching the router. If an inter-area or external route is not of correct cost, the display can determine if the path to the originating router is correct or not. Dell#show ip ospf 1 topology Router ID 3.3.3.3 1.1.1.
With the not-advertise parameter configured, you can use this command to filter out some external routes. For example, if you want to redistribute static routes to OSPF, but you don't want OSPF to advertise routes with prefix 1.1.0.0, you can configure the summary-address 1.1.0.0 255.255.0.0 notadvertise to filter out all the routes fall in range 1.1.0.0/16. Related Commands area range — summarizes routes within an area.
Usage Information Example Setting the delay and holdtime parameters to a low number enables the switch to an alternate path quickly but requires more CPU usage. DellEMC# conf DellEMC(conf)# router ospf 1 DellEMC(conf-router_ospf-1)# timer spf 2 5 msec DellEMC(conf-router_ospf-1)# show config ! router ospf 1 timers spf 2 5 msec DellEMC(conf-router_ospf-1)# end timers throttle lsa all Configure LSA transmit intervals.
timers throttle lsa arrival Configure the LSA acceptance intervals. C9000 Series Syntax timers throttle lsa arrival arrival-time To return to the default, use the no timers throttle lsa command. Parameters Defaults arrival-time Set the interval between receiving the same LSA repeatedly, to allow sufficient time for the system to accept the LSA. The range is from 0 to 600,000 milliseconds. 1000 msec Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
MD5 | SHA1 Authentication type: Message Digest 5 (MD5) or Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1). key-encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. key The values are 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). Text string used in authentication. For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured.
ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295. esp encryptionalgorithm Encryption algorithm used with ESP. Valid values are: 3DES, DES, AES-CBC, and NULL. For AES-CBC, only the AES-128 and AES-192 ciphers are supported. key-encryptionalgorithm key (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). Text string used in encryption.
The configuration of IPsec encryption on an interface-level takes precedence over an area-level configuration. If you remove an interface configuration, an area encryption policy that has been configured is applied to the interface. To remove an IPsec encryption policy from an interface, enter the no area area-id encryption spi number command. Related Commands ipv6 ospf encryption – configures an IPsec encryption policy on an OSPFv3 interface.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. auto-cost Specify how the OSPF interface cost is calculated based on the reference bandwidth method. C9000 Series Syntax auto-cost [reference-bandwidth ref-bw] To return to the default bandwidth or to assign cost based on the interface type, use the no autocost [reference-bandwidth] command. Parameters Defaults ref-bw (OPTIONAL) Specify a reference bandwidth in megabits per second.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ipv6 route Clear (refresh) all or a specific route from the IPv6 routing table. C9000 Series Syntax clear ipv6 route {* | ipv6-address prefix-length }[vrf vrf-name] Parameters * Enter the * to clear (refresh) all routes from the IPv6 routing table. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format.
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then a number.
Te 0/2 (diag: NO_DIAG) 00:59:45 : OSPFv3INFO: OSPFV3 got BFD msg 00:59:45 : OSPFv3INFO: Bfd Msg Type Up for interface Te 0/2 00:59:45 : OSPFv3INFO: OSPFV3 updating NBR state debug ipv6 ospf events Display debug information and interface types on OSPF IPv6 events.
Lines Beginning With or Including Description Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version.. type: Displays the type of packet sent: ● 1 - Hello packet ● 2 - database description ● 3 - link state request ● 4 - link state update ● 5 - link state acknowledgement Length: Displays the OSPFv3 packet length. Router ID: Displays the OSPFv3 router ID. Area ID: Displays the OSPFv3 area ID. Chksum: Displays the OSPFv3 checksum.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version..
Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced the command. The following section describes the command fields. Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version.. Example default-information originate Configure the system to generate a default external route into an OSPFv3 routing domain.
Related Commands redistribute — redistributes routes from other routing protocols into OSPFv3. graceful-restart grace-period Enable OSPFv3 graceful restart globally by setting the grace period (in seconds) that an OSPFv3 router’s neighbors continues to advertise the router as adjacent during a graceful restart. C9000 Series Syntax graceful-restart grace-period seconds To disable OSPFv3 graceful restart, enter no graceful-restart grace-period.
Parameters Defaults planned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords planned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in a planned restart condition only. unplanned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords unplanned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in an unplanned restart condition only. OSPFv3 graceful restart supports both planned and unplanned failures. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. ● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number.
● Duplicate Address Detection (DAD): Allow a node to check whether a proposed address is already in use. ● Redirect: The router can inform a node about a better first-hop. Use the ipv6 neighbor command to manually configure the IPv6 address of a neighbor to be discovered by the switch. NOTE: The parameters vrf, mac-address, interface are not supported in the batch mode. ipv6 ospf area Enable IPv6 OSPF on an interface.
MD5 | SHA1 Authentication type: Message Digest 5 (MD5) or Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1). key-encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. key Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). Text string used in authentication. For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured.
interval milliseconds min_rx milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval to specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 200. Enter the keywords min_rx to specify the minimum rate at which the local system receives control packets from the remote system. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 200.
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
ipv6 ospf encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ipv6 ospf encryption {null | ipsec spi number esp encryption-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key athentication-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key}} null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295.
Usage Information Before you enable IPsec encryption on an OSPFv3 interface, first enable IPv6 unicast routing globally, configure an IPv6 address and enable OSPFv3 on the interface, and assign the interface to an area. An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router. Configure the same encryption policy (same SPI and key) on each OSPFv3 interface in a link.
ipv6 ospf hello-interval Specify the time interval between the hello packets sent on the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 ospf hello—interval seconds To return to the default time interval, enter no ipv6 ospf hello—interval. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the time interval in seconds as the time between hello packets. The range is from 1 to 65525 seconds. 10 seconds (Ethernet). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ipv6 ospf priority To determine the Designated Router for the OSPFv3 network, set the priority of the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 ospf priority number To return to the default time interval, use the no ipv6 ospf priority command. Parameters Defaults number Enter the number as the priority. The range is from 1 to 255. 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. C9000 Series Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command.
To enable sending routing updates on an interface, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. metric metric- Enter the keyword metric then the metric value. value The range is from 0 to 16777214. The default is 20. metric-type type-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then the OSPFv3 link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes.
router-id Designate a fixed router ID. C9000 Series Syntax router-id ip-address To return to the previous router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the router ID in the dotted decimal format. The router ID is selected automatically from the set of IPv4 addresses configured on a router. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. The show crypto ipsec policy command output displays the AH and ESP parameters configured in IPsec security policies, including the SPI number, keys, and algorithms used.
Policy name : OSPFv3-0-501 Policy refcount : 1 Inbound ESP SPI : 501 (0x1F5) Outbound ESP SPI : 501 (0x1F5) Inbound ESP Auth Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba8ed8bb5efe91e97eb7c0 c30808825fb5 Outbound ESP Auth Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba8ed8bb5efe91e97eb7c0 c30808825fb5 Inbound ESP Cipher Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba10345a1039ba8f8a Outbound ESP Cipher Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba10345a1039ba8f8a Transform se
Example Table 7. show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Command Description Field Description Interface IPv6 interface. Link local address IPv6 address of interface IPSecv6 policy name Name of the IPsec security policy applied to the interface. inbound/outbound ah Authentication policy applied to inbound or outbound traffic. inbound/outbound esp Encryption policy applied to inbound or outbound traffic. spi Security policy index number used to identify the policy.
Interface: TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 Link Local address: fe80::201:e8ff:fe40:4d11 IPSecv6 policy name: OSPFv3-1-600 inbound ah sas outbound ah sas inbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE outbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE show ipv6 ospf interface View OSPFv3 interface information.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms ( Except MXL and STOMP ). 9.2.(0.0) Added support for showing BFD status on the S4820T, S4810, and Z9000. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.
show ipv6 ospf database Display information in the OSPFv3 database, including link-state advertisements (LSAs) in detail. Syntax show ipv6 ospf [process-number] [vrf vrf-name] database [database-summary | grace-lsa | external | inter-area-prefix | inter-area-router | intra-areaprefix | link | network | router | nssa-external] Parameters process-number Enter the OSPF process number.
Usage Information Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.2 Added support for the display of graceful restart parameters and Type-11 Grace LSAs on E-Series routers. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. The show ipv6 ospf database command output displays detailed information on the OSPFv3 database, including link-state advertisements (LSAs).
Parameters process-number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display OSPF neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Dell# snmp context Configure SNMPv3 context name to map multiple OSPFv3 VRF instances. Syntax snmp context {context-name} To clear snmp context, use the no snmp context {context-name} command. Parameters Defaults context-name Enter the SNMP context name. The maximum length is 32 alphanumeric characters. None. Command Modes IPv6 ROUTER OSPF Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific.
40 PE Console Commands To configure a C1048P port extender from an attached PE console, you can use the following commands. Use these commands when the port extender cannot connect to a C9010. You can also enter the PE console commands to debug an error condition in a PE stack.
• • • • • • • • diag offline online power-cycle show control-bridge status show system telnet-peer-stack-unit upgrade system diag Run offline diagnostics on all stack-units. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters diag {stack-unit unit-number} [alllevels | level0 | level1 | level2] [interactive] [testname name] [terminate] stack-unit unit- number Defaults Enter the stack-unit value to run offline diagnostic test on a specified stackunit. The stack-unit range is 0 to 7.
The PE unit goes offline and reboots automatically after the test is completed. Once the test is finished, the diag report is generated, and it is stored in the PE flash. To view the diag report, use the show diag pe pe-id stack-unit unit-number command from C9000 system. The show diag pe command uploads the TestReport from the PE to the C9000. The filename of the TestReport is:TestReport-SU-Stack-Unit-Number-PE-pe-idYear_Month_Day_Unique-Tag.
Parameters Defaults stack-unit slot-id Enter the keyword stack-unit and specify the stack-unit number. The stackunit number range is from 0 to 7. none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
Diagnostics Proceed with Diags [confirm yes/no]: yes Dell#Jun 25 05:15:14: %PE-UNKN-C1048P:3 %DIAGAGT-6-DA_DIAG_STARTED: Starting diags on stack-unit 3 14:19:49 : Approximate time to complete the Diags (level0)... 2 Mins Related Commands ● diag — run diagnostic tests on an offline switch. ● offline — places the stack-unit in the offline state to run the diagnostics tests.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C1048P.
Example (PE Console) Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 The Boot Flash field displays the code level for boot code 2.8.1.1 and newer, while older boot codes display as "Present". 7.7.1.0 Added Master Priority field. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Dell#show system stack-unit 1 -- Unit 1 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : C1048P - 48-port GE (VE) Current Type : C1048P - 48-port GE (VE) Master priority : 2 Hardware Rev : 5.
Interface Connection --------------------1/50 1/51 Example (show system stack unit – disabled ports) Example (show system brief) Example (S6000) Dell#show system Stack MAC : 90:b1:1c:f4:9b:79 Reload-Type : normal-reload [Next boot : normal-reload] -- Unit 0 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Current Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 4.
Example (S4810) Dell#show system stack-unit 0 -- Unit 0 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Current Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 4.0 Num Ports : 128 Up Time : 21 min, 8 sec Dell Networking OS Version : 9-4(0-168) Jumbo Capable : yes POE Capable : no FIPS Mode : disabled Boot Flash : 3.1.1.2 Boot Selector : 3.1.0.
Serial Number Part Number Vendor Id Date Code Country Code Piece Part ID PPID Revision Service Tag Expr Svc Code Auto Reboot Burned In MAC No Of MACs : : : : : : : : : : : : NA NA NA NA N/A 0 disabled 00:00:00:00:00:00 3 -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed(rpm) --------------------------------------------------------------1 1 up AC up 18528 1 2 absent absent 0 -- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan1 Speed Fan2 Speed -------------------------------------
reset show telnet-peer-stack-unit stack-unit Example Reset selected card PE Show running system information Open a telnet connection to the peer Dell#telnet-peer-stack-unit Trying Unit 2... Connected to Unit 2. Exit character is '^]'. Login: admin Password: Jun 24 10:14:11: %PE-UNKN-UNIT2-S:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user admin on line vty0 ( Unit 3 ) Dell(standby)>en Dell(standby)#exit Session terminated for user admin on line vty 0 ( Unit 3 ) Closed connection.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Added support for the SSD on the Z9000 only. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added support for TFTP and SCP. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. You can specify the source location and can choose usbflash: or flash: as a source location. You can choose rmpA (for partition A) or rpm B (for partition B) as your destination.
41 PE Stacking Use the commands in this chapter to configure and manage C1048P port-extender (PE) stacking. Stacking is not supported on C9010 switches. For information about using the PE stacking feature, see the “Port Extender (PE) Stacking” chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide for the C9000 Series. You can use the commands to pre-configure a port extender, so that the configuration settings are invoked when the switch is attached to the chassis.
reset Reset or reboot the linecard, RPM, PE and PE stack-unit. C9000 Series Syntax reset {linecard slot-id | rpm slot id [hard] | pe pe-id [stack-unit unitnumber]} From a PE console, use reset stack-unit unit-number [hard] to reset the stack-unit. Parameters linecard slot-id Enter the keyword linecard and the slot-id number to specify the set of linecard ports for reset. The slot ID range is from 0 to 11.
0 (type C9000LC0640, 24 ports) Jun 24 15:28:24: %RPM1-P:CP %CHMGR-5-LINECARD_UP: linecard 0 Jun 24 15:28:28: %C9000LC0640:0 %IFAGT-5-INSERT_OPTICS_QSFP: inserted in slot 0 port 0 Jun 24 15:28:28: %C9000LC0640:0 %IFAGT-5-INSERT_OPTICS_QSFP: inserted in slot 0 port 4 Jun 24 15:28:28: %C9000LC0640:0 %IFAGT-5-INSERT_OPTICS_QSFP: inserted in slot 0 port 16 Example: pe stack-unit Related Commands 1264 is up Optics QSFP Optics QSFP Optics QSFP Dell#reset stack-unit 2 Dell#Jun 24 15:19:52: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %C
show pe system Display information on all the system components of a port extender on a stack. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show pe pe-id system [ brief | stack-port [status | topology] | stack-unit unit number ] pe-id Enter the port extender ID pe-id to view the port extender system status and details. Range is from 0 to 255. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a short summary of the port extender system status.
No Of MACs : 3 -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type ---- ---- ------- -------1 0 up AC 1 1 absent -- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus ----- ---- ---------1 0 up FanStatus ---------NA NA Fan0 -----up Speed -----9056 FanSpeed(rpm) -------------NA NA Fan1 ----up Speed -------9056 Speed in RPM Dell# Dell#show pe 1 system brief Stack MAC : 6c:c0:00:43:09:90 -- Stack Info -Unit UnitType Status ---- ---------- -----------0 Standby not present 1 Management online 2 Member not present 3 Member not presen
3/2 4/1 4/2 5/1 5/2 6/1 6/2 7/1 7/2 Example: stack port topology Example: stackunit unit-number 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up Dell#show pe 253 system stack-ports topology Topology: Ring Interface Connection --------- ----------0/1 2/51 0/2 1/50 1/50 0/51 1/51 2/50 2/50 1/51 2/51 0/50 Dell#show pe 1 system stack-unit 1 -- Unit 1 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : C1048P - 48-port GE Current Type : C1048P - 48
show hardware pe Display input and output traffic statistics and other operational information about a specified hardware component. C9000 Series Syntax show hardware pe pe-id stack-unit unit number {cpu | drops | stack-port | unit} Parameters Defaults pe pe-id stack unit unit-number Enter pe pe-id stack-unit unit number parameters with a command option to display hardware statistics from the specified port extender (PE) and stack-unit.
Example (Port Extender Statistics) Example (PE Stack-Port: Drops) Dell>show hardware pe 0 stack-unit 0 cpu data-plane statistics bc pci driver statistics for device: rxHandle :15451 noMhdr :0 noMbuf :0 noClus :0 recvd :15451 dropped :0 recvToNet :15451 rxError :0 rxFwdError :0 rxDatapathErr :0 rxPkt(COS0 ) :0 rxPkt(COS1 ) :0 rxPkt(COS2 ) :0 rxPkt(COS3 ) :0 rxPkt(COS4 ) :0 rxPkt(COS5 ) :0 rxPkt(COS6 ) :9304 rxPkt(COS7 ) :3 rxPkt(COS8 ) :6144 rxPkt(COS9 ) :0 rxPkt(COS10) :0 rxPkt(COS11) :0 rxPkt(UNIT0) :154
HOL DROPS on COS3 HOL DROPS on COS4 HOL DROPS on COS5 Related Commands : 0 : 0 : 0 clear hardware system-flow — clears the statistics from selected hardware components. show system — displays the current status of all the stack members or a specific member. stack unit Pre-provision the specified port-extender stack unit.
N2024-PE N2024P-PE N2048-PE N2048P-PE N3024-PE N3024F-PE N3024P-PE N3048-PE N3048P-PE Dell(conf-pe-201)# Example (stack unit type) 28-port 28-port 52-port 52-port 28-port 28-port 28-port 52-port 52-port GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE Dell(conf-pe-5)#stack-unit 4 type C1048P Dell(conf-pe-5)# show config ! pe provision 5 stack-unit 4 type C1048P Related Commands ● redundancy force-failover — Force the standby unit to become the primary or master unit ● reset — Reset or reboot the l
stack-unit 1 access-ports 1 stack-unit 3 type N2024P-PE cascade interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 1272 PE Stacking
42 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) The Dell Networking operating software implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line.
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable PVST+ globally. C9000 Series Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Dell(conf-pvst)#do show spanning-tree pvst vlan 5 brief VLAN 5 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32773, Address 0001.e832.
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 8.3.1.0 Introduced.
guard Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on a PVST interface and the current port state. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.13.0.
Interface Name Role PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge ----------------------------------------------------Te 1/0 Root 128.130 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P No Te 1/1 Altr 128.131 128 20000 BLK 20000 P2P No Te 1/16 Desg 128.146 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes Te 1/17 Desg 128.147 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes Example Dell#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 2 VLAN 2 Root Identifier has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.
Example (EDS/ PVID) Dell#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 2 interface tengigabitethernet 1/0 TenGigabitEthernet 1/0 of VLAN 2 is PVID_INC discarding Edge port:no (default) port guard :none (default) Link type: point-to-point (auto) bpdu filter:disable (default) Bpdu guard :disable (default) Bpdus sent 1, received 0 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID --------------------------------------------------------Te 1/0 128.1223 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e800.a12b 128.
Defaults loopguard Enter the keyword loopguard to enable loop guard on a PVST+ port or portchannel interface. rootguard Enter the keyword rootguard to enable root guard on a PVST+ port or portchannel interface. Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
● Spanning-tree with bpdu guard shutdown-on-violation is enabled by default ● No spanning tree command is valid. This command is not visible and issuing this command on VP-LAG ports results in a failure.
tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification. C9000 Series Syntax tc-flush-standard To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before the system transitions to the Forwarding state. vlan hello-time — change the time interval between BPDUs.
Related Commands vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. vlan hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. vlan hello-time Set the time interval between generation of PVST+ 7 BPDUs. C9000 Series Syntax vlan vlan-range hello-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no vlan hello-time command.
vlan max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the PVST+ bridge. C9000 Series Syntax vlan vlan-range max-age seconds To return to the default, use the no vlan max-age command. Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-age seconds Enter the keywords max-age then the time interval, in seconds, that the system waits before refreshing configuration information.
43 PIM-Source Specific Mode (PIM-SSM) The protocol-independent multicast source-specific mode (PIM-SSM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. Topics: • • IPv4 PIM Commands IPv4 PIM-Source Specific Mode Commands IPv4 PIM Commands The following commands apply to IPv4 PIM-SM, IPv4 PIM-SSM, and PIM-DM.
Usage Information If you use this command on a local VLT node, all multicast routes from the local PIM TIB, the entire multicast route table, and all the entries in the data plane are deleted. The local VLT node sends a request to the peer VLT node to download multicast routes learned by the peer. Both local and synced routes are removed from the local VLT node multicast route table. The peer VLT node clears synced routes from the node.
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim dr-priority priority-value To remove the DR priority value assigned, use the no ip pim dr-priority command. Parameters Defaults priority-value Enter a number. Preference is given to larger/higher number. The range is from 0 to 4294967294. The default is 1.
ip pim neighbor-filter To prevent a router from participating in protocol independent multicast (PIM), configure this feature. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim neighbor-filter {access-list} To remove the restriction, use the no ip pim neighbor-filter {access-list} command. Parameters Defaults access-list Enter the name of a standard access list. Maximum 16 characters. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
Field Description ● v2 = PIM version 2 ● S = PIM Sparse mode Nbr Count Displays the number of PIM neighbors discovered over this interface. Query Intvl Displays the query interval for Router Query messages on that interface (configured with ip pim query-interval command). DR Prio Displays the Designated Router priority value configured on the interface (use the ip pim dr-priority command). DR Displays the IP address of the Designated Router for that interface.
Example Field Description Interface List the interface type, with either slot/port information or ID (VLAN or Port Channel), on which the PIM neighbor was found. Uptime/expires Displays the amount of time the neighbor has been up then the amount of time until the neighbor is removed from the multicast routing table (that is, until the neighbor hold time expires). Ver Displays the PIM version number. ● v2 = PIM version 2 DR prio/Mode Displays the Designated Router priority and the mode.
Example Field Description (S, G) Displays the entry in the multicast PIM database. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the PIM route table. expires Displays the amount of time until the entry expires and is removed from the database. RP Displays the IP address of the RP/source for this entry.
IPv4 PIM-Source Specific Mode Commands The following IPv4 PIM-source specific mode (PIM-SSM) commands are supported: ● ip pim ssm-range ● show ip pim ssm-range ip pim ssm-range Specify the SSM group range using an access list. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim ssm-range {access_list_name} Parameters Defaults access_list_name Enter the name of the access list. Default SSM range is 232/8 and ff3x/32 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
When you configure the SSM range, Dell Networking OS supports SSM for configured group range as well as the default SSM range. When you remove the SSM ACL, PIM SSM is supported for the default SSM range only. show ip pim ssm-range Display the non-default groups added using the SSM range feature. C9000 Series Syntax show ip pim ssm-range Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
44 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) The protocol-independent multicast sparse-mode (PIM-SM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. Topics: • • IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands IPv6 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping The bootstrap router (BSR) feature uses this command to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
clear ip pim tib Clear PIM tree information from the PIM database. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear ip pim tib [group] group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
● in: to view incoming packets ● out: to view outgoing packets register (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword register to view PIM register address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). state (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state to view PIM state changes. timer [assert | (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timer to view PIM timers.
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. This command is applied to the subsequent PIM-BSR. Existing BSR advertisements are cleaned up by time-out.
Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.1.1.0 Added support for the VLAN interface. ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface.
ip pim graceful-restart This feature permits configuration of non-stop forwarding (NSF or graceful restart) capability on a PIM enabled router. Syntax ip pim graceful-restart {nsf [restart-time | stale-entry-time]} Parameters nsf Enter the keyword nsf to configure the non-stop forwarding capability. NOTE: ip pim graceful-restart nsf is applicable for the entire multicast sub-system.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Removed the in and out parameters. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Example Version Description 8.4.1.0 Introduced Dell(conf)# ip access-list standard map1 Dell(config-std-nacl)# permit 224.0.0.1/24 Dell(config-std-nacl)#exit Dell(conf)#int tengig 1/1 Dell(config-if-te-1/1)# ip pim ingress-interface-map map1 ip pim neighbor-filter To prevent a router from participating in protocol independent multicast (PIM), configure this feature.
To return to the default value, use the no ip pim query-interval seconds command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a number as the number of seconds between router query messages. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 30 seconds. 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced The access name is an extended IP access list that denies PIM register packets to RP at the source DR based on the multicast and group addresses.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. First-hop routers use this address by to send register packets on behalf of source multicast hosts. The RP addresses are stored in the order in which they are entered. RP addresses learned using BSR take priority over static RP addresses.
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Priority is stored at BSR router when receiving a Candidate-RP-Advertisement. ip pim sparse-mode Enable PIM sparse mode and IGMP on the interface.
ip pim spt-threshold To switch to the shortest path tree when the traffic reaches the specified threshold value, configure the PIM router. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim spt-threshold [infinity] To return to the default value, use the no ip pim spt-threshold [infinity] [vrf vrfname] command. Parameters Defaults infinity (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword infinity to never switch to the source-tree. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and added support for VRF. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the S-Series. 7.7.1.
Example Dell#show ip pim bsr-router PIMv2 Bootstrap information This system is the Bootstrap Router (v2) BSR address: 7.7.7.7 (?) BSR Priority: 0, Hash mask length: 30 Next bootstrap message in 00:00:08 This system is a candidate BSR Candidate BSR address: 7.7.7.7, priority: 0, hash mask length: 30 show ip pim snooping neighbor Display information on PIM neighbors learned through PIM-SM snooping.
Example Dell#show ip pim snooping neighbor Neighbor Interface Address 165.87.32.2 Vl 2 [Te 1/13 ] 165.87.32.10 Vl 2 [Te 1/11 ] 165.87.32.12 Vl 2 [Te 41/20 ] Uptime/Expires Ver 00:04:03/00:01:42 00:00:46/00:01:29 00:00:51/00:01:24 v2 v2 v2 DR Prio 1 0 0 show ip pim interface View information on the interfaces with IP PIM enabled. C9000 Series Syntax show ip pim interface Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Example Dell#show ip pim interface Address Interface Ver/ Mode 172.21.200.254 Te 0/9 v2/S 172.60.1.2 Te 0/11 v2/S 192.3.1.1 Te 0/16 v2/S 192.4.1.1 Te 1/5 v2/S 172.21.110.1 Te 1/6 v2/S 172.21.203.1 Te 1/7 v2/S Nbr Count 0 0 1 0 0 0 Query Intvl 30 1 30 1 30 1 30 1 30 1 30 1 DR DR Prio 172.21.200.254 172.60.1.2 192.3.1.1 192.4.1.1 172.21.110.1 172.21.203.1 show ip pim neighbor View PIM neighbors.
Example Dell#show ip pim neighbor↵ Neighbor Interface Uptime/Expires Ver DR↵ Address Prio/Mode↵ 127.87.3.4 Te 1/16 09:44:58/00:01:24 v2 1 / S↵ show ip pim rp View all multicast groups-to-RP mappings. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip pim rp [mapping | group-address] mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the multicast groups-to-RP mapping and information on how RP is learnt.
RP: 50.40.4.4, v2 Dell# Example (Address) Dell#show ip pim rp 229.1.2.1 Group RP 229.1.2.1 165.87.20.4 show ip pim snooping interface Display information on VLAN interfaces with PIM-SM snooping enabled. C9000 Series Syntax show ip pim snooping interface [vlan vlan-id] Parameters vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display information about a specified VLAN configured for PIM-SM snooping. The valid VLAN IDs range is from 1 to 4094.
show ip pim summary View information about PIM-SM operation. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip pim summary [vrf vrf-name] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
2582/2583 Joins sent/received 5/0 Prunes sent/received 0/0 Candidate-RP advertisements sent/received 0/0 BSR messages sent/received 0/0 State-Refresh messages sent/received 0/0 MSDP updates sent/received 0/0 Null Register messages sent/received 0/0 Register-stop messages sent/received Data path event summary: 0 no-cache messages received 0 last-hop switchover messages received 0/0 pim-assert messages sent/received 0/0 register messages sent/received show ip pim tib View the PIM tree information base (TIB).
Field Description ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● S = PIM Sparse Mode C = directly connected L = local to the multicast group P = route was pruned R = the forwarding entry is pointing toward the RP F = Dell Networking OS is registering this entry for a multicast source T = packets were received via Shortest Tree Path J = first packet from the last hop router is received and the entry is ready to switch to SPT ● K = acknowledge pending state Example Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding (RPF) interfac
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.
To disable IPv6 PIM debugging, use the no debug ipv6 pim [vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view IP PIM debugging messages corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. bsr (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bsr to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM Candidate RP/BSR activities. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM events.
ipv6 pim bsr-candidate To join the Bootstrap election process, configure the PIM router as a bsr-candidate. Syntax ipv6 pim [vrf vrf-name] bsr-candidate interface [hash-mask-length] [priority] To return to the default value, use the no ipv6 pim bsr-candidate [vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters Defaults vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf then the name of the VRF to configure the PIM router on a VRF.
Usage Information Version Description 9.11.3.0 Introduced on the Z9100-ON, S4048-ON, S6000-ON, S6100-ON, S4048T-ON, S3100, S6010-ON, S3048-ON, and C9010. The router with the largest value assigned to an interface becomes the designated router. If two interfaces contain the same designated router priority value, the interface with the largest interface IP address becomes the designated router. ipv6 pim query-interval Change the frequency of IPv6 PIM router-query messages.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.11.3.0 Introduced on the Z9100-ON, S4048-ON, S6000-ON, S6100-ON, S4048T-ON, S3100, S6010-ON, S3048-ON, and C9010.
Usage Information Priority is stored at BSR router when receiving a Candidate-RP-Advertisement. ipv6 pim sparse-mode Enable IPv6 PIM sparse mode and MLD on the interface. Syntax ipv6 pim sparse-mode To disable IPv6 PIM sparse mode and MLD on the interface, use the no ipv6 pim sparse-mode command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ipv6 pim spt-threshold Specifies when a PIM leaf router should join the shortest path tree. Syntax ipv6 pim [vrf vrf-name] spt-threshold {infinity} To return to the default value, use the no ipv6 pim spt-threshold command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view IP PIM debugging messages corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF.
show ipv6 pim interface Display IPv6 PIM enabled interfaces. Syntax Parameters show ipv6 pim [vrf vrf-name] interface vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view IP PIM debugging messages corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Example Version Description 9.11.3.0 Introduced on the Z9100-ON, S4048-ON, S6000-ON, S6100-ON, S4048T-ON, S3100, S6010-ON, S3048-ON, and C9010. DellEMC#show ipv6 pim neighbor Neighbor Interface Uptime/Expires Address fe80::201:e8ff:fe02:140f Te 1/11 01:44:59/00:01:16 fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Te 1/12 01:45:00/00:01:16 DellEMC# Ver v2 v2 DR Prio/Mode 1 / S 1 / DR show ipv6 pim rp View all IPv6 multicast groups-to-rendezvous point (RP) mappings.
Example (Mapping) DellEMC#show ipv6 pim rp mapping PIM Group-to-RP Mappings Group(s): ff0e::225:1:1:1/128 RP: 100::1, v2 Info source: 200::1, via bootstrap, expires: 00:01:50 RP: 150::1, v2 Info source: 200::1, via bootstrap, expires: 00:01:50 RP: 200::1, v2 Info source: 200::1, via bootstrap, expires: 00:01:57 Group(s): ff0e::225:1:1:2/128 RP: 100::1, v2 Info source: 200::1, via bootstrap, expires: 00:01:50 RP: 150::1, v2 Info source: 200::1, via bootstrap, expires: 00:01:50 RP: 200::1, v2 Info source: 20
24/0 (S,G,Rpt) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 8 PIM nexthops 1 RPs 7 sources 30 Register states Message summary: 47132/53793 Joins/Prunes sent/received 0/0 Candidate-RP advertisements sent/received 0/0 BSR messages sent/received 0/0 MSDP updates sent/received 243746/0 Null Register messages sent/received 0/973809 Register-stop messages sent/received Data path event summary: 222 no-cache messages received 281 last-hop switchover messages received 26260/2958 pim-assert messages sent/received 0/0 register messages sen
RPF neighbor: TenGigabitEthernet 1/3, fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 2/11 (25::1, ff0e::225:1:2:2), uptime 00:09:54, expires 00:00:00,flags: CJ RPF neighbor: TenGigabitEthernet 1/3, fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 1/11 (25::2, ff0e::225:1:2:2), uptime 00:09:54, expires 00:00:00,flags: CJ RPF neighbor: TenGigabitEthernet 1/3, fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 1/11 (25::1, ff0e::226:1:2:1), uptime 00:
45 Policy-based Routing (PBR) Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by the Dell Networking Operating System (OS).
Usage Information Version Description 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. You can apply any number of redirect-groups to an interface. A redirect list can contain any number of configured rules. These rules include the next-hop IP address where the incoming traffic is redirected. If the next hop address is reachable, traffic is forwarded to the specified next hop.
permit Configure a permit rule. A permit rule excludes the matching packets from PBR classification and routes them using conventional routing. C9000 Series Syntax permit {ip-protocol-number | protocol-type} {source mask | any | host ipaddress} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [operators] To remove the rule, use one of the following: ● If you know the filter sequence number, use the no seq sequence-number syntax command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. redirect Configure a rule for the redirect list.
Defaults source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all traffic is subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. operator (OPTIONAL) For TCP and UDP parameters only.
permit Enter the keyword permit assign the sequence to the permit list. redirect Enter the keyword redirect to assign the sequence to the redirect list. ip-address Enter the keyword IP address of the forwarding router. tunnel Enter the keyword tunnel to configure the tunnel setting. tunnel-id Enter the keyword tunnel-id to redirect the traffic. track Enter the keyword track to enable the tracking. track Enter the keyword track to track object-id.
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for the track-id on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. show cam pbr Display the PBR CAM content.
show ip redirect-list View the redirect list configuration and the interfaces it is applied to. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip redirect-list redirect-list-name redirect-listname Enter the name of a configured Redirect list. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
46 Port Extenders (PE) To configure a C1048P port extender (PE) attached to a C9010, use the commands in this chapter from the C9010 console. Important Points to Remember ● You can perform the following tasks using the commands described in this chapter: ○ Provisioning a Port Extender ○ Managing a Port Extender ○ PE Stacking ● You must configure the feature extended-bridge command to turn on support for PE configuration on a C9010. ● The GVRP and FRRP protocols are not supported on the PE ports.
Parameters interface interface slot/port-range Enter interface and specify the interface supported on the switch. The TenGigabit Ethernet interface is the only interface type supported for this feature. Enter the slot/port-range to specify a linecard and either a single port number, a port range, or a combination of both for auto-LAG configuration. Slot number range is from 0 to 9. In linecard slots 0 to 9, the range of port numbers is from 0 to 23.
clear pe statistics Delete the statistics related to a specified port extender. C9000 Series Syntax clear pe pe-id statistics Parameters Default pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID. Range is from 0 to 255. statistics Enter the keyword statistics to delete the statistics related to a specified PE from the system. None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Password: DellPE> feature extended-bridge Enable 802.1BR (bridge port extender) support on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax [no] feature extended-bridge To disable 802.1BR support on the switch, use the no feature extended-bridge command. Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Parameters interface interface linecard slot-id Enter the keyword linecard and the slot ID. The linecard slot-id range is from 0 to 9. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the PE ID. The range is from 0 to 255. stack-unit unit Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit number. The range is from 0 to 7. number Default Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. The pe pe-id command adds a pre-provisioned PE. The port extender ID (pe-id) range is from 0 to 255. You can add a port extender stack-unit using stack-unit unit number keyword.
extender (PE) even when the PE is not physically connected to the switch. The port extender ID (pe-id) range is from 0 to 255. After provisioning a PE using the pe provision pe-id , you can provision a stack unit using the stack-unit command. You can also add a PE description and stack-unit description using the description name and the stack-unit 0 description name commands respectively. You can provision a port extender connected in a Dual-Homing setup from the Configuration Terminal Batch mode.
reset pe schedule Configure the PEs to reset or reboot at a specified period of time. Syntax reset pe schedule {after HHHH:MMMM | at [HHHH:MMMM-DD:MM:YR | HHHH:MMMM]} {range pe-id-pe-id} Defaults None. Parameters after HHHH:MMMM Enter the keyword after followed by the amount of time in hours and minutes after which the PEs should reboot. at HHHH:MMMM Enter the keyword at followed by the exact time on the current date at which the PEs should reboot.
Example Version Description 9.13(0.0) Added the range keyword to the command. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. The following command resets all the PEs within range 1 to 5: reset pe range 1-5 no-confirm. The following command resets all the PEs within range 5 to 10 and also the pe-ids 1 and 3: reset pe range 1,3,5-10 no-confirm. reset pe schedule show Display a list of PEs that are scheduled to be rebooted. Syntax reset pe schedule show Defaults None.
show config Display the PE provision configuration details. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes PE CONFIG (conf-pe-pe-id) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example 1348 Version Description 9.14(0.0) Added the SVP (Source Virtual Port) information also along with E-Channel identifier (ECID) information. 9.13.0.
peGigE 255/0/46 peGigE 255/0/47 peGigE 255/0/48 peTenGigE 255/0/49 peTenGigE 255/0/50 peGigE 255/1/1 peGigE 255/1/2 peGigE 255/1/3 peGigE 255/1/4 peGigE 255/1/5 peGigE 255/1/6 peGigE 255/1/7 peGigE 255/1/8 peGigE 255/1/9 peGigE 255/1/10 peGigE 255/1/11 peGigE 255/1/12 peGigE 255/1/13 peGigE 255/1/14 peGigE 255/1/15 peGigE 255/1/16 peGigE 255/1/17 peGigE 255/1/18 peGigE 255/1/19 peGigE 255/1/20 peGigE 255/1/21 peGigE 255/1/22 peGigE 255/1/23 peGigE 255/1/24 peTenGigE 255/1/25 peTenGigE 255/1/26 peGigE 255/7/
Parameters Default pe-id (Optional) Enter the port extender ID number pe-id to display the status and details of a specified port extender. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to display all the port extender information in brief. statistics (Optional) Enter the keyword statistics to display all the port extender statistics. None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PE Discovery Status: Provisioned PE User Configured Cascade Ports: Te 0/16(A) Cascade LAG: Po 259, Local Status: Up, Remote Status: Down PE Configuration: Local Status: Present, Remote Status: Not Present -------------------------------------------------------------------------------Stack-id Status Reason Type UnitMac No.
ISE - IPC Setup Error, CVE - Card Validation Error PE-ID assigned: 1 Status: online System Mac: f8:b1:56:73:a2:91 PE Up Time: 03:00:27 PE Description: PE Discovery Status: Provisioned PE User Configured Cascade Ports: Te 0/16(A) Cascade LAG: Po 259, Local Status: Up, Remote Status: Down PE Configuration: Local Status: Present, Remote Status: Not Present -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Stack-id Status Reason Type UnitMac No.
show pe errors Display the port extender error logs. C9000 Series Syntax show pe errors Default None Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privileged Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
Dual Homing Use the commands in the following section to setup the configurations on a port extender connected in a dual-homing environment. batch-write-memory Saves the running configuration in both the VLT peers. Syntax batch-write-memory Parameters None Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information The Configuration Terminal Batch mode is used to setup common configurations on a port extender connected in a dual-homing environment. Use the commit command to apply the configuration changes. In the Configuration Terminal Batch mode, you can continue to commit the changes without exiting the batch mode.
changes. It also saves the running configuration to the startup configuration in both VLT peers. In the Configuration Terminal Batch mode, you can continue to commit the changes without exiting the batch mode. NOTE: If the commit write command fails on one VLT peer, your configuration is not applied on both VLT peers.
Example The following example shows the configurations being discarded: Dell(conf-b)#interface vlan 2000 Dell(conf-b-if-vl-2000)#tagged peGigE 184/0/1 Dell(conf-b-if-vl-2000)#show config interface vlan 2000 tagged peGigE 184/0/1 Dell(conf-b-if-vl-2000)#discard Dell(conf-b)#show config Dell(conf-b)#exit Dell# import peer-config Use import peer-config to import the common configurations from the peer chassis.
show running-config local Use show running-config local to view the local configurations. C9000 Series Syntax show running-config local Default None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example 1358 Version Description 9.10(0.
! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/5 no shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/6 no ip address no shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/7 no ip address no shutdown ! show running-config common Use show running-config common to view the common configurations in the local system. C9000 Series Syntax show running-config common Default None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show config Display the configuration in the batch mode. C9000 Series Syntax show config [common | user | local] Parameters common Displays the common configuration in the batch mode. user Displays the configuration done in the batch mode in an order entered by the user. local Displays the local configuration in the batch mode. Command Modes CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. You can use the write memory local command to write only the local configurations to startup configuration. Debugging Use the commands in this section to debug the port extender hardware. clear hardware system-flow pe Clear the system-flow statistics from the specified port extender hardware component.
1019 1018 1017 1016 1014 1013 1011 1010 1009 1008 1007 1006 1005 1004 1003 1002 1001 1000 999 998 997 996 995 994 993 992 991 990 989 988 987 986 985 984 983 982 981 980 979 978 977 976 975 974 973 IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 4 PE CPU IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 5 PE CPU IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 6 PE CPU IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 7 PE CPU ECP traffic forwarded to next PE CPU ECP traffic destined to PE CPU LLDP traffic forwarded to next PE CPU LLDP traffic destined to PE CPU
Defaults service-d (Optional) Enter the keyword option service-id to display the statistics with a specified service or module ID. pq-stats Enter the keyword pq-stats to display a summary of priority queue (PQ) based statistics. High (Optional) Enter the keyword High to display the statistics for the high priority queue. Medium (Optional) Enter the keyword Medium to display the statistics for the medium priority queue.
AVG 1 AVG 1 Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 ticks Max Proc Time : Service Id : 0x14e EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : PEMGR MType : 0xb9f2 EnQCount 486 packets Messages in Q : 486 packets : 0 packets Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 ticks Max Proc Time : Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : AVG 3 AVG 3 Serivce Name : IFMGR MType : 0x1771 EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 pa
AVG Proc Time 0 ticks : 0 ticks Serivce Name : IFMGR Max Proc Time : Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : MType : 0x2a3d EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 ticks Max Proc Time : Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : AVG 0 AVG 0 Serivce Name : IFMGR MType : 0x2a32 EnQCount 1 packets Messages in Q : 1 packets : 0 packets Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max
Serivce Name : PEMGR : 0x14e EndPoint : CB DeQCount : MType : 0x1771 EnQCount 4 packets Messages in Q : 4 packets : 0 packets Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 ticks Max Proc Time : Service Id : 0x10 EndPoint : CB DeQCount : AVG 0 AVG 0 Serivce Name : CLI MType : 0xb9f4 EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 ticks Max Proc Time : Service Id : 0x21 End
Example: show software pemgr pe pe-id pq-stats Dell#show software pemgr pe-id 1 pq-stats Priority Queue Based Statistics ------------------------------End_Point Priority PE LOW PE Outstanding count Packets 0 0 MEDIUM 880 880 0 PE HIGH 180 180 0 CB LOW 0 0 0 CB MEDIUM 1146 1145 1 CB HIGH 769 769 0 messages messages messages messages Enqueued Dequeued Enqueued Dequeued from from from from CB CB PE PE End End End End Point Point Point Point :1917 :1916 :1060 :1060 packet
MType : 0x1771 EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks AVG 0 AVG 0 EndPoint : CB DeQCount : 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 ticks Max Proc Time : Service Id : 0x21 EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : SYSADMTSK MType : 0x1c29 EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 ticks Max Proc Time : Service Id : 0x14e EndPoint : CB DeQCount :
EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q AVG 0 AVG 0 : 0 packets DeQCount : : 0 packets Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 ticks Max Proc Time : Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : IFMGR MType : 0x2a3b EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 ticks Max Proc Time : Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : AVG 0 AVG 0 Serivce Name : IFMGR MTy
0 packets Messages in Q AVG 0 AVG 0 : 0 packets Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 ticks Max Proc Time : Service Id : 0x10 EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : CLI MType : 0xb9f4 EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 ticks Max Proc Time : Service Id : 0x21 EndPoint : CB DeQCount : AVG 0 AVG 0 Serivce Name : SYSADMTSK MType : 0x1771 EnQCount 0 packets M
AVG 0 AVG 0 Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 ticks Max Proc Time : Service Id : 0xfb EndPoint : CB Serivce Name : POEMGR MType Example: show software pemgr pe-id 1 pq-stats (PE Console) Dell#show software pemgr pe-id 1 pq-stats Priority Queue Based Statistics ------------------------------End_Point Priority Enqueue count Packets Dequeue count Packets Outstanding count Packets PE LOW 0 0 0 PE MEDIUM 880 880 0 PE HIGH 180 180 0 CB LOW 0 0 0
SFL_CP 195 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 POEMGR 251 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Power over Ethernet (PoE) Use the commands in this section to configure the Power over Ethernet (PoE) feature on a C1048P port-extender (PE). PoE is not supported on C9010 switches. To manage PoE on port-extender ports, the C1048P uses two types of power supplies: the main internal, fixed AC power supply and an external DC power supply. Each power supply provides 1000W, of which up to 850W is used for PoE.
advertise med power-via-mdi Configure the system to advertise IEEE 802.1ab extended power-via— MDI TLV. C9000 Series Syntax [no] advertise med power-via-mdi To return to the default, use the no advertise med power-via-mdi command. Parameters Defaults power-via-mdi Enter the keyword power—via-mdi to advertise IEEE 802.1ab MED Extended power-via-mdi TLV.
Usage Information Example Related Commands The on-disable transmit shutdown command allows transmission of LLDP shutdown frames when the LLDP protocol is disabled in the interface mode. Dell#sh running-config interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 10/1 no ip address switchport switchport mode private-vlan host ! protocol lldp on-disable transmit shutdown no shutdown show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
Power Available Consumed Consumed Threshold Available Allocated Consumed Remaining (Watts) (Watts) (Watts) (%) (Watts) (Watts) (Watts) (Watts) --------- ---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------------------0/0 1000 150 0 99 841 0 0 841 Related Command show power detail power inline Enable inline power and configure maximum power allocation with priority for the powered device connected to an interface.
Example Dell(conf)#int peGigE 0/0/0 Dell(conf-if-pegi-0/0/0)#power inline 30000 Dell(conf-if-pegi-0/0/0)#power inline priority critical Dell(conf-if-pegi-0/0/0)# Dell#show power inline pe 0 stack-unit 0 Global inline power Threshold : 99 Power Reserved for inline Power : 841W Total Inline Power Consumed : 0W Remaining inline power Available : 841W Power Management Mode : Static Interface LLDP Support -----------------PeGi 0/0/0 0 Inline Power Max / Alloc (Watts) ------------ Inline Power Class Consumed
power inline mode Configures PoE power management mode for a specified port extender. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters power inline mode {pe pe-id stack-unit unit number class | static } pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and port extender ID. Range is 0–255. stack-unit unit Enter the keyword stack-unit and the unit number. Range is 0–7. number Defaults class Enter the keyword class to configure the class mode for the specified port extender.
-----PeGi 0/0/0 0 30.00/0.00 0.00 NO_PD - low power inline restore pe Enable the temporarily suspended PoE power supply to all the ports in a port extender unit. C9000 Series Syntax power inline restore pe pe-id stack-unit unit number Parameters pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID. Range is from 0 to 255. stack-unit unit Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack-unit number. Range is from 0 to 7.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. The power inline suspend pe command temporarily disables PoE power supply to all the ports in a port extender (PE) unit. You can use the power inline restore pe command to restore or enable the PoE power supply to the PE unit.
stack-unit unit number interface interface Defaults Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit number Range is from 0 to 7. Enter the interface keyword, and specify one of the following interface types: ● For a PE Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE. You must specify a pe-id/Unit/Port for the interface. ● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
Interface LLDP Support -----------------PeGi 255/0/0 0 Inline Power Max / Alloc (Watts) ------------ Inline Power Class Consumed (Watts) ------------ 30.00/21.40 21.50 ------- Device PoE Port Type Priority ------ -------- 4 2 low show power detail Display the inline power consumption details for a port extender. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show power detail {pe pe-id stack-unit unit number} pe Enter the keywordpe and the port externder ID. Range is 0–255.
stack-unit unit- number Defaults Enter the keyword stack-unit and the unit number. Range is from 0 to 7. None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P.
47 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember ● Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as port channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs). ● The monitoring (destination, “MG”) and monitored (source, “MD”) ports must be on the same switch.
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. monitor session — enables a monitoring session.
monitor session Create a session for monitoring traffic with port monitoring. C9000 Series Syntax monitor session session-ID (type { rpm | erpm }) To delete a session, use the no monitor session session-ID command. To delete all monitor sessions, use the no monitor session all command. Parameters Defaults session-ID Enter a session identification number. The range is from 0 to 65535. type rpm | erpm Specifies one of the following type: ● rpm: to create remote port monitoring session.
show config Display the current monitor session configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Defaults none Command Modes MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon-sess-session-ID) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
Command Modes ● CONFIGURATION ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced the support for GRE Protocol and FC Monitor in the command output. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
● For a remote VLAN interface, enter the keyword Remote-VLAN and a vlan-id number. Range is from 1 to 4094 ● For a port channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel and a portchannel ID. NOTE: You cannot configure VLAN 4092 and 4093. These VLANs are reserved for internal use. Defaults range Enter the keyword range to specify the list of interfaces. destination Enter the keyword destination to specify the destination interface.
Usage Information Example 1390 Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet peGigE port as a source port in the source (port monitoring) command and monitor traffic flow on this port. You cannot configure a cascade port as a destination port.
48 Private VLAN (PVLAN) The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking operating software. Private VLANs extend the system security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, see the following commands. The command output is augmented in the Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.
ip local-proxy-arp Enable/disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip local-proxy-arp To disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN, use the no ip localproxy-arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the primary VLAN. To disable Layer 3 communication in a particular secondary VLAN, use the no ip local-proxy-arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the selected secondary VLAN.
primary Defaults Enter the keyword primary to configure the VLAN as a primary VLAN. none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information The list of secondary VLANs can be: ● Specified in comma-delimited or hyphenated-range format.
Usage Information Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. This command has two types of display — a list of all PVLAN interfaces or for a specific interface. Examples of both types of output are shown below.
interface interface Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface and specify the interface type and slot/port numbers or port-channel number to display the PVLAN configuration for a member interface. The valid values are: ● For a port channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel and a portchannel ID. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Example (All) Dell# show vlan private-vlan Primary Secondary Type Active ------- --------- --------- -----10 primary Yes 100 isolated Yes 101 community Yes 20 primary Yes 200 201 202 Example (Primary) Example (Isolated) Example (Community) Example (Interface) Example (Mapping) isolated Yes community No community Yes Ports ----------Te 2/1,3 Te 2/2 Te 2/10 Po 10, 12-13 Te 1/1 Te 1/2,4-6 Te 1/11-12 Dell# show vlan private-vlan primary Primary Secondary Type Active Ports ------- --------- --------- --
10 Primary 102 Related Commands Yes Isolated Yes Po 1 Te 0/2 Te 0/4 private-vlan mode – sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. show interfaces private-vlan – displays type and status of PVLAN interfaces. switchport mode private-vlan – sets PVLAN mode of the selected port. switchport mode private-vlan Set PVLAN mode of the selected port.
Dell(conf)#interface port-channel 10 Dell(conf-if-te-2/3)#switchport mode private-vlan promiscuous Related Commands ● private-vlan mode — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. ● private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to primary and then associates the secondary VLANs to it. ● show interfaces private-vlan — displays type and status of PVLAN interfaces.
49 Quality of Service (QoS) The Dell Networking operating software commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced. By default, when rate policing and shaping, the system does not include the Preamble, SFD, or the IFG fields. These fields are overhead; only the fields from MAC destination address to the CRC are used for forwarding and are included in these rate metering calculations. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to enable the QoS rate adjustment in a dualhoming setup.
service-class dot1p-mapping Configure a service-class criterion based on a dot1p value. C9000 Series Syntax service-class dot1p-mapping {dot1p0 value | dot1p1 value | dot1p2 value | dot1p3 value | dot1p4 value| dot1p5 value | dot1p6 value | dot1p7 value} Parameters Defaults dot1p0 value ... dot1p7 value Enter a dot1p list number and value. The list number range is from 0 to 7. The range is from 0 to 7.
Table 8. Default Mapping dot1p Queue ID 0 1 1 0 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 Command Modes INTERFACE CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.
service-class wred backplane After you create a WRED profile with ECN functionality, specify per-queue granularity for backplane ports and include the WRED profile in a service class. Using this command, you can enable or disable queue-specific settings and specify minimum and maximum buffer thresholds in the WRED profile applied to each packet color-code. Also, you can specify the maximum drop rate percentage for yellow and green profiles.
service-pool wred Configure a global buffer pool that serves as a shared buffer accessed by multiple queues when the minimum guaranteed buffers for a queue are consumed. The switch supports four global service-pools in the egress direction. Two service pools are used—one for lossy queues and the other for lossless (priority-based flow control (PFC)) queues. You can enable WRED and ECN operation on the global service-pools.
Dell(conf)#service-pool wred green pool0 thresh-1 pool1 thresh-2 Dell(conf)#service-pool wred yellow pool0 thresh-3 pool1 thresh-4 Dell(conf #service-pool wred weight pool0 11 pool1 4 service-class wred ecn backplane Apply ECN marking on backplane port-queues in a service class. C9000 Series Syntax [no] service-class wred ecn queue-list backplane Parameters Default service-class Define the mapping between the service class and policy-based QoS or routing.
show qos dot1p-queue-mapping Displays the dot1p priority to queue mapping on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show qos dot1p-queue-mapping Defaults ● dot1p Priority: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ● Queue: 0 0 0 1 2 3 3 3 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults dot1p Queue Number 7 7 none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If traffic is shaped between 64 and 1000 Kbs, for some values, the shaped rate is much less than the value configured. Related Commands rate-shape — shapes traffic output as part of the designated policy. Policy-Based QoS Commands Policy-based traffic classification is handled with class maps.
buffer-stats-snapshot Enable the buffer statistics tracking utility and enter the Buffer Statistics Snapshot configuration mode. You must enable this utility to be able to configure the parameters for buffer statistics tracking. C9000 Syntax [No] buffer-stats-snapshot To disable the buffer statistics tracking utility, enter the disable command from the BUFFER-STATSSNAPSHOT mode. Default By default, buffer statistics tracking is disabled.
Defaults match-any Determines how packets are evaluated when multiple match criteria exist. Enter the keywords match-any to determine that the packets must meet at least one of the match criteria in order to be a member of the class. class-map-name Enter a name of the class for the class map in a character format (32 character maximum). layer2 Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3.
clear qos statistics Clear Matched Packets through class maps applied to inbound ports C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults clear qos statistics interface-name interface-name Enter one of the following keywords: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. policy-map-input — creates an input policy map. policy-map-output — creates an output policy map. qos-policy-input — creates an input QoS-policy on the router.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. For class-map match-any, a maximum of five ACL match criteria are allowed. For class-map match-all, only one ACL match criteria is allowed. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added the keyword multicast. Added the DSCP Marking option support on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria.
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Added support for the ipv6 and ip-any options on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for the ipv6 and ip-any options on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added the keyword multicast.
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. Use this command to match an IP class-map against a single VLAN ID . Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map.
match mac dot1p Configure a match criterion for a class map based on a dot1p value. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults match mac dot1p {dot1p-list} dot1p-list Enter a dot1p value. The range is from 0 to 7. none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. You can match against only one VLAN ID. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. policy-aggregate Allow an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS via policy maps.
policy-map-input Create an input policy map. C9000 Series Syntax policy-map-input policy-map-name [layer2] [cpu-qos] To remove an input policy map, use the no policy-map-input policy-map-name [layer2] [cpu-qos] command. Parameters Defaults policy-map-name Enter the name of the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3.
policy-map-output Create an output policy map. C9000 Series Syntax policy-map-output policy-map-name To remove a policy map, use the no policy-map-output policy-map-name command. Parameters Defaults policy-map-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). none Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters Defaults qos-policy-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3. cpu-qos Enter the keyword cpu-qos to create a QoS input policy to be used to rate-limit control-plane traffic (CoPP). Layer 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
Command Modes QOS-POLICY-IN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(1.0) Added support for packets-per-second and committed rate. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform You can configure all the data queues. For S6000, you can configure queues 0-7.
layer2 Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3. Layer 3 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information A single policy-map can be attached to one or more interfaces to specify the service-policy for those interfaces. A policy map attached to an interface can be modified.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command assigns a class map or QoS policy to different queues. There are eight queues per interface on the Z9500. Related Commands ● class-map— identifies the class map. ● service-policy input— applies an input policy map to the selected interface. ● service-policy output— applies an output policy map to the selected interface.
show qos class-map View the current class map information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show qos class-map [class-name] class-name (Optional) Enter the name of a configured class map. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE.
Example (IPv6) Dell# show qos policy-map detail tengigabitethernet 0/10 Interface TengigabitEthernet 0/10 Policy-map-input pmap1 Queue# Class-map-name Qos-policy-name 0 c0 q0 1 c1 q1 2 c2 q2 3 c3 q3 4 c4 q4 5 c5 6 c6 q6 7 c7 q7 Dell# Example (Summary IPv4) Dell#sho qos policy-map summary Interface policy-map-input policy-map-output Te 2/1 PM1 Te 2/2 PM2 PMOut Dell# show qos policy-map-input View the input QoS policy map details.
Example 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added Trust IPv6 diffserv. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show qos policy-map-output Policy-map-output PolicyMapOutput Aggregate Qos-policy-name AggPolicyOut Queue# Qos-policy-name 0 qosPolicyOutput Dell# show qos qos-policy-input View the input QoS policy details. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show qos qos-policy-input [qos-policy-name] qos-policy-name Enter the QoS policy name.
show qos qos-policy-output View the output QoS policy details. C9000 Series Syntax show qos qos-policy-output [qos-policy-name] Parameters Defaults qos-policy-name Enter the QoS policy name. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. interface Defaults Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
show qos wred-profile View the WRED profile details. C9000 Series Syntax show qos wred-profile wred-profile-name Parameters Defaults wred-profilename Enter the WRED profile name to view the profile details. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
max number Defaults Enter the keyword max then the maximum threshold number for the WRED profile. The range is from 0 to 12000KB. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (config-wred) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added fallback to the E-Series.
Parameters yellow | green Enter the keyword yellow for yellow traffic. A DSCP value of xxx100, xxx101, and xxx110 maps to yellow. Enter the keyword green for green traffic. A DSCP value of xxx0xx maps to green. profile-name Enter your WRED profile name in character format (32 character maximum). Or use one of the five pre-defined WRED profile names. Pre-defined Profiles: wred_drop, wred-ge_y, wred_ge_g, wred_teng_y, wred_teng_.
Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the S6000 and Z9000 platforms If the average queue size is more than the maximum threshold of WRED, the packet is dropped. If the average queue size is between the minimum and maximum threshold values, the decision to drop or queue the packet is taken based on the packet drop probability.
wred-profile Create a WRED profile and name the profile. C9000 Series Syntax wred-profile wred-profile-name To remove an existing WRED profile, use the no wred-profile command. Parameters wred-profilename Enter your WRED profile name in character format (32 character maximum). Or use one of the pre-defined WRED profile names. You can configure up to 26 WRED profiles plus the five pre-defined profiles, for a total of 31 WRED profiles.
Defaults pe-unit PE-unit is use to specify the PE. PE ID 1 – 255. stack-unit Stack-unit is used to specify the statck unite in the stacked PE system. Stack-unit within a PE ID 0 – 7. buffer-unit Buffer unit is used to specify the port-pipe. Buffer-unit 0 – 0. None Command Modes Exec Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. If the specified color-map does not exist, the Diffserv Manager (DSM) creates a color map and sets all the DSCP values to green (low drop precedence). The default setting for each DSCP value (0-63) is green (low drop precedence). This command allows setting the number of specific DSCP values to yellow or red.
priority and places it into the appropriate shaping queue. You cannot delete a DSCP color map when it is configured on an interface. If you do, all the DSCP values are set to green (low drop precedence). To delete the DSCP color map that is being used by one or more interfaces, remove the DSCP map from each interface. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to configure the DSCP color map in a dualhoming setup.
show qos dscp-color-map Display the DSCP color map for one or all interfaces. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show qos dscp-color-map map-name map-name Enter the name of the color map. None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.
50 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) The Dell Networking operating software implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges.
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode. debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol. C9000 Series Syntax debug spanning-tree rstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree rstp command.
Example Dell#debug spanning-tree rstp bpdu tengigabitethernet 2/0 ? in Receive (in) out Transmit (out) description Enter a description of the rapid spanning tree. C9000 Series Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters Defaults description Enter a description to identify the rapid spanning tree (80 characters maximum). none Command Modes SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-rstp”.
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch.
hello-time Set the time interval between the generation of the RSTP bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). C9000 Series Syntax hello-time [milli-second] seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. milli-second Enter the keywords milli-second to configure a hello time on the order of milliseconds.
To return to the default values, use the no max-age command. Parameters Defaults max-age Enter a number of seconds that the system waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40 seconds. The default is 20 seconds. 20 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. RSTP is not enabled when you enter RSTP mode. To enable RSTP globally on the system, use the no disable command from RSTP mode. Dell(conf)#protocol spanning-tree rstp Dell(config-rstp)##no disable disable — disables RSTP globally on the system. show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are displayed.
show spanning-tree rstp Display the RSTP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree rstp [brief] [guard] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the RSTP configuration information. guard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an RSTP interface and the current port state. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
---------- ------Te 2/0 128.418 128 Te 2/1 128.419 128 Te 2/8 128.426 128 Te 2/9 128.427 128 Interface Name Role ----------Te 2/0 Desg Te 2/1 Desg Te 2/8 Root Te 2/9 Altr Dell# Example (EDS, LBK) --- ------- -------------------- -------20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e801.6aa8 128.418 20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e801.6aa8 128.419 20000 FWD 20000 8192 0001.e805.e306 128.130 20000 BLK 20000 8192 0001.e805.e306 128.131 PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge ---- ------- --- ------- --------- ---128.
spanning-tree rstp Configure an RSTP interface with one of these settings: port cost, edge port with optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard, port priority, loop guard, or root guard. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters spanning-tree rstp {cost port-cost | edge-port [bpduguard [shutdown-onviolation]] | priority priority | {loopguard | rootguard}} cost port-cost Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000.
Usage Information The BPDU guard option prevents the port from participating in an active STP topology in case a BPDU appears on a port unintentionally, or is misconfigured, or is subject to a DOS attack. This option places the port into an Error Disable state if a BPDU appears and a message is logged so that the administrator can take corrective action. NOTE: A port configured as an edge port, on an RSTP switch, immediately transitions to the Forwarding state.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, the system implements an optimized flush mechanism for RSTP. This implementation helps in flushing MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often), allowing for faster convergence during topology changes.
51 Remote Monitoring (RMON) Dell Networking operating software remote monitoring (RMON) is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
To disable the alarm, use the no rmon alarm number command. Parameters number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON alarm table. variable Enter the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3. The object type must be a 32-bit integer. interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds.
rmon collection history Enable the RMON MIB history group of statistics collection on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} [owner name] [buckets number] [interval seconds] To remove a specified RMON history group of statistics collection, use the no rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} command. Parameters controlEntry integer Defaults Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value.
To remove RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface, use the no rmon collection statistics {controlEntry integer} command. Parameters controlEntry integer owner name Defaults Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value. Then enter an integer value from 1 to 65535 that identifies the RMON Statistic Table. The integer value must be a unique in the RMON statistic table.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
log table: 2 entries, 552 bytes Dell# show rmon alarms Display the contents of the RMON alarm table. C9000 Series Syntax show rmon alarms [index] [brief] Parameters Defaults index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON alarm table in an easy-to-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show rmon events Display the contents of the RMON event table. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show rmon events [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON event table in an easy-to-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
show rmon hc-alarm Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity alarm table. C9000 Series Syntax show rmon hc-alarm [index] [brief] Parameters Defaults index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON High-Capacity alarm table in an easy-to-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show rmon history Display the contents of the RMON Ethernet history table. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show rmon history [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet history table in an easy-to-read format none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show rmon log Display the contents of the RMON log table. C9000 Series Syntax show rmon log [index] [brief] Parameters Defaults index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON log table in an easyto-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
show rmon statistics Display the contents of RMON Ethernet statistics table. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show rmon statistics [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet statistics table in an easy-to-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
HC 65-127 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 65-127 bytes packets: 0 HC 128-255 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 128-255 bytes packets: 0 HC 256-511 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 256-511 bytes packets: 0 HC 512-1023 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 512-1023 bytes packets: 0 HC 1024-1518 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 1024-1518 bytes packets: 0 Dell# Example (Brief) 1472 Dell#show rmon statistics br index ifIndex interface ------------------------------------------6001 100974631 TengigabitEthernet 2/0 6002 100974631 Tengig
52 Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking operating software supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2). The implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9.(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
debug ip rip Examine RIP routing information for troubleshooting. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip rip [interface | database | events [interface] | packet[interface] | trigger] To turn off debugging output, use the no debug ip rip command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and ID as one of the following: ● For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
default-information originate Generate a default route for the RIP traffic. C9000 Series Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no default-information originate command. Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to enable the switch software to always advertise the default route. metric metric- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number as the metric value. The range is from 1 to 16.
Defaults 1 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
Related Commands Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. router rip — enters ROUTER mode on the switch. distance Assign a weight (for prioritization) to all routes in the RIP routing table or to a specific route. Lower weights (“administrative distance”) are preferred. C9000 Series Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-name]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight [ip-address mask] command.
distribute-list in Configure a filter for incoming routing updates. C9000 Series Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in command. Parameters Defaults prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096.
Parameters Defaults prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip split-horizon — sets the RIP routing updates to exclude routing prefixes. ip rip receive version To receive specific versions of RIP, set the interface.
ip rip send version To send a specific version of RIP, set the interface. The version you set on the interface overrides the version command in ROUTER RIP mode. C9000 Series Syntax ip rip send version [1] [2] To return to the default value, use the no ip rip send version command. Parameters Defaults 1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 1 for RIP version 1. The default is RIPv1. 2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 2 for RIP version 2.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
neighbor Define a neighbor router with which to exchange RIP information. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor ip-address To delete a neighbor setting, use the no neighbor ip-address command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format, of a router with which to exchange information. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
passive-interface Suppress routing updates on a specified interface. C9000 Series Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters Defaults interface Enter the following information: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute {connected | static} command. Parameters Defaults connected Enter the keyword connected to specify that information from active routes on interfaces is redistributed. static Enter the keyword static to specify that information from static routes is redistributed. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
route-map map- name Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route map. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. router rip To configure and enable RIP, enter ROUTER RIP mode. C9000 Series Syntax router rip To disable RIP, use the no router rip command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show config Display the changes you made to the RIP configuration. The default values are not shown. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip rip database command shown in the following example.
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.
Defaults ● ● ● ● update = 30 seconds invalid = 180 seconds holddown = 180 seconds flush = 240 seconds Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip rip receive version — sets the RIP version the interface receives. ip rip send version — sets the RIP version the interface sends.
53 Security This chapter contains various types of security commands offered in the Dell Networking operating software. The commands are listed in the following sections: ● AAA Accounting Commands ● Authorization and Privilege Commands ● Obscure Password Command ● Authentication and Password Commands ● RADIUS Commands ● TACACS+ Commands ● Port Authentication (802.
aaa authorization role-only Configure authentication to use the user’s role only when determining if access to commands is permitted. C9000 Syntax aaa authorization role-only To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication role-only command. Parameters name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters. It cannot be one of the system defined roles (sysadmin, secadmin, netadmin, netoperator).
route-map for Route-map mode router for Router mode Defaults addrole Enter the keyword addrole to add permission to the command. You cannot add or delete rights for the sysadmin role. deleterole Enter the keyword deleterole to remove access to the command. You cannot add or delete rights for the sysadmin role. role-name Enter a text string for the name of the user role up to 63 characters. These are 3 system defined roles you can modify: secadmin, netadmin, and netoperator.
Dell#show role mode configure management route Role access: netadmin, sysadmin Dell#show role mode configure management crypto-policy Role access: secadmin, sysadmin show userroles Display information on all defined user roles. C9000 Syntax show userroles Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL.
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. Instead of using the system defined user roles, you can create a new user role that best matches your organization. When you create a new user role, you first inherit permissions from one of the system defined roles. Otherwise you would have to create a user role from scratch. You then restrict commands or add commands to that role.
Defaults commands { level | role role-name Enter the keyword command then a privilege level for accounting of commands executed at that privilege level or enter the keyword role then the role name for accounting of commands executed by a user with that user role. dot1x Enter the keyword dot1x for dot1x events. name | default Enter one of the following: ● For name, enter a user-defined name of a list of accounting methods. ● For default, the default accounting methods used.
Dell(conf)# aaa accounting command role secaadmin default start-stop tacacs+ Related Commands enable password — changes the password for the enable command. login authentication — enables AAA login authentication on the terminal lines. password — creates a password. tacacs-server host — specifies a TACACS+ server host. aaa accounting suppress Prevent the generation of accounting records of users with the user name value of NULL.
Parameters Defaults exec Enter the keyword exec to apply an EXEC level accounting method list. commands { level | role role-name } Enter the keywords commands level to apply an EXEC and CONFIGURATION level accounting method list by enter the keyword role and then the role name for accounting of commands executed by a user with that user role. method-list Enter a method list that you defined using the aaa accounting exec or aaa accounting commands.
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Added support for RADIUS.
aaa authorization exec Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC-level commands. C9000 Series Syntax aaa authorization exec {name | default} {local || tacacs+ || ifauthenticated || none} To disable authorization checking for EXEC level commands, use the no aaa authorization exec command. Parameters Defaults name Define a name for the list of authorization methods. default Define the default list of authorization methods.
● ● ● ● level level interface for INTERFACE modes line for LINE mode route-map for ROUTE-MAP mode router for ROUTER OSPF, ROUTER RIP, ROUTER ISIS and ROUTER BGP modes Enter the keyword level then a number for the access level. The range is from 0 to 15. Level 1 is EXEC mode and Level 15 allows access to all CLI modes and commands. Defaults reset Enter the keyword reset to return the security level to the default setting.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, the Enable password is used. If you configure aaa authentication enable default, the system uses the methods defined for Enable access instead.
● tacacs+: use the TACACS+ servers configured with the tacacs-server host command. ... method4 Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter up to four additional methods. In the event of a “no response” from the first method, the system applies the next configured method (up to four configured methods). Not configured (that is, no authentication is performed). Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
To disable the re-authentication option, use the no aaa reauthenticate enable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced this command.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. line — applies an authentication method list to the designated terminal lines. ip access-list standard — names (or selects) a standard access list to filter based on the IP address.
Usage Information Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To control access to command modes, use this command to define a password for a level and use the privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) command. Passwords must meet the following criteria: ● Start with a letter, not a number. ● Passwords can have a regular expression as the password. To create a password with a regular expression in it, use CNTL + v prior to entering regular expression.
enable restricted Allows Dell Networking technical support to access restricted commands. C9000 Series Syntax enable restricted [encryption-type] password To disallow access to restricted commands, use the no enable restricted command. Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 7 as the encryption type. Enter 7 followed a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router.
Enter a 5 then a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router. Use this parameter only with a password that you copied from the show running-config file of another Dell Networking router. password Defaults Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long, as the clear text password. No password is configured. level = 15. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
default Defaults Enter the keyword default to specify that the default method list, created in the aaa authentication login command, is applied to the terminal line. No authentication is performed on the console lines. Local authentication is performed on the virtual terminal and auxiliary lines. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The software prompts users for these passwords when the method for authentication or authorization used is "line".
numeric number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword numeric then the numeric number. The range is from 0 to 31. special-char (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords special-char then the number of special characters permitted. The range is from 0 to 31. number Defaults 0 minutes for the lock out period. The lockout-period is not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6.0.0 Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, Z9500, MXL By default, the service password-encryption command stores encrypted passwords.
unless you re-configure them. To remove an encrypted password, use the no password password command. To keep unauthorized people from viewing passwords in the switch configuration file, use the service password-encryption command. This command encrypts the clear-text passwords created for user name passwords, authentication key passwords, the privileged command password, and console and virtual terminal line access passwords. To view passwords, use the show running-config command.
Example Example (PE Console) Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show privilege Current privilege level is 15 Dell# Dell#show privilege Current privilege level is 15. privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) — assigns access control to different command modes. show users Allows you to view information on all users logged into the switch, including privilege level and or user role.
Example Field Description Host(s) Displays the terminal line status. Location Displays the IP address of the user. Dell#show users Authorization Mode: Line 0 console 0 *3 vty 1 4 vty 2 Related Commands User admin sec1 ml1 role or privilege Role sysadmin secadmin netadmin Privilege 15 14 12 Host(s) Location idle idle 172.31.1.4 idle 172.31.1.5 username — use to enter the user name.
username Establish an authentication system based on user names. Syntax username name [access-class access-list-name] [nopassword | {password | secret | sha256-password} [encryption-type] password [dynamic-salt]] [privilege level] [role role-name] If you do not want a specific user to enter a password, use the nopassword option. To delete authentication for a user, use the no username name command. Parameters name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Added support for the sha256-password option for S3100, S3048–ON, S4048– ON, S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9100–ON, MXL, and Z9500. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.
Parameters Defaults pap Enter the keyword pap to use the Password Authentication Protocol (PAP) for RADIUS authentication. This protocol uses the username and password attributes in the access-request message sent to the RADIUS server. mschapv2 Enter the keyword mschapv2 to use the Microsoft Challenge-Handshake Authentication Protocol (MS-CHAPv2) for RADIUS authentication.
Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, S3100, S3048–ON, S4048T-ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6010–ON, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, S6000, Z9100–ON, Z9500, FM-IOM, and MXL. client-key Configures global shared key for the trusted DAC clients. Syntax client—key [encryption-type] key To remove the shared key configuration, enter the no client-key command. Defaults Parameters None. encryption-type: (OPTIONAL) Enter either 0 or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered.
coa-disable-port Configure NAS to reject disable-port requests from DAC. Syntax coa-disable-port To undo this configuration, enter the no coa-disable-port command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ● CONF-DYNAMIC-AUTH Usage Information ● Configure no coa-disable-port DAS to drop radius CoA disable-port requests from DAC. Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. da-rsp-timeout Configure timeout value for the back end task to respond to DAC requests.
Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, S3100, S3048–ON, S4048T-ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6010–ON, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, S6000, Z9100–ON, Z9500, FN-IOM, and MXL. dynamic-auth-enable Configure NAS to receive and process dynamic authorization messages. Syntax dynamic-auth-enable To stop NAS from receiving and processing dynamic authorization messages, use the no dynamicauth-enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ● CONF-DYNAMIC-AUTH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell EMC Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, S3100, S3048–ON, S4048T-ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6010–ON, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, S6000, Z9100–ON, Z9500, FN-IOM, and MXL.
Parameters hostname Enter the name of the RADIUS server host. ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the RADIUS server host. auth-port portnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords auth-port then a number as the port number. The range is from zero (0) to 65535. The default port-number is 1812. retransmit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword retransmit then a number as the number of attempts. This parameter overwrites the radius-server retransmit command.
radius-server retransmit — sets the number of times the RADIUS server attempts to send information. radius-server timeout — sets the time interval before the RADIUS server times out. radius-server key Configure a key for all RADIUS communications between the switch and the RADIUS host server. C9000 Series Syntax radius-server key [encryption-type] key To delete a password, use the no radius-server key command.
radius-server retransmit Configure the number of times the switch attempts to connect with the configured RADIUS host server before declaring the RADIUS host server unreachable. C9000 Series Syntax radius-server retransmit retries To configure zero retransmit attempts, use the no radius-server retransmit command. To return to the default setting, use the radius-server retransmit 3 command. Parameters Defaults retries Enter a number of attempts that the system tries to locate a RADIUS server.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Command Modes ● CONF-DYNAMIC-AUTH Usage Information ● Duplicate packets are dropped within replay-protection-window period if packet has same source IP address, source UDP port and identifier. Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell EMC Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13(0.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip tacacs source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for TACACS+ connections.
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. tacacs-server host Specify a TACACS+ host. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults tacacs-server host {hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [port number] [timeout seconds] [key key] hostname Enter the name of the TACACS+ server host. ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the TACACS+ server host.
Related Commands aaa authentication login — specifies the login authentication method. tacacs-server key — configures a TACACS+ key for the TACACS server. tacacs-server key Configure a key for communication between a TACACS+ server and a client. C9000 Series Syntax tacacs-server key [encryption-type] key To delete a key, use the no tacacs-server key key command. Parameters Defaults encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered.
Important Points to Remember The system limits network access for certain users by using VLAN assignments. 802.1X with VLAN assignment has these characteristics when configured on the switch and the RADIUS server. ● 802.1X is not supported on the LAG or the channel members of a LAG. ● If no VLAN is supplied by the RADIUS server or if 802.1X authorization is disabled, the port is configured in its access VLAN after successful authentication. ● If 802.
dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface; dot1x must be enabled both globally and at the interface level. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x on an interface, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series. If the host responds to 802.1X with an incorrect login/password, the login fails. The switch attempts to authenticate again until the maximum attempts configured is reached. If the authentication fails after all allowed attempts, the interface is moved to the authentication failed VLAN.
dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters Defaults vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | force-unauthorized} Parameters Defaults force-authorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result. forceunauthorized Enter the keywords force-unauthorized to forcibly de-authorize a port. none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic re-authentication of the client. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic re-authentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command.
dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x reauth-max number To return to the default, use the no dot1x reauth-max command. Parameters Defaults number Enter the permitted number of re-authentications. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x supplicant-timeout seconds To return to the default, use theno dot1x supplicant-timeout command.
Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
----------------------------Dot1x Status: Enable Port Control: AUTO Port Auth Status: UNAUTHORIZED Re-Authentication: Disable Untagged VLAN id: None Guest VLAN: Enable Guest VLAN id: 10 Auth-Fail VLAN: Enable Auth-Fail VLAN id: 11 Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: 3 Tx Period: 30 seconds Quiet Period: 60 seconds ReAuth Max: 2 Supplicant Timeout: 30 seconds Server Timeout: 30 seconds Re-Auth Interval: 3600 seconds Max-EAP-Req: 2 Auth Type: SINGLE_HOST Auth PAE State: Initialize Backend State: Initialize Dell# SSH Ser
orgunit organizationunit-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword orgunit then the organization unit name to be included in the certificate. The default is Dell Networking. state state-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state then the name of the state to be included in the certificate. The default is California. validity days (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword validity then the number of days the certificate is valid. The validity range is from 1 to 10000 days. The default value is 3650 days (10 years).
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Added support for FIPS mode on the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The host keys are required for key-exchange by the SSH server. If the keys are not found when you enable the server (ip ssh server enable), the keys are automatically generated.
debug ip ssh Enables collecting SSH debug information. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip ssh {client | server} To disable debugging, use the no debug ip ssh {client | server} command. Parameters Defaults client Enter the keyword client to enable collecting debug information on the client. server Enter the keyword server to enable collecting debug information on the server. Disabled on both client and server. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To configure the switch as an SCP server, use the ip ssh server command. Related Commands ip ssh server — enables the SSH and SCP server on the switch.
ip ssh challenge–response–authentication Enable challenge response authentication for SSHv2. Syntax ip ssh challenge-response-authentication enable To disable the challenge response authentication, use the no ip ssh challenge-responseauthentication enable command. Parameters Defaults enable Enter the keyword enable to enable the challenge response authentication for SSHv2. Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON, S6000, S6000–ON, S5000, S4810, S4820T, S3048– ON, S4048–ON, MXL, C9010, S3100 series, and Z9100-ON. ● You can select one or more ciphers from the list. ● The default list of supported ciphers is same irrespective of whether FIPS mode is enabled or disabled. ● Client-supported cipher list gets preference over the server-supported cipher list in selecting the cipher for the SSH session.
Parameters Defaults enable Enter the keyword enable to enable hostbased-authentication for SSHv2 server. Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The server-generated key is used for SSHv1 key-exchange. ip ssh mac Configure the list of MAC algorithms supported on both SSH client and SCP.
Usage Information ● You can select one or more MAC algorithms from the list. ● Client-supported MAC list gets preference over the server-supported MAC list in selecting the MAC algorithm for the SSH session. ● When the MAC (-m) option is used with the SSH CLI, it overrides the configured or default MAC list. ● When FIPS is enabled or disabled, the client MACs get default configuration. ip ssh password-authentication Enable password authentication for the SSH server.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
● hmac-sha1–96 ● hmac-md5 ● hmac-md5-96 Defaults The default list of MAC algorithm is in the order as shown below: When FIPS mode is enabled: ● hmac-sha2–256 ● hmac-sha1 ● hmac-sha1–96 When FIPS mode is disabled: ● hmac-sha2-256 ● hmac-sha1 ● hmac-sha1–96 ● hmac-md5 ● hmac-md5-96 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. ip ssh rhostsfile Specify the rhost file used for host-based authorization. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults ip ssh rhostsfile {WORD} WORD Enter the rhost file name for the host-based authentication. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config) Enable RSA authentication for the SSHv2 server. C9000 Series Syntax ip ssh rsa-authentication enable To disable RSA authentication, use the no ip ssh rsa-authentication enable command. Parameters Defaults enable Enter the keyword enable to enable RSA authentication for the SSHv2 server. Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
● aes256-ctr The default cipher list is used. ● 3des-cbc ● aes128-cbc ● aes192-cbc ● aes256-cbc ● aes128-ctr ● aes192-ctr ● aes256-ctr mac hmac- algorithm Enter the keyword mac then a space-delimited list of hash message authentication code (HMAC) algorithms supported by the SSH server for keying hashing for the message authentication. The following HMAC algorithms are available: ● hmac-sha1 ● hmac-sha1-96 ● hmac-sha2-256 When FIPS is enabled, the default HMAC algorithm is hmac-sha1-96.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced the cipher, kex and mac options on the Z9500. 9.5(0.
ip ssh source-interface Specifies an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for an outgoing SSH connections. C9000 Series Syntax ip ssh source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip ssh source-interface command. Parameters Defaults interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Parameters Key Enter the keyword key to display the host public key. mypubkey Enter the keyword mypubkey to display the host public key. rsa Enter the keyword rsa to display the host SSHv2 RSA public key. rsa1 Enter the keyword rsa1 to display the host SSHv1 RSA public key. NOTE: If you enable FIPS mode, this parameter is not available. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show ip ssh Display information about established SSH sessions. C9000 Series Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. show ip ssh Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
show ip ssh client-pub-keys Display the client public keys used in host-based authentication. C9000 Series Syntax show ip ssh client-pub-keys Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networkin OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
vrf instance (OPTIONAL) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF Instance name to open an SSH connection to that instance. ipv4 address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format A.B.C.D. ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Added support for the -c and -m parameters on the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 support. Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP Snooping globally. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled.
Parameters Defaults mac address Enter the keyword mac then the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IP address. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan-id then the VLAN to which the host belongs. The range is from 2 to 4094. ip ip-address Enter the keyword ip then the IP address that the server is leasing. interface type Enter the keyword interface then the type of interface to which the host is connected.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. C9000 Series Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable IP source guard. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
ICMP Vulnerabilities The internet control message protocol (ICMP) is a network-layer internet protocol that provides message packets to report errors and other information regarding IP packet processing back to the source. Dell Networking OS mainly addresses the following ICMP vulnerabilities: ● ● ● ● ICMP Mask Reply ICMP Timestamp Request ICMP Replies IP ID Values Randomness You can configure the Dell Networking OS to drop ICMP reply messages.
The Dell Networking OS does not suppress the following ICMPv6 message types: ● Packet too big (2) ● Echo request (128) ● Multicast listener query (130) ● Multicast listener report (131) ● Multicast listener done (132) ● Router solicitation (133) ● Router advertisement (134) ● Neighbor solicitation (135) ● Neighbor advertisement (136) ● Redirect (137) ● Router renumbering (138) ● MLD v2 listener report (143) ● Duplicate Address Request (157) ● Duplicate Address Confirmation (158) drop icmp Drops the ICMPv4
● 0 directs the system to store the password as clear text. ● 7 directs the system to store the password with a dynamic salt. boot-password Defaults Enter the boot access password. None Command Modes CONFIGURATION. Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, and Z9100–ON. If you enable the boot access password, the system prompts for a password when you access the GRUB interface.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, Z9500, C9010, MXL, and FN-IOM. Use the generate hash command to generate a hash checksum for your startup configuration, and use the hash to verify using the verified boot hash command.
Example DellEMC)# show running-config | g root root-access password 7 f4dc0cb9787722dd1084d17f417f164cc7f730d4f03d4f0215294cbd899614e3 verified boot hash Verify and store the hash value of the startup configuration. Syntax verified boot hash startup-config hash value Parameters Defaults startup-config Enter the keyword startup-config and then the hash value for the startup configuration. You can get the hash value for the startup configuration using the generate hash command.
54 Service Provider Bridging Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter. This chapter includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking operating software Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel.
Defaults in | out | both Enter the keyword in, out, or both to debug incoming interfaces, outgoing interfaces, or both incoming and outgoing interfaces. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. count value Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 100. Debug disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Example Related Command Version Description 8.5.1.1 Added support for 802.1X, E-LMI, GMRP, GVRP, LLDP, LACP, MMRP, MVRP, and OAM 802.3ah protocol traffic to the E-Series ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, and E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
protocol-tunnel enable Enable protocol tunneling globally on the system. C9000 Series Syntax protocol-tunnel enable To disable protocol tunneling, use the no protocol-tunnel enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Example Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, and E-Series ExaScale. Maximum rate limit on E-Series reduced from 4000 to 3000. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Dell(conf)#interface vlan 4001 Dell(conf-if-vl-4001-stack)#protocol-tunnel rate-limit 100 show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs. show running-config — displays the current configuration.
Example (Specific VLAN) Related Commands 1590 Dell#show protocol-tunnel vlan 2 System Rate-Limit: 1000 Frames/second Interface Vlan Protocol(s) Te1/2 2 STP, PVST Dell# show running-config — displays the current configuration.
55 sFlow The Dell EMC Networking OS supports sFlow commands. The Dell EMC Networking OS sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. ● The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. ● The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. C9000 Series Syntax sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ip-address | ipv6address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagramsize number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] command.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded the no form of the command to mirror the syntax used to configure. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure up to two sFlow collectors (IPv4 or IPv6). If two collectors are configured, traffic samples are sent to both.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. sFlow is disabled by default.
Usage Information When you enable sFlow on an interface, flow sampling is done on any traffic going out of the interface. NOTE: After a physical port is a member of a LAG, it inherits the sFlow configuration from the LAG port. sflow ingress-enable Enable sFlow ingress on interfaces. C9000 Series Syntax sflow ingress-enable To disable sFlow, use the no sflow ingress enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.
Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S Series and Z Series switches. Dell(conf)#sflow max-header-size extended sflow polling-interval (Global) Set the sFlow polling interval at a global level.
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The polling interval for an interface is the maximum number of seconds between successive samples of counters sent to the collector. This command changes the global default counter polling (20 seconds) interval. You can configure an interface to use a different polling interval. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to set the sFlow polling interval in a dual-homing setup.
sflow sample-rate (Global) Change the global default sampling rate. C9000 Series Syntax sflow sample-rate value To return to the default sampling rate, use the no sflow sample-rate command. Parameters Defaults value Enter the sampling rate value. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 256 to 8388608 packets Enter values in powers of 2 only; for example, 4096, 8192, 16384, and so on. The default is 32768 packets.
sflow sample-rate (Interface) Change the interface default sampling rate. C9000 Series Syntax sflow sample-rate value To return to the default sampling rate, use the no sflow sample-rate command. Parameters Defaults value Enter the sampling rate value. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 256 to 8388608 packets. Enter values in powers of 2 only; for example, 4096, 8192, 16384, etc. The default is 32768 packets. The Global default sampling.
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
show sflow linecard Display sFlow information for a line card. C9000 Series Syntax show sflow linecard slot-id Parameters slot number Enter a slot number to view information on the line-card ports in that slot. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
56 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. The chapter contains the following sections: ● SNMP Commands ● Syslog Commands Topics: • • SNMP Commands Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking operating software.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Dell#show snmp engineID Local SNMP engineID: 0000178B02000001E80214A8 Remote Engine ID IP-addr Port 80001F88043132333435 172.31.1.3 5009 80001F88043938373635 172.31.1.3 5008 Dell# Related Commands snmp-server engineID — configures local and remote SNMP engines on the router.
Related Commands snmp-server group — configures an SNMP server group. show snmp supported-mibs Display the list of SNMP MIBs supported by the platform. Syntax show snmp supported-mibs Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(0.
Example DellEMC#show snmp supported-traps TRAP OID ----------------------------------------------------------------------COLDSTART 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.1 WARMSTART 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.2 LINKDOWN 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.3 LINKUP 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.4 Authenticationfailure 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.5 dellNetIfAlarmHighBer 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.11.1.4.1.1 dellNetIfAlarmHighBerClr 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.11.1.4.1.2 dellNetSysAlarmCardDown 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.26.1.5.1.1 dellNetSysAlarmCardUp 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.26.1.5.1.
snmp context Enables you to map a bgp vrf instance within a SNMP context through community mapping, in SNMPv2c and SNMPv3. Syntax [no] snmp context [context name] Parameters Defaults context name Enter a unique name for the context. None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13(0.
!----command run on server connected to switch:------! > snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.130 .1.3.6.1.2.1.31 | grep -i alias | more IF-MIB::ifAlias.134530304 = STRING: This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. IF-MIB::ifAlias.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. snmp-server context Configure a new context string for SNMP (SNMPv3) server. C9000 Series Syntax snmp-server context {line} To remove a user from the SNMP group, use the no snmp-server context {line} command.
To remove access to a community, use the no snmp-server community community-string {ro | rw} [security-name name [access-list-name | ipv6 access-list-name | access-list-name ipv6 access-list-name]] command. Parameters community-name Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) to act as a password for SNMP. ro Enter the keyword ro to specify read-only permission. rw Enter the keyword rw to specify read-write permission.
Example Example Dell#config Dell(conf)# snmp-server community public ro Dell(conf)# snmp-server community public ro security-name guestuser Dell(conf)# Dell(conf)# ip access-list standard snmp-ro-acl Dell(config-std-nacl)#seq 5 permit host 10.10.10.224 Dell(config-std-nacl)#seq 10 deny any count ! Dell(conf)#snmp-server community guest ro snmp-ro-acl Dell(conf)# Related Commands ip access-list standard — names (or selects) a standard access list to filter based on IP address.
● supply ● temperature For the snmp notification-type, enter one of the following optional parameters: ● authentication ● coldstart ● linkdown ● linkup Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
Format (as specified in RFC 3411): 12 octets. ● The first four octets are set to the private enterprise number. ● The remaining eight octets are the MAC address of the chassis. remote ip- address Defaults Enter the keyword remote followed by the IP address that identifies the copy of the SNMP on the remote device. vrf management (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrffollowed by the keyword management to specify that management vrf will be used to reach the remote host.
access-list-name | ipv6 access-list-name | access-list-name ipv6 accesslist-name]] command. Parameters group_name Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) as the name of the group. The following groups are created for mapping to read/write community/security-names (defaults): ● v1v2creadg — maps to a community/security-name with ro permissions. ● 1v2cwriteg — maps to a community/security-name rw permissions.
Usage Information The following Example specifies the group named harig as a version 3 user requiring both authentication and encryption and read access limited to the read named rview. NOTE: The number of configurable groups is limited to 16 groups. Example Related Commands Dell#conf Dell(conf)# snmp-server group harig 3 priv read rview Dell# show snmp group — displays the group name, security model, view status, and storage type of each group.
communitystring Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) as the name of the SNMP community. NOTE: For version 1 and version 2c security models, this string represents the name of the SNMP community. The string can be set using this command; however, Dell Networking recommends setting the community string using the snmp-server community command before executing this command. For version 3 security model, this string is the USM user security name.
When multiple snmp-server host commands are given for the same host and type of notification (trap or inform), each succeeding command overwrites the previous command. Only the last snmpserver host command will be in effect. For example, if you enter an snmp-server host inform command for a host and then enter another snmp-server host inform command for the same host, the second command replaces the first command. The snmp-server host command is used with the snmp-server enable command.
Example Related Commands Dell(conf)#snmp-server location MAA_LAB Dell(conf)#do show running-config snmp ! snmp-server community public ro snmp-server location MAA_LAB show running-config snmp — displays the SNMP running configuration. snmp-server packetsize Set the largest SNMP packet size permitted. Wen the SNMP server is receiving a request or generating a reply, use the snmp-server packetsize global configuration command.
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults The IP address assigned to the management interface is the default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
remote ip- address udp-port port- number 1 | 2c | 3 Enter the keywords udp-port then the user datagram protocol (UDP) port number on the remote device. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 162. Enter the keywords udp-port then the UDP (User Datagram Protocol) port number on the remote device. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 162. (OPTIONAL) Enter the security model version number (1, 2c, or 3): ● 1 is the least secure version. ● 3 is the most secure of the security modes.
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information NOTE: For IPv6 ACLs, only IPv6 and UDP types are valid for SNMP. TCP and ICMP rules are not valid for SNMP.
To remove an SNMPv3 view, use the no snmp-server view view-name oid-tree {included | excluded} command. Parameters Defaults view-name Enter the name of the view (not to exceed 20 characters). oid-tree Enter the OID sub tree for the view (not to exceed 20 characters). included (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword included to include the MIB family in the view. excluded (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword excluded to exclude the MIB family in the view.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information Use this command to bind an SNMP agent to a VRF. The SNMP agent processes the requests from the interfaces that belong to the specified VRF. If no VRF is specified, then the default VRF is used. Related Commands show snmp user — displays the information configured on each SNMP user name.
Syslog Commands The following commands allow you to configure logging functions on all Dell Networking switches. clear logging Clear the messages in the logging buffer. C9000 Series Syntax clear logging From a PE console, use clear logging to clear the messages in the logging buffer. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL. Dell(conf)#clear logging auditlog show logging auditlog — displays audit log default logging buffered Return to the default setting for messages logged to the internal buffer. C9000 Series Syntax default logging buffered Defaults size = 40960; level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. logging console — sets the logging console parameters. default logging monitor Return to the default settings for messages logged to the terminal.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. logging trap — limit messages logged to the Syslog servers based on severity.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Multiple logging servers of both IPv4 and/or IPv6 can be configured. Related Commands logging on — enables the logging asynchronously to logging buffer, console, Syslog server, and terminal lines.
Usage Information When you decrease the buffer size, all messages stored in the buffer are lost. Increasing the buffer size does not affect messages stored in the buffer. Related Commands clear logging — clears the logging buffer. default logging buffered — returns the logging buffered parameters to the default setting. show logging — displays the logging setting and system messages in the internal buffer. logging console Specify which messages are logged to the console.
all Defaults Enable coredump on all stack-unit. Enabled by default on customer builds. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. The Kernel core dump can be large and may take up to 5 to 30 minutes to upload.
logging facility Configure the Syslog facility used for error messages sent to Syslog servers. C9000 Series Syntax logging facility [facility-type] To return to the default values, use the no logging facility command.
Related Commands logging — enables logging to a Syslog server. logging on — enables logging. logging history Specify which messages are logged to the history table of the switch and the SNMP network management station (if configured). C9000 Series Syntax logging history level To return to the default values, use the no logging history command.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
logging on Specify that debug or error messages are asynchronously logged to multiple destinations, such as the logging buffer, Syslog server, or terminal lines. C9000 Series Syntax logging on To disable logging to logging buffer, Syslog server and terminal lines, use the no logging on command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. Tthe range is from 1 to 4096. ● For a ten-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Usage Information To block a type of message parameter, set the logging trap level to a lower number. For example, to block severity messages at level 6, set the level to 5. Related Commands logging — enables the logging to another device. logging on — enables logging. logging version Displays syslog messages in a RFC 3164 or RFC 5424 format. C9000 Series Syntax logging version {0|1} Defaults 0 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
reverse (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword reverse to view the Syslog messages in FIFO (first in, first out) order. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a table showing the number of messages per type and per slot. Slots *7* and *8* represent RPMs. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Feb 18 00:45:40: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-3-AUTHENTICATION_ENABLE_SUCCESS: Enable password authentication success on vty0 ( 10.16.127.145 ) Feb 18 00:45:40: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user admin on line vty0 ( 10.16.127.145 ) Feb 18 00:43:10: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated for user admin on line vty0 ( 10.16.127.
Jul 30 16:34:11: %PE255-C1048P:1 %IFAGT-5-STACK_PORT_LINK_UP: Changed stack port state to up: 1/2 Jul 30 16:34:11: %PE255-C1048P:2 %IFAGT-5-STACK_PORT_LINK_UP: Changed stack port state to up: 2/1 Jul 30 16:34:07: %PE255-UNIT2-S:CP %EVL-6-EVENT_LOGGING: Completed uploading pre-recorded traps(send count:1, pending traps:0) to CB Jul 30 16:34:07: %PE255-UNIT2-S:CP %EVL-6-EVENT_LOGGING: Start uploading pre-recorded traps(count:1) to CB Jul 30 16:34:05: %PE-UNKN-UNIT2-S:CP %RAM-5-STACKUNIT_STATE: Stack-unit 2 is
uploading pre-recorded traps(send count:3, pending traps:0) to CB Jul 30 16:31:13: %PE255-UNIT1-S:CP %EVL-6-EVENT_LOGGING: Start uploading pre-recorded traps(count:3) to CB Jul 30 16:31:11: %PE255-C1048P:3 %IFAGT-5-STACK_PORT_LINK_UP: Changed stack port state to up: 3/2 Jul 30 16:31:11: %PE255-C1048P:1 %IFAGT-5-STACK_PORT_LINK_UP: Changed stack port state to up: 1/1 Jul 30 16:31:11: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-S:CP %RAM-5-STACKUNIT_STATE: Stack-unit 1 is in Standby State.
show logging driverlog Display the driver log for the specified hardware component. C9000 Series Syntax show logging driverlog {cp | linecard slot-id | pe pe-id stack—unit unit number From a PE console, use the show logging driverlog stack—unit unit number to view the driver logging information for a specified stack-unit. Parameters defaults cp Enter the keyword cp to display the driver log for the Control Processor on the switch.
7:Task(chmgr): [ 39]EEPROM LIB ERR: decipherPpId:416 svcTag invalid changing it to NA Dell# show logging driverlog linecard 0 0:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 1:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 2:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 3:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 4:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 5:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 6:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 7:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 8:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 9:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 10:Task(tUsrRoot): [ Example (PE Console) 29525]SS DRV DEBUG: Wrapper init complete 301305]SS DRV DEBUG: Core init complete 913]SS DRV DEBUG: port:0 isfanout:0 40]SS DRV DEBUG: port:4
f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom, failed to get any good block 15:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 77]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Main block failed checksum calulated checksum 0x1d32 actual chksum 0x0 16:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 54]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Main block failed errcode 6 17:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 62]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Redundant block failed checksum calulated checksum 0x3e4b actual chksum 0x0 18:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 53]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Red
41:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 697608]33:SS DRV DEBUG: Unit 0 : Soc Reset Complete 42:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 693327]33:SS DRV DEBUG: Unit 0 : Soc Misc Init Complete 43:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 770793]34:SS DRV DEBUG: Unit 0 : Soc MMU Init Complete 44:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 4455907]38:SS DRV DEBUG: Unit 0 : Soc BCM INitComplete 45:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 81]38:SS DRV DEBUG: Unit 0: Basic Inits complete 46:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 32839]39:SS DRV DEBUG: bcmDrvSwitchTypeChipInitSettings complete for unit 0 47:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 127018]39:SS DRV DEBUG
pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender the ID to display the kernel log for the specified port extender. The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. stack unit unit Enter keyword stack-unit and the stack-unit number to display the kernel log for the specified stack unit. Stack-unit number range is from 0 to 7. number defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
00:00:02:919197:AHCI_VS(0x0010) 0x00010000 00:00:02:919204:AHCI_CC_CTL(0x0014) 0x00010120 00:00:02:919210:AHCI_CC_PORTS(0x0018) 0x00000000 00:00:02:919217:AHCI_EM_LOC(0x001c) 0x00000000 00:00:02:919223:AHCI_EM_CTL(0x0020) 0x00000000 00:00:02:919229:AHCI per port register dump for port 1 00:00:02:919236:AHCI_P_IS(0x0190) 0x00000000 00:00:02:919243:AHCI_P_IE(0x0194) 0x00000000 00:00:02:919249:AHCI_P_CLBU(0x0184) 0x00000000 00:00:02:919255:AHCI_P_CLB(0x0180) 0x06491400 00:00:02:919262:AHCI_P_FBU(0x018c) 0x0000
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. logging monitor — sets the logging parameters on the monitor/terminal.
57 SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking operating software. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Table 13.
Table 13.
Table 13.
Table 13. SNMP Trap List (continued) Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE For E1200: %CHMGR-2-FAN_TRAY_BAD: Major alarm: fan tray %d is missing or down %CHMGR-2-ALL_FAN_BAD: Major alarm: all fans in fan tray %d are down.
Table 13.
Table 13. SNMP Trap List (continued) Message ID Trap Type Trap Option DOT1BR NONE DOT1BR NONE DOT1BR NONE DOT1BR NONE %PE8-UNIT0-M%MEM_THRESHOLD_CLR: Overall memory usage of cp drops below threshold. Memory Usage (20%) CH_ALARM_PE_DOWN PE_DOWN: PE:6 MAC:00:01:02:03:04:05 is operationally down. CH_ALARM_PE_UP PE_UP: PE:6 MAC:00:01:02:03:04:05 is operationally up. CH_ALARM_PE_UNIT_DOWN PE_UNIT_DOWN: PE:6 Unit:0 Unit MAC:00:01:02:03:04:05 operationally down.
58 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP). Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • • bpdu-destination-mac-address bridge-priority debug spanning-tree description disable forward-delay hello-time max-age protocol spanning-tree show config show spanning-tree 0 spanning-tree 0 bpdu-destination-mac-address Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs.
bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree. C9000 Series Syntax bridge-priority {priority-value | primary | secondary} To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command. Parameters Defaults priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 32768. primary Enter the keyword primary to designate the bridge as the root bridge.
events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug STP events. general (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword general to debug general STP operations. root (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword root to debug STP root transactions. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced protocol spanning-tree — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable the spanning tree protocol globally on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax disable To enable Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled (that is, the spanning tree protocol is disabled.) Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. max-age — changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the spanning tree bridge. C9000 Series Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command.
Parameters Defaults stp-id Enter zero (0). the system supports one spanning tree group, group 0. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
Example Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(config-stp)#show config protocol spanning-tree 0 no disable Dell(config-stp)# show spanning-tree 0 Display the spanning tree group configuration and status of interfaces in the spanning tree group. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree 0 [active | brief | guard | interface interface | root | summary] 0 Enter 0 (zero) to display information about that specific spanning tree group.
Usage Information Version Description 8.4.2.1 Added support for the optional guard keyword on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Enable spanning tree group 0 prior to using this command. The following describes the show spanning-tree 0 command shown in the example. Field Description “Bridge Identifier...
Example Dell#show spanning-tree 0 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.0a56 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 We are the root of the spanning tree Current root has priority 32768 address 0001.e800.
Te 0/2 0 Te 0/3 0 LIS EDS (Shut) Loopguard Bpduguard spanning-tree 0 Assigns a Layer 2 interface to STP instance 0 and configures a port cost or port priority, or enables loop guard, root guard, or the Portfast feature on the interface.
Usage Information Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. If you enable portfast bpduguard on an interface and the interface receives a BPDU, the software disables the interface and sends a message stating that fact. The port is in ERR_DISABLE mode, yet appears in the show interface commands as enabled. If you do not enable shutdown-onviolation, BPDUs are still sent to the RPM CPU.
59 Storm Control The Dell Networking operating software storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and S-Series). Storm control is supported on Dell Networking OS. Important Points to Remember ● Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported).
show storm-control broadcast Display the storm control broadcast configuration. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show storm-control broadcast [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface-specific storm control configuration: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information.
Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. storm-control broadcast (Configuration) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in the network.
storm-control broadcast (Interface) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). C9000 Series Syntax storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters Defaults packets_per_sec ond in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-series and S-Series. Broadcast traffic (all 0xFs) should be counted against the broadcast storm control meter, not against the multicast storm control meter.
Parameters Defaults pfc-llfc pps Enter a pps value to specify the threshold for flow-control traffic. The range is from 0 to 33554368 packets per second. shutdown Enter the keyword shutdown to shut down the port when flow-control traffic exceeds the configured rate. None Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History Usage Information The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface) Configure percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). C9000 Series Syntax storm-control unknown-unicast [percentage decimal_value in] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] To disable unknown-unicast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control unknown-unicast [percentage decimal_value in] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] command.
60 SupportAssist SupportAssist sends troubleshooting data securely to Dell. SupportAssist in this Dell Networking OS release does not support automated email notification at the time of hardware fault alert, automatic case creation, automatic part dispatch, or reports. SupportAssist requires Dell Networking OS 9.9(0.0) and SmartScripts 9.7 or later to be installed on the Dell Networking device. For more information on SmartScripts, see Dell Networking Open Automation guide.
● Even before you accept or reject the EULA, the configuration data is sent to the default centrally deployed SupportAssist Server. If you reject the EULA, the configuration data is not transmitted to the SupportAssist server. ● If there is an existing SupportAssist configuration, the configuration is not removed and the feature is disabled. Example Accept the EULA: Dell(conf)# eula-consent support-assist accept I accept the terms of the license agreement.
Related Commands ● support-assist — moves to the SupportAssist Configuration mode. support-assist Move to the SupportAssist configuration mode. Syntax support-assist To remove all the configuration of the SupportAssist service, use the no support-assist command. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.
support-assist activity Trigger an activity event immediately. Syntax Parameters support-assist activity {full-transfer | core-transfer} start now full-transfer Enter the keyword full-transfer to specify transfer of configuration, inventory, logs, and other information. core-transfer Enter the keyword core-transfer to specify transfer of core files. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description Introduced the core-transfer and event-transfer parameters. Usage Information 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. By default, each activity follows a set of default actions using a default schedule. Using this command, you can customize the set of actions and disable a certain activity.
Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL.
action-manifest install Configure action-manifest to transfer a set of customized records for full transfer and to monitor a set of specified events for event transfer. Syntax action-manifest install {default | } To revert to the default action-manifest file, use the action-manifest install default command. Parameters Defaults default Enter the keyword default to revert back to the default set of actions for an activity.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. Usage Information To revert to the default action-manifest file, use the action-manifest install command. If necessary, you can then remove the custom action-manifest file. Related Commands ● action-manifest get — copy an action-manifest file for an activity to the system. ● action-manifest install — configure the action-manifest to use for a specific activity.
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. Usage Information Enter the specific SupportAssist activity mode and then enable it. NOTE: By default, the full transfer includes the core files. When you disable the core transfer activity, the full transfer excludes the core files. Related Commands ● activity — move user to the SupportAssist Activity mode for that activity.
^ % Error: Invalid input at "^" marker. This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration. Example Dell(conf-supportassist-cmpy-test)# address city Minneapolis state Minnesota country USA postalcode 55344 street-address Configure the street address information for the company. Syntax street-address {address1} [address2]…[address8] To remove the street address, use the no street-address command. Parameters address1 Enter the street address for the company. address2..
SupportAssist Person Commands Dell Networking OS supports the following SupportAssist Person mode commands. email-address Configure the email addresses to reach the contact person. Syntax email-address primary email-address [alternate email-address] To remove an email address, use the no email-address command. To remove the primary and the alternate email addresses, use the no email-address primary and no email-address alternate commands respectively.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. The phone numbers may contain country codes, area codes and extensions, if necessary. Allowable characters are 0 to 9, x, (, ), - and +. This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration.
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. The passwords are stored encrypted in the running configuration. enable Enable communication with the SupportAssist server. Syntax enable To disable communication to a specific SupportAssist server, use the no enable command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST SERVER Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information The URL should be formatted to follow the ISO format. show eula-consent Display the EULA for the feature. Syntax Parameters show eula-consent {support-assist | other feature} support-assist | other feature Enter the keywords support-assist or the text corresponding to other feature. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
involve international transfers of data from you to Dell and/or to Dells affiliates, subcontractors or business partners. When making such transfers, Dell shall ensure appropriate protection is in place to safeguard the Collected Data being transferred in connection with SupportAssist. If you are downloading SupportAssist on behalf of a company or other legal entity, you are further certifying to Dell that you have appropriate authority to provide this consent on behalf of that entity.
url http://1.1.1.1:1332 Dell# show support-assist status Display information on SupportAssist feature status including any activities, status of communication, last time communication sent, and so on. Syntax show support-assist status Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.
61 System Time and Date The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking operating software, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, refer to the “Network Time Protocol” section of the Management chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
offset Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes to add during the summer-time period. The range is from 1 to1440. The default is 60 minutes. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.
Defaults end-week Enter the one of the following as the week that daylight saving ends: ● week-number: enter a number from 1 to 4 as the number of the week to end daylight saving time. ● first: enter the keyword first to end daylight saving time in the first week of the month. ● last: enter the keyword last to end daylight saving time in the last week of the month. end-day Enter the weekday name that you want daylight saving time to end.
offset Defaults Enter one of the following: ● a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours in addition to universal time coordinated (UTC) for the timezone. ● a minus sign (-) then a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
ntp authenticate Enable authentication of NTP traffic between the switch and the NTP time serving hosts. C9000 Series Syntax ntp authenticate To disable NTP authentication, use the no ntp authentication command. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced the sha1 option. Also, introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. 9.14(0.0) The trusted-key range value is from 1 to 65534. 9.12(1.0) Introduced on the S5048F–ON. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148.
● 7 (seven) indicates that a password is encrypted using a DES hashing algorithm. It specifies a hidden authentication data. ● WORD is the un-encrypted (cleartext) authentication data. password Defaults Enter a string up to 32 characters as the password. NTPQ Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(0.
ntp disable Prevent an interface from receiving NTP packets. C9000 Series Syntax ntp disable To re-enable NTP on an interface, use the no ntp disable command. Defaults Disabled (that is, if you configure an NTP host, all interfaces receive NTP packets) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, and Z9500. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. ntp offset-threshold Configure the threshold time interval before which the system generates an NTP audit log message if the time difference from the NTP server is greater than a threshold value (offset-threshold). Syntax ntp offset-threshold threshold-value To disable the threshold value, use the no ntp offset-threshold command.
version number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword version and a number to correspond to the NTP version used on the server. The range is from 1 to 4. minpoll polling- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword minpollthen the polling-interval. The polling interval range is from 4 to 16. interval maxpoll polling- interval Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword maxpollthen the polling-interval. The polling interval range is from 4 to 16. Not configured.
In general, the packet denied services are dropped with no further action except incrementing the statistics counters. In certain cases, a more proactive response is required to cause the client to slow down the process. A special packet is created to serve this purpose, and it is called the kiss-o-Death (KoD) packet.
Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp step-threshold Configure the step-threshold time interval. Syntax ntp step-threshold value To return to the default NTP step-threshold value, use the no ntp step-threshold command. Parameters Defaults value Enter the threshold value in milliseconds. The range is from 128 to 5000 milliseconds (5 seconds).
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Example Example (PE Console) Example (Detail) Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show clock 11:05:56.949 UTC Thu Oct 25 2001 Dell# Dell#show clock 13:24:32.298 UTC Tue Jul 7 2015 Dell#show clock detail 12:18:10.691 UTC Wed Jan 7 2009 Time source is RTC hardware Summer time starts 02:00:00 UTC Sun Mar 8 2009 Summer time ends 02:00:00 ABC Sun Nov 1 2009 Dell# clock summer-time recurring— displays the time and date from the switch hardware clock.
Usage Information Example (without ntp master configuration) Example (with ntp master configuration) The following describes the show ntp associations command shown in the Example below. Field Description (none) One or more of the following symbols could be displayed: ● * means synchronized to this peer. ● # means almost synchronized to this peer. ● + means the peer was selected for possible synchronization. ● - means the peer is a candidate for selection.
show ntp status Display the current NTP status. Syntax show ntp status Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
peer mode is client DellEMC# Related Commands ● show ntp associations — displays information on the NTP master and peer configurations. show ntp vrf associations Displays the NTP servers configured for the VRF instance . C9000 Series Syntax show ntp [vrf] associations. Dell#show ntp vrf ? management Dell#show ntp vrf management ? associations NTP associations Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
62 Tunneling Commands Tunnel interfaces create a logical tunnel for IPv4 or IPv6 traffic. You can configure DCSP, hop-limits and flow-labels. To enable a tunnel interface, use the following commands.
● If Tunnel mode is ipv6ip (where ip address over tunnel interface is not possible). To ping the unnumbered tunnels, the logical address route information must be present at both the ends. NOTE: The ip unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address. The tunnel interface is not changed to operationally up until the logical ip address is identified from one of the address family.
C9000 Series Syntax tunnel allow-remote {ip-address | ipv6-address} [mask] To delete a configured allow-remote entry use the no tunnel allow-remote command. Any specified address/mask values must match an existing entry for the delete to succeed. If the address and mask are not specified, this command deletes all allow-remote entries. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the source IPv4 address in A.B.C.D format. ipv6–address Enter the source IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format.
Usage Information The tunnel interface is inoperable without a valid tunnel destination address for the configured Tunnel mode. To establish a logical tunnel to the particular destination address, use the destination address of the outer tunnel header. If you configure a tunnel interface or source address, the tunnel destination must be compatible. tunnel dscp Configure the method to set the DSCP in the outer tunnel header.
Defaults 0 (Mapped original packet flow-label value to tunnel header flow-label value) Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000. This command is only valid for tunnel interfaces with an IPv6 outer header.
The range is from 5 to 255. The default is 5. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. The range is from 3 to 10. The default is 3. unlimited Defaults Enter the keyword unlimited to specify the unlimited number of keepalive probe packets. Tunnel keepalive is disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added the decapsulate-any command. To enable a tunnel interface, use this command. You must define a tunnel mode for the tunnel to function. If you previously defined the tunnel destination or source address, the tunnel mode must be compatible.
63 Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link.
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. ● downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. ● uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links.
Parameters Defaults text Text description of the uplink-state group. The maximum length is 80 alphanumeric characters. none Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. You can assign physical port or port-channel interfaces to an uplink-state group. You can assign an interface to only one uplink-state group. Configure each interface assigned to an uplink-state group as either an upstream or downstream interface, but not both.
downstream disable links Configure the number of downstream links in the uplink-state group that are disabled if one upstream link in an uplink-state group goes down. C9000 Series Syntax downstream disable links {number |all} To revert to the default setting, use the no downstream disable links command. Parameters Defaults number Enter the number of downstream links to be brought down by UFD. The range is from 1 to 1024. all Brings down all downstream links in the group.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. ● uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links.
show uplink-state-group Display status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show uplink-state-group [group-id] [detail] group-id Displays status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. The valid group-id values are from 1 to 16.
Uplink State Group : 7 Status: Enabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Downstream Interfaces : Uplink State Group : 16 Status: Disabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Te 0/41(Dwn) Po 8(Dwn) Downstream Interfaces : Te 0/40(Dwn) Related Commands ● show running-config uplink-state-group — displays the current configuration of one or more uplinkstate groups. ● uplink-state-group — create an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links.
Related Commands ● show running-config uplink-state-group — displays the current configuration of one or more uplinkstate groups. ● show uplink-state-group — displays the status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. upstream Assign a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as an upstream interface. C9000 Series Syntax upstream interface To delete an upstream interface, use the no upstream interface command.
64 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
back-up destination Configure the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the management interface on the remote VLT peer to be used as the endpoint of the VLT backup link for sending out-of-band hello messages. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults back-up destination {[ipv4–address] | [ipv6 ipv6–address] [interval seconds]} ipv4–address Enter the IPv4 address of the backup destination. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 then an IPv6 address in the X:X:X:X::X format.
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S8420T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information To delay the system from bringing up the VLT port for a brief period to allow IGMP Snooping and Layer 3 routing protocols to converge, use the delay-restore parameter. Use this feature: ● after a VLT device is reloaded. ● after the time when active VLTi link failed and restored. Related Commands show vlt statistics — displays statistics on VLT operations.
Example Dell(conf)#lacp ungroup member-independent ? port-channel LACP port-channel members become switchports vlt All VLT LACP members become switchports multicast peer-routing timeout Configure the time for a VLT node to retain synced multicast routes or synced multicast outgoing interface (OIF) after a VLT peer node failure. C9000 Series Syntax multicast peer-routing timeout value To restore the default value, use the no multicast peer-routing timeout command.
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support for the peer-down-vlan parameter. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
peer-routing-timeout Configure the delay after which peer routing is disabled when the peer is unavailable. This command is applicable for both IPV6/ IPV4. C9000 Series Syntax peer-routing-timeout value To restore the default value, use the no peer-routing-timeout command. Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default value is 0 (no timeout). Command Modes VLT DOMAIN (conf-vlt-domain) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. After you configure a VLT domain on each peer switch and connect (cable) the two VLT peers on each side of the VLT interconnect, the system elects a primary and secondary VLT peer device.
Local System MAC address: Remote System MAC address: Remote Sytem Version: Delay-Restore timer: 00:01:e8:8b:14:3c 00:01:e8:8b:15:20 5 (1) 90 seconds show vlt backup-link Displays information on the backup link operation. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt backup-link Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Default interface Enter the keyword interface to display the interface counter information for the VLT. mac Enter the keyword mac to display the MAC address counter information for the VLT. ndp Enter the keyword ndp to display the VLT counter information for NDP. Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Total Non-VLT Arp Entries Synced IGMP MRouter Vlans count : IGMP Mcast Groups count : Total VLT Ndp Entries Learnt : Total VLT Ndp Entries Synced : Total Non-VLT Ndp Entries Learnt : Total Non-VLT Ndp Entries Synced : 0 2 0 0 0 show vlt detail Displays detailed status information about VLT port-channels currently configured on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt detail Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Dell#show vlt inconsistency ip mroute Spanned Multicast Routing IIF Inconsistency Multicast Route --------------(22.22.22.200, 225.1.1.2) (*, 225.1.1.
Vlan-config -----------Vlan-ID Local Mode ---------------100 Peer Mode --------- -- L3 Vlan IPV4 Multicast Status -------------------------Vlan-ID Local Status ------------------4094 Active Peer Status ----------Inactive Dell# Example for Q-in-Q implementation over VLT Dell#show vlt mismatch Domain -----Parameters Local -------------PB for stp Enabled Peer ---Disabled Vlan-type-config ---------------Codes:: P - Primary, C - Community, I - Isolated, N - Normal vlan, M Vlan-stack Vlan-ID ------- Lo
show vlt private-vlan Display the private VLAN (PVLAN) associated with the VLT LAG for VLT peer nodes. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt private-vlan Command Modes EXEC Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Related Commands Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support in the output for ARP, MAC, and IGMP snooping. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear vlt statistics — clears the statistics on VLT operations. NOTE: The following example shows the statistics for all of the VLT parameters. If you enter a specific keyword, such as mac, only the statistics for that VLT parameter displays.
Ndp-sync Pkts Rcvd:105 Ndp Reg Request sent:25 Ndp Reg Request rcvd:24 system-mac Configure the MAC address for use by VLT Port-channel LACP for the domain C9000 Series Syntax system-mac mac-address Parameters Defaults mac-address Enter the system MAC address for the VLT domain. Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.
Usage Information The VLT domain ID must be the same between the two VLT devices. If the domain ID is not the same, a syslog message is generated and VLT does not launch. Related Commands show vlt — uses the show vlt brief command to display the delay-restore value. vlt-peer-lag port-channel Associate the port channel to the corresponding port channel in the VLT peer for the VLT connection to an attached device.
Parameters port-channel Configure the proxy-gateway interface port-channel. Port channel range is from 1 to 128. vlan-range Enter the VLAN IDs in which proxy gateway is not needed. The VLANs are excluded from doing proxy gateway. The value can be a single VLAN ID or comma-separated, VLAN IDs or a range of VLAN IDs or a combination.
3) The proxy-gateway LLDP configuration is applied. Example Dell(conf)#vlt-domain 1 Dell(conf-vlt-domain#proxy-gateway lldp proxy-gateway peer-timeout Enable the VLT node to timeout the transmission of peer’s mac address when the VLT peer is down. C9000 Series Syntax [no] peer-timeout value Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW LLDP Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.
Example Dell(conf)#vlt-domain 1 Dell(conf-vlt-domain#proxy-gateway static remote-mac-address exclude-vlan Configure the proxy-gateway static entry and exclude a VLAN or a range of VLANs from proxy routing. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters [no] remote-mac-address mac—address [exclude-vlan vlan-range] remote-macaddress Specify the mac-addresses of the VLT peers which are in the remote VLT Domain. mac-address Enter the 48-bit hexadecimal address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5.(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. This command enables the device to transmit its VLT peer’s MAC address along with its own MAC address to the remote VLT domain. By default, a node sends only its own MAC address to the remote VLT domain.
65 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking operating system. Topics: • • IPv4 VRRP Commands IPv6 VRRP Commands IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. C9000 Series Syntax advertise-interval {seconds | centisecs centisecs } To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command.
Usage Information Dell Networking recommends keeping the default setting for this command. If you do change the time interval between VRRP advertisements on one router, change it on all routers. authentication-type Enable authentication of VRRP data exchanges. C9000 Series Syntax authentication-type simple [encryption-type] password To delete an authentication type and password, use the no authentication-type command.
ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to clear counters from the IPv6 VRRP group. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear counters that are maintained on the VRRP operations corresponding to that VRF. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094. vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a number from 1 to 255 as the VRRP group ID. all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging of all VRRP groups. bfd Enter the keyword bfd to enable debugging of VRRP BFD interactions. database Enter the keyword database to enable debugging of configuration changes. interface Enter the keyword interface to enable debugging of interface state changes..
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
hold-time Specify a delay (in seconds) before a switch becomes the MASTER virtual router. By delaying the initialization of the VRRP MASTER, the new switch can stabilize its routing tables. C9000 Series Syntax hold-time {seconds | centisecs centisecs} To return to the default value, use the no hold-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is zero (0) seconds.
Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
If you set the priority command to 255 and the virtual-address is not equal to the interface’s primary IP address, an error message appears. show config View the non-default VRRP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show config [verbose] verbose (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword verbose to view all VRRP group configuration information, including defaults. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a table of information on the VRRP groups. ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a table of information on the VRRP groups.
Usage Information Item Description Virtual addr(s) Displays the virtual IP addresses of the VRRP routers associated with the interface. The following describes the show vrrp command shown in the following example. Field Description TenGigabitEther net 12/3... Displays the Interface, the VRRP group ID, and the network address. If the interface is not sending VRRP packets, 0.0.0.0 appears as the network address. State: master...
Tracking states for 2 interfaces: Up TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 priority-cost 10 Up TenGigabitEthernet 1/17 priority-cost 10 Dell> Example (Brief) Example (C9000) Dell>Interface Grp Pri Pre State Master addr Virtual addr(s) Description --------------------------------------------------------Te 1/37 1 100 Y Master 200.200.200.200 200.200.200.201 Te 1/37 2 100 Y Master 200.200.200.200 200.200.200.202 200.203 Description Te 1/37 3 100 Y Master 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.2 Te 1/37 4 100 Y Master 200.200.200 200.200.200.
Parameters Defaults 2 Enter the 2 parameter to specify VRRP version 2 as defined by RFC 3768, Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol. 3 Enter the 2 parameter to specify VRRP version 3 as defined in RFC 5798, Virtual Router Redundancy. both Enter the both keyword for in-service migration from VRRP version 2 to VRRP version 3. 2 Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Version Description 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information This command applies to a single interface. When used with the vrrp delay reload CLI, the later timer rules the VRRP enabling. For example, if vrrp delay reload is 600 and the vrrp delay minimum is 300: ● When the system reloads, VRRP waits 600 seconds (10 minutes) to bring up VRRP on all interfaces that are up and configured for VRRP.
vrrp-group Assign a VRRP ID to an interface. You can configure up to 255 VRRP groups per interface. C9000 Series Syntax vrrp-group vrrp-id Parameters Defaults vrrp-id Enter a number as the group ID. The range is from 1 to 255. Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
● For SONET interfaces, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FortyGigE followed by the slot/port information. ● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel followed by the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094.
clear counters vrrp ipv6 Clear the counters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups. C9000 Series Syntax clear counters vrrp ipv6 [vrid | vrf instance] Parameters vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of an IPv6 VRRP group. The range is from 1 to 255. vrf instance (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a VRF instance (32 characters maximum) to clear the counters of all IPv6 VRRP groups in the specified VRF. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
state Enter the keyword state to enable debugging of VRRP state changes timer Enter the keyword timer to enable debugging of the VRRP timer. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
State: Master, Priority: 101, Master: fe80::201:e8ff:fe7a:6bb9 (local) Hold Down: 0 centisec, Preempt: TRUE, AdvInt: 100 centisec Accept Mode: FALSE, Master AdvInt: 100 centisec Adv rcvd: 0, Bad pkts rcvd: 0, Adv sent: 64 Virtual MAC address: 00:00:5e:00:02:ff Virtual IP address: 1::255 fe80::255 vrrp-ipv6-group Assign an interface to a VRRP group. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults vrrp-ipv6-group vrid vrid Enter the virtual-router ID number of the VRRP group. The VRID range is from 1 to 255.
66 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) allows multiple instances of a routing table to co-exist on the same router at the same time. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ip unknown-unicast ipv6 unknown-unicast description ip vrf forwarding ip route-export ip route-import ipv6 route-export ipv6 route-import match source-protocol redistribute interface management maximum dynamic-routes show ip vrf show run vrf ip unknown-unicast Enable IPv4 catch-all route.
ipv6 unknown-unicast Disable soft forwarding of unknown IPv6 destination packets. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ipv6 unknown-unicast Defaults Soft forwarding is enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
ip vrf forwarding Attach an interface to a configured VRF. C9000 Series Syntax ip vrf forwarding {vrf-name | management} To delete an interface associated with a configured VRF, use the no ip vrf forwarding {vrfname | management} command. Parameters Defaults vrf-name Enter name of the VRF that you want to associate the interface to. management Use this keyword when you want to associate the interface to the management VRF. None (Interface is part of default VRF).
You can leak global routes for VRF. As the global RTM usually contains a large pool of routes, when the destination VRF imports global routes, these routes are duplicated into the VRF's RTM. As a result, it is mandatory to use route-maps to filter out leaked routes while sharing global routes with VRFs. Defaults N/A Command Modes VRF MODE CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.
Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500. You can configure multiple import conditions per VRF depending on the exporting VRF. The export-target and import-target support only the match protocol and match prefix-list options, all other options configured in the route-map are ignored.
Related Commands ipv6 route-import – imports IPv6 routes from another VRF. ipv6 route-import Import IPv6 routes leaked by another VRF using the tag specified by that VRF during export of these routes. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ipv6 route-import tag [route-map-name] route-import Enter the keyword route-import to import IPv6 routes into the VRF. tag Enter a tag (ASN number) to specify an import route target for importing routes from another VRF.
static Enter the keyword static to leak or share static routes corresponding to the VRF. Command Modes ROUTE MAP MODE Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500. You can specify the matching criteria only after defining a route-map.
interface management Associate a management port with a management VRF. C9000 Series Syntax interface management To delete the association between a management port and a management VRF, use the no interface management command. Defaults None. Command Modes VRF MODE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OSCommand Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S–Series.
Ma 11/0, Nu 0, Vl 1 Te 0/14,16-17 Te 0/15 test1 test2 management 1 2 64 Dell#show ip vrf test1 VRF-Name VRF-ID Interfaces test1 1 Te 0/14,16-17 show run vrf Displays configuration information corresponding to all the VRFs in the system. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show run vrf vrf-name vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF.. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
67 VLAN Stacking With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. For more information about basic VLAN commands, see the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in the Layer 2 chapter.
Parameters Defaults interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Not configured. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Prior to enabling this command, to place the interface in Layer 2 mode, enter the switchport command. To remove the access port designation, remove the port (using the no member interface command) from all stackable VLAN enabled VLANs. vlan-stack compatible Enable the stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN.
Dell# M Te 2/5 vlan-stack dot1p-mapping Map C-Tag dot1p values to a S-Tag dot1p value. You can separate the C-Tag values by commas and dashed ranges are permitted. Dynamic mode CoS overrides any Layer 2 QoS configuration in case of conflicts. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters vlan-stack dot1p-mapping c-tag-dot1p values sp-tag-dot1p value c-tag-dot1p value Enter the keyword c-tag-dot1p then the customer dot1p value that is mapped to a service provider do1p value. The range is from 0 to 7.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. C-Series and S-Series accept both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. C-Series and S-Series accept both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. 7.8.1.0 Functionality augmented for C-Series and S-Series to enable multi-purpose use of the port. 7.7.1.0 Functionality augmented for E-Series to enable multi-purpose use of the port. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Example 2 Dell(config)#vlan-stack protocol-type 88A8 Dell(config)#interface tengigabitethernet 2/10 Dell(conf-if-te-2/10)#no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-2/10)#switchport Dell(conf-if-te-2/10)#vlan-stack access Dell(conf-if-te-2/10)#exit Dell(config)#interface tenGigabitethernet 1/0 Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#portmode hybrid Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#switchport Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#vlan-stack trunk Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#exit Dell(config)#interface vlan 10 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#vlan-stack comp
68 X.509v3 X.509v3 is a standard for public key infrastructure (PKI) to manage digital certificates and public key encryption. This standard specifies a format for public-key certificates or digital certificates. Dell Networking OS supports X.509v3 standards.
crypto ca-cert install Downloads and installs the certificate of a Certificate Authority (CA) on to the device. Syntax crypto ca-cert install path Parameters Defaults path Enter the path where the CA certificate is available for download. The format that you use to specify the location of the CA certificate also includes the protocol that is used to contact the CA.
● secadmin The certificate matching the current FIPS state is deleted. If the system is in FIPS mode, the FIPS certificate is deleted. If the system is in non-FIPS mode, the non-FIPS certificate is deleted. Before deleting the system’s trusted certificate, the system prompts you to specify whether to proceed with deletion. If you proceed, the system deletes the certificate and also the private key.
email email- address Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword email followed a valid email address used for communication with the organization. validity days (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword validity followed by the number of days for which the certificate is valid. NOTE: For CSRs, validity has no effect. For self-signed certificates, if validity is not specified, it defaults to 3650 days, or 10 years. length length (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword length followed by a bit length value.
Parameters cert-file Enter the keyword cert-file to specify that the certificate needs to be downloaded. cert-path Enter the path where the certificate is locally stored. The path can be a full path or a relative path. If the system accepts this path, a notification is sent indicating the location where the certificate file is stored. Following are example of a path that you can specify: flash://certs/s4810-001-request.crtand usbflash:/certs/s4810-001-cert.
If the system is in non-FIPS mode, the certificate will be installed as the non-FIPS certificate. When FIPS mode is enabled/disabled, the certificates (and keys) are switched by the system. Related Commands ● crypto ca-cert install crypto x509 ocsp Configures the OCSP behavior. Syntax crypto x509 ocsp [nonce] [sign-requests] Parameters Defaults nonce Enter the keyword nonce to use the nonce feature for the OCSP requests to OCSP responder communication.
Command Modes ● CONFIGURATION Mode Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command: Related Commands Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced this command.
tcp Enter the keyword tcp to enable TCP. udp Enter the keyword udp to enable UDP. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. sha1 fingerprint Enter the keyword sha1 followed by the finger print. This option is only available when the secure option is configured. This new option enables the Syslog feature to compare the received certificate’s sha-1 fingerprint against this configured sha-1 fingerprint.
Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced this command. The following RBAC roles are allowed to issue this command: ● sysadmin ● secadmin When you use this command, the device maps the current certificate context in the certificate store to a CA certificate through the subject key identifier field. The subject key identifier field contains the SHA-1 hash of the CA’s public key. This configuration provides a way to uniquely identify a CA and associate it with any CA-specific settings.
Related Commands ● crypto x509 ocsp ocsp-server prefer Configures OCSP responder preference. You can configure the preference or order that the CA or a device should follow while contacting multiple OCSP responders. Syntax ocsp-server prefer Defaults None. Command Modes CERTIFICATE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
show crypto cert Displays the certificate information that is specified. Syntax Parameters Defaults show crypto cert {path} path (OPTIONAL) Enter the path to a local file where a certificate chain is stored in PEM format. If a path is not specified, display the certificate that is currently installed on the system. None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
